From: Arnaud Giersch Date: Fri, 14 Mar 2014 10:43:03 +0000 (+0100) Subject: Add IEEEtran files. X-Git-Tag: ispa14_submission~42 X-Git-Url: https://bilbo.iut-bm.univ-fcomte.fr/and/gitweb/mpi-energy.git/commitdiff_plain/93ccbadf5848d51c30ddfebe0f43794def5225c5?ds=inline;hp=--cc Add IEEEtran files. --- 93ccbadf5848d51c30ddfebe0f43794def5225c5 diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 36d0507..0bfdf83 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -4,4 +4,6 @@ auto/ *.bbl *.blg *-eps-converted-to.pdf +paper.dvi paper.pdf +paper.ps diff --git a/IEEEtran/.gitignore b/IEEEtran/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d417699 --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +bare_adv.dvi +bare_adv.pdf +bare_adv.ps +bare_conf.dvi +bare_conf.pdf +bare_conf.ps +bare_jrnl.dvi +bare_jrnl.pdf +bare_jrnl.ps +bare_jrnl_compsoc.dvi +bare_jrnl_compsoc.pdf +bare_jrnl_compsoc.ps diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEabrv.bib b/IEEEtran/IEEEabrv.bib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56cae65 --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEabrv.bib @@ -0,0 +1,447 @@ + +IEEEabrv.bib +V1.12 (2007/01/11) +Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Michael Shell +See: http://www.michaelshell.org/ +for current contact information. + +BibTeX bibliography string definitions of the ABBREVIATED titles of +IEEE journals and magazines and online publications. + +This file is designed for bibliography styles that require +abbreviated titles and is not for use in bibliographies that +require full-length titles. + +Support sites: +http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +and/or +http://www.ieee.org/ + +Special thanks to Laura Hyslop and ken Rawson of IEEE for their help +in obtaining the information needed to compile this file. Also, +Volker Kuhlmann and Moritz Borgmann kindly provided some corrections +and additions. + +************************************************************************* +Legal Notice: +This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +User assumes all risk. +In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +of any information contained here. + +All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. + +This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +2003/12/01 or later. +Retain all contribution notices and credits. +** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** + +File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib, + IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst, + IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf +************************************************************************* + + +USAGE: + +\bibliographystyle{mybstfile} +\bibliography{IEEEabrv,mybibfile} + +where the IEEE titles in the .bib database entries use the strings +defined here. e.g., + + + journal = IEEE_J_AC, + + +to yield "{IEEE} Trans. Automat. Contr." + + +IEEE uses abbreviated journal titles in their bibliographies - +this file is suitable for work that is to be submitted to the IEEE. + + +For work that requires full-length titles, you should use the full +titles provided in the companion file, IEEEfull.bib. + + +** NOTES ** + + 1. Journals have been grouped according to subject in order to make it + easier to locate and extract the definitions for related journals - + as most works use references that are confined to a single topic. + Magazines are listed in straight alphabetical order. + + 2. String names are closely based on IEEE's own internal acronyms. + + 3. Abbreviations follow IEEE's style. + + 4. Older, out-of-print IEEE titles are included (but not including titles + dating prior to IEEE's formation from the IRE and AIEE in 1963). + + 5. The following NEW/current journal definitions have been disabled because + their abbreviations have not yet been verified: + + STRING{IEEE_J_CBB = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Comput. Biology Bioinformatics"} + STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE = "Canadian J. Elect. Comput. Eng."} + STRING{IEEE_J_DSC = "{IEEE} Trans. Dependable Secure Comput."} + STRING{IEEE_O_DSO = "{IEEE} Distrib. Syst. Online"} + + 6. The following OLD journal definitions have been disabled because + their abbreviations have not yet been found/verified: + + STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast Television Receivers"} + STRING{IEEE_J_EWS = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Writing Speech"} + +If you know what the proper abbreviation is for a string in #5 or #6 above, +email me and I will correct them in the next release. + + + + + +IEEE Journals + + + +aerospace and military +@STRING{IEEE_J_AES = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ANE = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp. Navig. Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ANNE = "{IEEE} Trans. Aeronaut. Navig. Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AS = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AIRE = "{IEEE} Trans. Airborne Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MIL = "{IEEE} Trans. Mil. Electron."} + + + +autos, transportation and vehicles (non-aerospace) +@STRING{IEEE_J_ITS = "{IEEE} Trans. Intell. Transp. Syst."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_VT = "{IEEE} Trans. Veh. Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_VC = "{IEEE} Trans. Veh. Commun."} + + + +circuits, signals, systems, audio and controls +@STRING{IEEE_J_SPL = "{IEEE} Signal Process. Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ASSP = "{IEEE} Trans. Acoust., Speech, Signal Process."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AU = "{IEEE} Trans. Audio"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AUEA = "{IEEE} Trans. Audio Electroacoust."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AC = "{IEEE} Trans. Autom. Control"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAS = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASVT = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. Video Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {I}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {II}"} +in 2004 CASI and CASII renamed part title to CASI_RP and CASII_EB, respectively. +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI_RP = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {I}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII_EB = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {II}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CT = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuit Theory"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CST = "{IEEE} Trans. Control Syst. Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SP = "{IEEE} Trans. Signal Process."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SU = "{IEEE} Trans. Sonics Ultrason."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SAP = "{IEEE} Trans. Speech Audio Process."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_UE = "{IEEE} Trans. Ultrason. Eng."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_UFFC = "{IEEE} Trans. Ultrason., Ferroelectr., Freq. Control"} + + + +communications +@STRING{IEEE_J_COML = "{IEEE} Commun. Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JSAC = "{IEEE} J. Sel. Areas Commun."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_COM = "{IEEE} Trans. Commun."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_COMT = "{IEEE} Trans. Commun. Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_WCOM = "{IEEE} Trans. Wireless Commun."} + + + +components, packaging and manufacturing +@STRING{IEEE_J_ADVP = "{IEEE} Trans. Adv. Packag."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CHMT = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Hybrids, Manuf. Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTA = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {A}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTB = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {B}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTC = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {C}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPT = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Packag. Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPTS = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Packag. Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CPART = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Parts"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EPM = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron. Packag. Manuf."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MFT = "{IEEE} Trans. Manuf. Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PHP = "{IEEE} Trans. Parts, Hybrids, Packag."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PMP = "{IEEE} Trans. Parts, Mater., Packag."} + + + +CAD +@STRING{IEEE_J_TCAD = "{IEEE} J. Technol. Comput. Aided Design"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAD = "{IEEE} Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integr. Circuits Syst."} + + + +coding, data, information, knowledge +@STRING{IEEE_J_IT = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Theory"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_KDE = "{IEEE} Trans. Knowl. Data Eng."} + + + +computers, computation, networking and software +@STRING{IEEE_J_C = "{IEEE} Trans. Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAL = "{IEEE} Comput. Archit. Lett."} +disabled till definition is verified +STRING{IEEE_J_DSC = "{IEEE} Trans. Dependable Secure Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ECOMP = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron. Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EVC = "{IEEE} Trans. Evol. Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_FUZZ = "{IEEE} Trans. Fuzzy Syst."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IFS = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Forensics Security"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MC = "{IEEE} Trans. Mobile Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NET = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Netw."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NN = "{IEEE} Trans. Neural Netw."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PDS = "{IEEE} Trans. Parallel Distrib. Syst."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SE = "{IEEE} Trans. Softw. Eng."} + + + +computer graphics, imaging, and multimedia +@STRING{IEEE_J_JDT = "{IEEE/OSA} J. Display Technol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IP = "{IEEE} Trans. Image Process."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MM = "{IEEE} Trans. Multimedia"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_VCG = "{IEEE} Trans. Vis. Comput. Graphics"} + + + +cybernetics, ergonomics, robots, man-machine, and automation +@STRING{IEEE_J_ASE = "{IEEE} Trans. Autom. Sci. Eng."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JRA = "{IEEE} J. Robot. Autom."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_HFE = "{IEEE} Trans. Hum. Factors Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MMS = "{IEEE} Trans. Man-Mach. Syst."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PAMI = "{IEEE} Trans. Pattern Anal. Mach. Intell."} +in 1989 JRA became RA +in August 2004, RA split into ASE and RO +@STRING{IEEE_J_RA = "{IEEE} Trans. Robot. Autom."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_RO = "{IEEE} Trans. Robot."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SMC = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCA = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {A}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCB = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {B}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCC = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {C}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SSC = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst. Sci. Cybern."} + + + +earth, wind, fire and water +@STRING{IEEE_J_GE = "{IEEE} Trans. Geosci. Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_GRS = "{IEEE} Trans. Geosci. Remote Sens."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_GRSL = "{IEEE} Geosci. Remote Sens. Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_OE = "{IEEE} J. Ocean. Eng."} + + + +education, engineering, history, IEEE, professional +disabled till definition is verified +STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE = "Canadian J. Elect. Comput. Eng."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PROC = "Proc. {IEEE}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EDU = "{IEEE} Trans. Educ."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EM = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Manag."} +disabled till definition is verified +STRING{IEEE_J_EWS = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Writing Speech"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PC = "{IEEE} Trans. Prof. Commun."} + + + +electromagnetics, antennas, EMI, magnetics and microwave +@STRING{IEEE_J_AWPL = "{IEEE} Antennas Wireless Propag. Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MGWL = "{IEEE} Microw. Guided Wave Lett."} +IEEE seems to want "Compon." here, not "Comp." +@STRING{IEEE_J_MWCL = "{IEEE} Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AP = "{IEEE} Trans. Antennas Propag."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EMC = "{IEEE} Trans. Electromagn. Compat."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MAG = "{IEEE} Trans. Magn."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MTT = "{IEEE} Trans. Microw. Theory Tech."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_RFI = "{IEEE} Trans. Radio Freq. Interference"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_TJMJ = "{IEEE} Transl. J. Magn. Jpn."} + + + +energy and power +@STRING{IEEE_J_EC = "{IEEE} Trans. Energy Convers."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PEL = "{IEEE} Power Electron. Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRAS = "{IEEE} Trans. Power App. Syst."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRD = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Del."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRE = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRS = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Syst."} + + + +industrial, commercial and consumer +@STRING{IEEE_J_APPIND = "{IEEE} Trans. Appl. Ind."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_BC = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast."} +disabled till definition is verified +STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast Television Receivers"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CE = "{IEEE} Trans. Consum. Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IE = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IECI = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Electron. Contr. Instrum."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IA = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Appl."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IGA = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Gen. Appl."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IINF = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Informat."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PSE = "{IEEE} J. Product Safety Eng."} + + + +instrumentation and measurement +@STRING{IEEE_J_IM = "{IEEE} Trans. Instrum. Meas."} + + + +insulation and materials +@STRING{IEEE_J_JEM = "{IEEE/TMS} J. Electron. Mater."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_DEI = "{IEEE} Trans. Dielectr. Electr. Insul."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EI = "{IEEE} Trans. Electr. Insul."} + + + +mechanical +@STRING{IEEE_J_MECH = "{IEEE/ASME} Trans. Mechatronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MEMS = "J. Microelectromech. Syst."} + + + +medical and biological +@STRING{IEEE_J_BME = "{IEEE} Trans. Biomed. Eng."} +Note: The B-ME journal later dropped the hyphen and became the BME. +@STRING{IEEE_J_B-ME = "{IEEE} Trans. Bio-Med. Eng."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_BMELC = "{IEEE} Trans. Bio-Med. Electron."} +disabled till definition is verified +STRING{IEEE_J_CBB = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Comput. Biology Bioinformatics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ITBM = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Technol. Biomed."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ME = "{IEEE} Trans. Med. Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MI = "{IEEE} Trans. Med. Imag."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NB = "{IEEE} Trans. Nanobiosci."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NSRE = "{IEEE} Trans. Neural Syst. Rehabil. Eng."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_RE = "{IEEE} Trans. Rehabil. Eng."} + + + + optics, lightwave and photonics +@STRING{IEEE_J_PTL = "{IEEE} Photon. Technol. Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JLT = "J. Lightw. Technol."} + + + +physics, electrons, nanotechnology, nuclear and quantum electronics +@STRING{IEEE_J_EDL = "{IEEE} Electron Device Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JQE = "{IEEE} J. Quantum Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JSTQE = "{IEEE} J. Sel. Topics Quantum Electron."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ED = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron Devices"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NANO = "{IEEE} Trans. Nanotechnol."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NS = "{IEEE} Trans. Nucl. Sci."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PS = "{IEEE} Trans. Plasma Sci."} + + + +reliability +IEEE seems to want "Mat." here, not "Mater." +@STRING{IEEE_J_DMR = "{IEEE} Trans. Device Mater. Rel."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_R = "{IEEE} Trans. Rel."} + + + +semiconductors, superconductors, electrochemical and solid state +@STRING{IEEE_J_ESSL = "{IEEE/ECS} Electrochem. Solid-State Lett."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JSSC = "{IEEE} J. Solid-State Circuits"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ASC = "{IEEE} Trans. Appl. Supercond."} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SM = "{IEEE} Trans. Semicond. Manuf."} + + + +sensors +@STRING{IEEE_J_SENSOR = "{IEEE} Sensors J."} + + + +VLSI +@STRING{IEEE_J_VLSI = "{IEEE} Trans. {VLSI} Syst."} + + + + + + +IEEE Magazines + + + +@STRING{IEEE_M_AES = "{IEEE} Aerosp. Electron. Syst. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_HIST = "{IEEE} Ann. Hist. Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_AP = "{IEEE} Antennas Propag. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_ASSP = "{IEEE} {ASSP} Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CD = "{IEEE} Circuits Devices Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CAS = "{IEEE} Circuits Syst. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_COM = "{IEEE} Commun. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_COMSOC = "{IEEE} Commun. Soc. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CIM = "{IEEE} Comput. Intell. Mag."} +CSEM changed to CSE in 1999 +@STRING{IEEE_M_CSE = "{IEEE} Comput. Sci. Eng."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CSEM = "{IEEE} Comput. Sci. Eng. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_C = "{IEEE} Computer"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CAP = "{IEEE} Comput. Appl. Power"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CGA = "{IEEE} Comput. Graph. Appl."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CONC = "{IEEE} Concurrency"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CS = "{IEEE} Control Syst. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_DTC = "{IEEE} Des. Test. Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_EI = "{IEEE} Electr. Insul. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_ETR = "{IEEE} ElectroTechnol. Rev."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_EMB = "{IEEE} Eng. Med. Biol. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_EMR = "{IEEE} Eng. Manag. Rev."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_EXP = "{IEEE} Expert"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_IA = "{IEEE} Ind. Appl. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_IM = "{IEEE} Instrum. Meas. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_IS = "{IEEE} Intell. Syst."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_IC = "{IEEE} Internet Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_ITP = "{IEEE} {IT} Prof."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_MICRO = "{IEEE} Micro"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_MW = "{IEEE} Microw. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_MM = "{IEEE} Multimedia"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_NET = "{IEEE} Netw."} +IEEE's editorial manual lists "Pers. Commun.", +but "Personal Commun. Mag." seems to be what is used in the journals +@STRING{IEEE_M_PCOM = "{IEEE} Personal Commun. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_POT = "{IEEE} Potentials"} +CAP and PER merged to form PE in 2003 +@STRING{IEEE_M_PE = "{IEEE} Power Energy Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_PER = "{IEEE} Power Eng. Rev."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_PVC = "{IEEE} Pervasive Comput."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_RA = "{IEEE} Robot. Autom. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_SAP = "{IEEE} Security Privacy"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_SP = "{IEEE} Signal Process. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_S = "{IEEE} Softw."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_SPECT = "{IEEE} Spectr."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_TS = "{IEEE} Technol. Soc. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_VT = "{IEEE} Veh. Technol. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_WC = "{IEEE} Wireless Commun. Mag."} +@STRING{IEEE_M_TODAY = "Today's Engineer"} + + + + + + +IEEE Online Publications + + + +@STRING{IEEE_O_CSTO = "{IEEE} Commun. Surveys Tuts."} +disabled till definition is verified +STRING{IEEE_O_DSO = "{IEEE} Distrib. Syst. Online"} + + + + + +-- +EOF diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEexample.bib b/IEEEtran/IEEEexample.bib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..024745c --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEexample.bib @@ -0,0 +1,1190 @@ + +IEEEexample.bib +V1.12 (2007/01/11) +Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Michael Shell +See: http://www.michaelshell.org/ +for current contact information. + +This is an example BibTeX database for the official IEEEtran.bst +BibTeX style file. + +Some entries call strings that are defined in the IEEEabrv.bib file. +Therefore, IEEEabrv.bib should be loaded prior to this file. +Usage: + +\bibliographystyle{./IEEEtran} +\bibliography{./IEEEabrv,./IEEEexample} + + +Support sites: +http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +and/or +http://www.ieee.org/ + +************************************************************************* +Legal Notice: +This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +User assumes all risk. +In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +of any information contained here. + +All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. + +This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +2003/12/01 or later. +Retain all contribution notices and credits. +** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** + +File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib, + IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst, + IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf +************************************************************************* + + +Note that, because the example references were taken from actual IEEE +publications, these examples do not always contain the full amount +of information that may be desirable (for use with other BibTeX styles). +In particular, full names (not abbreviated with initials) should be +entered whenever possible as some (non-IEEE) bibliography styles use +full names. IEEEtran.bst will automatically abbreviate when it encounters +full names. + + + + +references for the IEEEtran.bst documentation +IEEEtran homepage +@electronic{IEEEhowto:IEEEtranpage, + author = "Michael Shell", + title = "{IEEE}tran Homepage", + url = "http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/", + year = "2007" +} + + +the distribution site for IEEEtran.bst +@electronic{IEEEexample:shellCTANpage, + author = "Michael Shell", + title = "{IEEE}tran Webpage on {CTAN}", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/", + year = "2007" +} + + +the IEEE website +sort key is needed for sorting styles +@electronic{IEEEexample:IEEEwebsite, + title = "The {IEEE} Website", + url = "http://www.ieee.org/", + year = "2007", + key = "IEEE" +} + + +The BibTeX user's guide. +The filename could have been put in the URL instead. But, there might +be other interesting things for the user in the same directory - and +the filename might change before the directory that contains it. +@electronic{IEEEexample:bibtexuser, + author = "Oren Patashnik", + title = "{{\BibTeX}}ing", + howpublished = "{btxdoc.pdf}", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/", + month = feb, + year = "1988" +} + + +The BibTeX style designer's guide. +@electronic{IEEEexample:bibtexdesign, + author = "Oren Patashnik", + title = "Designing {{\BibTeX}} Styles", + howpublished = "{btxhak.pdf}", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/", + month = feb, + year = "1988" +} + + +A comprehensive BibTeX tutorial. +@electronic{IEEEexample:tamethebeast, + author = "Nicolas Markey", + title = "Tame the BeaST --- The B to X of {{\BibTeX}}", + url = "http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/", + month = oct, + year = "2005" +} + + +The BibTeX Tips and FAQ guide. +@electronic{IEEEexample:bibtexFAQ, + author = "David Hoadley and Michael Shell", + title = "{{\BibTeX}} Tips and {FAQ}", + howpublished = "{btxFAQ.pdf}", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/", + month = jan, + year = "2007" +} + + +The TeX FAQ +@electronic{IEEEexample:texfaq, + author = "Robin Fairbairns", + title = "The {{\TeX}} {FAQ}", + url = "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html/", + month = jan, + year = "2007" +} + + +A BibTeX Guide via Examples. +@electronic{IEEEexample:bibtexguide, + author = "Ki-Joo Kim", + title = "A {{\BibTeX}} Guide via Examples", + howpublished = "{bibtex\_guide.pdf}", + url = "http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/", + month = apr, + year = "2004" +} + + +TeX User Group Bibliography Archive +@electronic{IEEEexample:beebe_archive, + author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe", + title = "{{\TeX}} User Group Bibliography Archive", + url = "http://www.math.utah.edu:8080/pub/tex/bib/index-table.html", + month = aug, + year = "2006" +} + +The natbib.sty package. +@electronic{ctan:natbib, + author = "Patrick W. Daly", + title = "The natbib.sty package", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/", + month = sep, + year = "2006" +} + +The url.sty package. +@electronic{IEEEexample:urlsty, + author = "Donald Arseneau", + title = "The url.sty Package", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/", + month = jun, + year = "2005", +} + + +The hyperref.sty package. +@electronic{IEEEexample:hyperrefsty, + author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Oberdiek", + title = "The hyperref.sty Package", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/", + month = nov, + year = "2006", +} + + +The breakurl.sty package. +@electronic{IEEEexample:breakurl, + author = "Vilar Camara Neto", + title = "The breakurl.sty Package", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/breakurl/", + month = aug, + year = "2006", +} + + +The Babel package. +@electronic{IEEEexample:babel, + author = "Johannes Braams", + title = "The Babel Package", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/babel/", + month = nov, + year = "2005", +} + + +The multibib package. +@electronic{IEEEexample:multibibsty, + author = "Thorsten Hansen", + title = "The multibib.sty package", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/multibib/", + month = jan, + year = "2004" +} + + +The biblatex package. +@electronic{IEEEexample:biblatex, + author = "Philipp Lehman", + title = "The biblatex package", + url = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/", + month = jan, + year = "2007" +} + + + +The three most common and typical types of references used in +IEEE publications: + +an article in a journal +Note the use of the IEEE_J_EDL string, defined in the IEEEabrv.bib file, +for the journal name. IEEEtran.bst defines the BibTeX standard three +letter month codes per IEEE style. +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices", +page 996, reference #16. +@article{IEEEexample:article_typical, + author = "S. Zhang and C. Zhu and J. K. O. Sin and P. K. T. Mok", + title = "A Novel Ultrathin Elevated Channel Low-temperature + Poly-{Si} {TFT}", + journal = IEEE_J_EDL, + volume = "20", + month = nov, + year = "1999", + pages = "569-571" +} + + +journal article using et al. +The (five) authors are actually: F. Delorme, S. Slempkes, G. Alibert, +B. Rose, J. Brandon +The month (July) was not given here. +From the September 1998 issue of "IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in +Communications", page 1257, reference #28. +@article{IEEEexample:articleetal, + author = "F. Delorme and others", + title = "Butt-jointed {DBR} Laser With 15 {nm} Tunability Grown + in Three {MOVPE} Steps", + journal = "Electron. Lett.", + volume = "31", + number = "15", + year = "1995", + pages = "1244-1245" +} + + +a paper in a conference proceedings +"conference" can be used as an alias for "inproceedings" +From the June 2002 issue of "Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems", +page 205, reference #16. +@inproceedings{IEEEexample:conf_typical, + author = "R. K. Gupta and S. D. Senturia", + title = "Pull-in Time Dynamics as a Measure of Absolute Pressure", + booktitle = "Proc. {IEEE} International Workshop on + Microelectromechanical Systems ({MEMS}'97)", + address = "Nagoya, Japan", + month = jan, + year = "1997", + pages = "290-294" +} + + +a book +From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Magnetics", +page 1466, reference #4. +@book{IEEEexample:book_typical, + author = "B. D. Cullity", + title = "Introduction to Magnetic Materials", + publisher = "Addison-Wesley", + address = "Reading, MA", + year = "1972" +} + + + + +Other examples + +journal article with large page numbers, IEEE will divide numbers 5 digits +or longer into groups of three with small spaces between them. Page ranges +can be separated via either "-" or "--", IEEEtran.bst will automatically +convert the separator dash(es) to "--". +Authors and/or IEEE do not always provide/use the journal number, but it +was used in this case. IEEEtran.bst can be configured to ignore journal +numbers if desired. +From the August 2000 issue of "IEEE Photonics Technology Letters", +page 1039, reference #11. +@article{IEEEexample:articlelargepages, + author = "A. Castaldini and A. Cavallini and B. Fraboni + and P. Fernandez and J. Piqueras", + title = "Midgap Traps Related to Compensation Processes in + {CdTe} Alloys", + journal = "Phys. Rev. B.", + volume = "56", + number = "23", + year = "1997", + pages = "14897-14900" +} + + +journal article with dual months +use the BibTeX "#" concatenation operator +From the March 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Mechatronics", +page 21, reference #8. +@article{IEEEexample:articledualmonths, + author = "Y. Okada and K. Dejima and T. Ohishi", + title = "Analysis and Comparison of {PM} Synchronous Motor and + Induction Motor Type Magnetic Bearings", + journal = IEEE_J_IA, + volume = "31", + month = sep # "/" # oct, + year = "1995", + pages = "1047-1053" +} + + +journal article to be published as a misc entry type +date information like month and year is optional +However, the article form like that below may be a better approach. +From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Journal of Selected Areas in +Communication", page 725, reference #3. +@misc{IEEEexample:TBPmisc, + author = "M. Coates and A. Hero and R. Nowak and B. Yu", + title = "Internet Tomography", + howpublished = IEEE_M_SP, + month = may, + year = "2002", + note = "to be published" +} + + +journal article to be published as an article entry type +year is required, so if absent, use the year field to hold +the "submitted for publication" in order to avoid a warning for +the missing year field. +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory", +page 1461, reference #21. +@article{IEEEexample:TBParticle, + author = "N. Kahale and R. Urbanke", + title = "On the Minimum Distance of Parallel and Serially + Concatenated Codes", + journal = IEEE_J_IT, + year = "submitted for publication" +} + + + + + +book with editor and no author +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory", +page 1725, reference #1. +@book{IEEEexample:bookwitheditor, + editor = "J. C. Candy and G. C. Temes", + title = "Oversampling Delta-Sigma Data Converters Theory, + Design and Simulation", + publisher = "{IEEE} Press.", + address = "New York", + year = "1992" +} + + +book with edition, author and editor +Note that the standard BibTeX styles do not support book entries with both +author and editor fields, but IEEEtran.bst does. +The standard BibTeX way of specifying the edition is to use capitalized +ordinal words such as "First", "Second", etc. Most .bst files can convert +up to about "Fifth" into the format needed. IEEEtran.bst can convert up +to "Tenth" to the "Arabic ordinal" form IEEE uses (e.g., "10th"). For +editions over the tenth, it is best to use the "Arabic ordinal" form for +IEEE related work (e.g., "101st") +Note how "Jr." has to be entered. +From the May 2002 issue of "Journal of Lightwave Technology", page 856, +reference #17. +@book{IEEEexample:book, + author = "S. M. Metev and V. P. Veiko", + editor = "Osgood, Jr., R. M.", + title = "Laser Assisted Microtechnology", + edition = "Second", + publisher = "Springer-Verlag", + address = "Berlin, Germany", + year = "1998" +} + + +book with series and volume +From the January 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications", +page 11, reference #31. +@book{IEEEexample:bookwithseriesvolume, + editor = "J. Breckling", + title = "The Analysis of Directional Time Series: Applications to + Wind Speed and Direction", + series = "Lecture Notes in Statistics", + publisher = "Springer", + address = "Berlin, Germany", + year = "1989", + volume = "61" +} + + +inbook with chapter number. The pages field could also have been given. +The chapter number could be changed to something else such as a section +number via the type field: type = "sec.". +From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems---I: +Fundamental Applications and Theory", page 638, reference #22. +@inbook{IEEEexample:inbook, + author = "H. E. Rose", + title = "A Course in Number Theory", + publisher = "Oxford Univ. Press", + address = "New York, NY", + year = "1988", + chapter = "3" +} + + +inbook with pages and note. The language field is not set to Russian +because the title is presented here in its translated, English, form. +From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Magnetics", page 1533, +reference #5. +@inbook{IEEEexample:inbookpagesnote, + author = "B. K. Bul", + title = "Theory Principles and Design of Magnetic Circuits", + publisher = "Energia Press", + address = "Moscow", + year = "1964", + pages = "464", + note = "(in Russian)" +} + + + + + +incollection with author and editor +From the May 2002 issue of "Journal of Lightwave Technology", +page 807, reference #7. +@incollection{IEEEexample:incollection, + author = "W. V. Sorin", + editor = "D. Derickson", + title = "Optical Reflectometry for Component Characterization", + booktitle = "Fiber Optic Test and Measurement", + publisher = "Prentice-Hall", + address = "Englewood Cliffs, NJ", + year = "1998" +} + + +incollection with series +From the April 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communication", +page 609, reference #3. +@incollection{IEEEexample:incollectionwithseries, + author = "J. B. Anderson and K. Tepe", + title = "Properties of the Tailbiting {BCJR} Decoder", + booktitle = "Codes, Systems and Graphical Models", + series = "{IMA} Volumes in Mathematics and Its Applications", + publisher = "Springer-Verlag", + address = "New York", + year = "2000" + +} + + +incollection with author, editor, chapter and pages +From the January 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications", +page 16, reference #9. +@incollection{IEEEexample:incollection_chpp, + author = "P. Hedelin and P. Knagenhjelm and M. Skoglund", + editor = "W. B. Kleijn and K. K. Paliwal", + title = "Theory for Transmission of Vector Quantization Data", + booktitle = "Speech Coding and Synthesis", + publisher = "Elsevier Science", + address = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands", + year = "1995", + chapter = "10", + pages = "347-396" +} + + +incollection with a large number of authors, some authors/journals will +use et al. for so many names. IEEEtran.bst can be configured to do this +if desired, or "R. M. A. Dawson and others" can be used instead. +Note that IEEE may not include the publisher for incollection entries - +IEEEtran.bst will not issue a warning if the publisher is missing for +incollections - but other .bst files often will. +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices", +page 996, reference #12. +@incollection{IEEEexample:incollectionmanyauthors, + author = "R. M. A. Dawson and Z. Shen and D. A. Furst and + S. Connor and J. Hsu and M. G. Kane and R. G. Stewart and + A. Ipri and C. N. King and P. J. Green and R. T. Flegal + and S. Pearson and W. A. Barrow and E. Dickey and K. Ping + and C. W. Tang and S. Van. Slyke and + F. Chen and J. Shi and J. C. Sturm and M. H. Lu", + title = "Design of an Improved Pixel for a Polysilicon + Active-Matrix Organic {LED} Display", + booktitle = "{SID} Tech. Dig.", + volume = "29", + year = "1998", + pages = "11-14" +} + + + + + +A Motorola data book as a manual +It is somewhat unusual to include the data book part number. +in the title. It might be more correct to put this information +in the howpublished field instead. +From the December 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications", +page 1986, reference #10. +@manual{IEEEexample:motmanual, + title = "{FLEXChip} Signal Processor ({MC68175/D})", + organization = "Motorola", + year = "1996" +} + + +same reference, but using IEEEtran's howpublished extension +@manual{IEEEexample:motmanualhowpub, + title = "{FLEXChip} Signal Processor", + howpublished = "{MC68175/D}", + organization = "Motorola", + year = "1996" +} + + + + +conference paper with an address and days. Some journals capitalize the +letters in "Globecom", this one did not. +From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications", +page 697, reference #12. +@inproceedings{IEEEexample:confwithadddays, + author = "M. S. Yee and L. Hanzo", + title = "Radial Basis Function Decision Feedback Equaliser + Assisted Burst-by-burst Adaptive Modulation", + booktitle = "Proc. {IEEE} Globecom '99", + address = "Rio de Janeiro, Brazil", + month = dec # " 5--9,", + year = "1999", + pages = "2183-2187" +} + + +conference paper with volume number. A conference proceedings with a vol +number is a little uncommon, note that the vol number is placed +before the address in the formatted bibliography entry +From the April 2002 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 181, reference #26. +@inproceedings{IEEEexample:confwithvolume, + author = "M. Yajnik and S. B. Moon and J. Kurose and D. Towsley", + title = "Measurement and Modeling of the Temporal Dependence in + Packet Loss", + booktitle = "Proc. {IEEE} {INFOCOM}'99", + volume = "1", + address = "New York, NY", + month = mar, + year = "1999", + pages = "345-352" +} + + +conference paper with a paper number, the type field can be used to +override the word "paper", e.g., type = "postdeadline paper". A type +can be given even without a paper field. +Also, IEEEtran.bst can be configured to ignore paper numbers and types. +From the May 2002 issue of "Journal of Lightwave Technology", +page 807, reference #4. +@inproceedings{IEEEexample:confwithpaper, + author = "M. Wegmuller and J. P. von der Weid and P. Oberson + and N. Gisin", + title = "High Resolution Fiber Distributed Measurements With + Coherent {OFDR}", + booktitle = "Proc. {ECOC}'00", + year = "2000", + paper = "11.3.4", + pages = "109" +} + + +conference paper with a postdeadline type paper, the paper field is +optional. +From the August 2000 issue of "IEEE Photonics Technology Letters", +page 1087, reference #12. +@inproceedings{IEEEexample:confwithpapertype, + author = "B. Mikkelsen and G. Raybon and R.-J. Essiambre and + K. Dreyer and Y. Su. and L. E. Nelson and J. E. Johnson + and G. Shtengel and A. Bond and D. G. Moodie and + A. D. Ellis", + title = "160 {Gbit/s} Single-channel Transmission Over 300 km + Nonzero-dispersion Fiber With Semiconductor Based + Transmitter and Demultiplexer", + booktitle = "Proc. {ECOC}'99", + year = "1999", + paper = "2-3", + type = "postdeadline paper", + pages = "28-29" +} + + +presented at a conference +intype overrides the default "in" and causes the booktitle not to be +emphasized (rendered in italics). +From the February 2002 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 163, reference #6. +@inproceedings{IEEEexample:presentedatconf, + author = "S. G. Finn and M. M{\'e}dard and R. A. Barry", + title = "A Novel Approach to Automatic Protection Switching + Using Trees", + intype = "presented at the", + booktitle = "Proc. Int. Conf. Commun.", + year = "1997" +} + + + + + +master's thesis, often the University name will be abbreviated and the +state or country will be included in the address. The type field can +used to override the default type "Master's thesis" +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Microelectromechanical +Systems", page 186, reference #11. +@mastersthesis{IEEEexample:masters, + author = "Nin C. Loh", + title = "High-Resolution Micromachined Interferometric + Accelerometer", + school = "Massachusetts Institute of Technology", + address = "Cambridge", + year = "1992" +} + + +master's thesis with a type field +From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 391, reference #12. +@mastersthesis{IEEEexample:masterstype, + author = "A. Karnik", + title = "Performance of {TCP} Congestion Control with Rate + Feedback: {TCP/ABR} and Rate Adaptive {TCP/IP}", + school = "Indian Institute of Science", + type = "M. Eng. thesis", + address = "Bangalore, India", + month = jan, + year = "1999" +} + + + + + +Ph.D. dissertation with a URL field, the university is abbreviated +From the October 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 590, reference #11. +@phdthesis{IEEEexample:phdurl, + author = "Q. Li", + title = "Delay Characterization and Performance Control of + Wide-area Networks", + school = "Univ. of Delaware", + address = "Newark", + month = may, + year = "2000", + url = "http://www.ece.udel.edu/~qli" +} + + + + + +technical report +From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 490, reference #15. +@techreport{IEEEexample:techrep, + author = "R. Jain and K. K. Ramakrishnan and D. M. Chiu", + title = "Congestion Avoidance in Computer Networks with a + Connectionless Network Layer", + institution = "Digital Equipment Corporation", + address = "MA", + number = "DEC-TR-506", + month = aug, + year = "1987" +} + + +technical report with type +for those times when "Tech. Rep." needs to be modified +From the February 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 46, reference #8. +@techreport{IEEEexample:techreptype, + author = "J. Padhye and V. Firoiu and D. Towsley", + title = "A Stochastic Model of {TCP} {R}eno Congestion Avoidance + and Control", + institution = "Univ. of Massachusetts", + address = "Amherst, MA", + type = "CMPSCI Tech. Rep.", + number = "99-02", + year = "1999" +} + + +technical report with type +for those times when "Tech. Rep." needs to be modified +This reference did not have an address. +From the January 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications", +page 117, reference #6. +@techreport{IEEEexample:techreptypeii, + author = "D. Middleton and A. D. Spaulding", + title = "A Tutorial Review of Elements of Weak Signal Detection + in Non-{G}aussian {EMI} Environments", + institution = "National Telecommunications and Information + Administration ({NTIA}), U.S. Dept. of Commerce", + type = "NTIA Report", + number = "86-194", + month = may, + year = "1986" +} + + + + + +an unpublished work +for unpublished types, the note field is required. IEEE usually +just uses the word "unpublished" for the note. +From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 391, reference #16. +@unpublished{IEEEexample:unpublished, + author = "T. J. Ott and N. Aggarwal", + title = "{TCP} over {ATM}: {ABR} or {UBR}", + note = "Unpublished" +} + + + + + +electronic with a howpublished information field +From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 391, reference #7. +@electronic{IEEEexample:electronhowinfo, + author = "V. Jacobson", + title = "Modified {TCP} Congestion Avoidance Algorithm", + howpublished = "end2end-interest mailing list", + url = "ftp://ftp.isi.edu/end2end/end2end-interest-1990.mail", + month = apr, + year = "1990" +} + + +electronic with a howpublished information field +From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 418, reference #31. +@electronic{IEEEexample:electronhowinfo2, + author = "V. Valloppillil and K. W. Ross", + title = "Cache Array Routing Protocol v1.1", + howpublished = "Internet draft", + url = "http://ds1.internic.net/internet-drafts/draft-vinod-carp-v1-03.txt", + year = "1998" +} + + +electronic with an organization and address +From the February 2002 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 114, reference #15. +@electronic{IEEEexample:electronorgadd, + author = "D. H. Lorenz and A. Orda", + title = "Optimal Partition of {QoS} Requirements on Unicast + Paths and Multicast Trees", + organization = "Dept. Elect. Eng., Technion", + address = "Haifa, Israel", + url = "ftp://ftp.technion.ac.il/pub/supported/ee/Network/lor.mopq98.ps", + month = jul, + year = "1998" +} + + + + + +U.S. patent +Use the type field to override the patent type. e.g., +type = "Patent Application" +The address is that of the assignee. Note that IEEE does not +display the assignee, the address, and only displays one date. +(if year is not present, the filed dates are used.) However, this +information should be entered as other BibTeX styles may use it. +alternatively, nationality could be entered as "U.S." +From the April 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications", +page 542, reference #6. +@patent{IEEEexample:uspat, + author = "Ronald E. Sorace and Victor S. Reinhardt and + Steven A. Vaughn", + assignee = "Hughes Aircraft Company", + address = "Los Angeles, CA", + title = "High-Speed Digital-to-{RF} Converter", + nationality = "United States", + number = "5668842", + dayfiled = "28", + monthfiled = feb, + yearfiled = "1995", + day = "16", + month = sep, + year = "1997" +} + + +Japanese Patent +From the April 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications", +page 556, reference #6. +@patent{IEEEexample:jppat, + author = "U. Hideki", + title = "Quadrature Modulation Circuit", + nationality = "Japanese", + number = "152932/92", + day = "20", + month = may, + year = "1992" +} + + +French Patent request, the language field must be entered in lower case +as this is the option name Babel uses. The nationality field needs to be +capitalized. Because this is a patent request, the date filed fields are +used while the date fields are left empty/missing. In other countries, +the words "Patent Application", etc. are used instead. +From the April 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications", +page 556, reference #9. +@patent{IEEEexample:frenchpatreq, + author = "F. Kowalik and M. Isard", + title = "Estimateur d'un D{\'e}faut de Fonctionnement + d'un Modulateur en Quadrature et {\'E}tage de Modulation + l'Utilisant", + language = "french", + nationality = "French", + type = "Patent Request", + number = "9500261", + dayfiled = "11", + monthfiled = jan, + yearfiled = "1995" +} + + + + + +a periodical +From the April 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 160, reference #1. +sort key is needed for sorting styles +@periodical{IEEEexample:periodical, + title = IEEE_M_PCOM # ", Special Issue on Wireless {ATM}", + volume = "3", + month = aug, + year = "1996", + key = "IEEE" +} + + + + + +standard, IEEE does not use the address for standards, but it is good +to provide one for BibTeX styles that use it. +From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 451, reference #2. +@standard{IEEEexample:standard, + title = "Wireless {LAN} Medium Access Control {(MAC)} and + Physical Layer {(PHY)} Specification", + organization = "IEEE", + address = "Piscataway, NJ", + number = "802.11", + year = "1997" +} + + +standard with type and revision, the type overrides the word standard +(or std.). Here a standard number is not available and a revision number +is used. +From the August 2000 issue of "IEEE Photonics Technology Letters", +page 1048, reference #13. +@standard{IEEEexample:standardproposed, + title = "Fiber Channel Physical Interface ({FC-PI})", + institution = "NCITS", + address = "Washington, DC", + type = "Working Draft Proposed Standard", + revision = "5.2", + year = "1999" +} + + +standard draft as a misc with author +From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Journal of Selected Areas in +Communication", page 725, reference #16. +@misc{IEEEexample:draftasmisc, + author = "I. Widjaja and A. Elwalid", + title = "{MATE}: {MPLS} Adaptive Traffic Engineering", + howpublished = "IETF Draft", + year = "1999" +} + + + + + +misc for a techreport like reference +techreport is not perfectly suitable because this entry lacks +an institution field +From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 490, reference #22. +@misc{IEEEexample:miscforum, + author = "L. Roberts", + title = "Enhanced Proportional Rate Control Algorithm {PRCA}", + howpublished = "{ATM} Forum Contribution 94-0735R1", + month = aug, + year = "1994" +} + + +misc for a white paper +From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 478, reference #4 - Note that the reference there (improperly?) +used the author field for "Cisco". +@misc{IEEEexample:whitepaper, + title = "Advanced {QoS} Services for the Intelligent Internet", + howpublished = "White Paper", + organization = "Cisco", + month = may, + year = "1997" +} + + +misc for a data sheet +From the November 2000 issue of "IEEE Photonics Technology Letters", +page 1551, reference #6. +@misc{IEEEexample:datasheet, + title = "{PDCA12-70} Data Sheet", + organization = "Opto Speed SA", + address = "Mezzovico, Switzerland" +} + + + + + +Other unusual references + +a private communication as a misc entry type +sometimes the designation "personal communication" is used instead +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory", +page 1725, reference #16. +@misc{IEEEexample:private, + author = "S. Konyagin", + howpublished = "private communication", + year = "1998" +} + + +an internet request for comments (RFC) as a misc entry type +It would also be nice to add a URL to these types of things. +RFCs can also be handled as electronic references. +From the April 2002 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 181, reference #14. +@misc{IEEEexample:miscrfc, + author = "K. K. Ramakrishnan and S. Floyd", + title = "A Proposal to Add Explicit Congestion + Notification ({ECN}) to {IP}", + howpublished = "RFC 2481", + month = jan, + year = "1999" +} + + +a software package as a manual +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE/ASME Journal of Microelectromechanical +Systems", page 205, reference #20. +Sometimes they put the version/release information in the title. +@manual{IEEEexample:softmanual, + title = "SaberDesigner Reference Manual", + organization = "Analogy, Inc.", + address = "Beaverton, OR", + year = "1998", + note = "Release 4.3" +} + + +a software package as an electronic reference +From the February 2003 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking", +page 46, reference #24. If there is no author or organization, a sorting +key is required for sorting styles. It might be a good idea to include +month and year fields as well. +@electronic{IEEEexample:softonline, + title = "Ucb/lbnl/vint Network Simulator---ns (Version 2)", + url = "http://www-mash.cs.berkeley.edu/ns/", + key = "ns" +} + + +misc for a German regulation +In German, the first letters of nouns are capitalized, so we do so here. +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Journal in Selected Areas in +Communication", page 892, reference #9. +@misc{IEEEexample:miscgermanreg, + title = "{M}essung von {S}t{\"o}rfeldern an {A}nlagen + und {L}eitungen der {T}elekommunikation im + {F}requenzbereich 9 {kHz} bis 3 {GHz}", + language = "german", + howpublished = "{M}e{\ss}vorschrift {R}eg {TP} {MV} 05", + organization = "Regulierungsbeh{\"o}rde f{\"u}r {T}elekommunikation und + {P}ost ({R}eg {TP})" +} + + + +Ways to handle things like CCSDS's Blue Books +journal article with a URL. However, this is not a very good approach +because the Blue Books are not really journals and the author field has +to be abused. +From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory", +page 1461, reference #7. +@article{IEEEexample:bluebookarticle, + author = "{Consulative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS)}", + title = "Telemetry Channel Coding", + journal = "Blue Book", + number = "4", + year = "1999", + url = "http://www.ccsds.org/documents/pdf/CCSDS-101.0-B-4.pdf" +} + + +CCSDS's Blue Book handled as a book +However, it is not a good idea to have to use the author field for +an organization (done here because the book entry type requires an +author field). +@book{IEEEexample:bluebookbook, + author = "{Consulative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS)}", + title = "Telemetry Channel Coding", + series = "Blue Book", + number = "4", + publisher = "{CCSDS}", + address = "Newport Beach, {CA}", + year = "1999", + url = "http://www.ccsds.org/documents/pdf/CCSDS-101.0-B-4.pdf" +} + + +CCSDS's Blue Book handled as a manual +This is a much better approach, but uses the howpublished field. +@manual{IEEEexample:bluebookmanual, + title = "Telemetry Channel Coding", + howpublished = "ser. Blue Book, No. 4", + organization = "Consulative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS)", + address = "Newport Beach, CA", + year = "1999", + url = "http://www.ccsds.org/documents/pdf/CCSDS-101.0-B-4.pdf" +} + + + +CCSDS's Blue Book handled as a standard +Probably the best approach for this particular case because the work +is standard related. Note that IEEE does not display the address for +standards. +@standard{IEEEexample:bluebookstandard, + title = "Telemetry Channel Coding", + howpublished = "ser. Blue Book, No. 4", + organization = "Consulative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS)", + address = "Newport Beach, CA", + type = "Recommendation for Space Data System Standard", + number = "101.0-B-4", + month = May, + year = "1999", + url = "http://www.ccsds.org/documents/pdf/CCSDS-101.0-B-4.pdf" +} + + + + + + + + +An example of a IEEEtran control entry which can change some IEEEtran.bst +settings. An entry like this must be cited via \bstctlcite{} command +before the first real \cite{}. The same entry key cannot be called twice +(just like multiple \cite{} of the same entry key place only one entry +in the bibliography.) +The available control fields are: + +CTLuse_article_number +"no" turns off the display of the number for articles. +"yes" enables + +CTLuse_paper +"no" turns off the display of the paper and type fields in inproceedings. +"yes" enables + +CTLuse_forced_etal +"no" turns off the forced use of "et al." +"yes" enables + +CTLmax_names_forced_etal +The maximum number of names that can be present beyond which an "et al." +usage is forced. Be sure that CTLnames_show_etal (below) +is not greater than this value! + +CTLnames_show_etal +The number of names that will be shown with a forced "et al.". +Must be less than or equal to CTLmax_names_forced_etal + +CTLuse_alt_spacing +"no" turns off the alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs. +"yes" enables + +CTLalt_stretch_factor +If alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs is enabled, this is +the interword spacing stretch factor that will be used. For example, the +default "4" here means that the interword spacing in entries with URLs can +stretch to four times normal. Does not have to be an integer. + +CTLdash_repeated_names +"no" turns off the "dashification" of repeated (i.e., identical to those +of the previous entry) names. IEEE normally does this. +"yes" enables + +CTLname_format_string +The name format control string as explained in the BibTeX style hacking +guide. +IEEE style "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" is the default, + +CTLname_latex_cmd +A LaTeX command that each name will be fed to (e.g., "\textsc"). +Leave empty if no special font is desired for the names. +The default is empty. + +CTLname_url_prefix +The prefix text used before URLs. +The default is "[Online]. Available:" A space will be inserted after this +text. If this space is not wanted, just use \relax at the end of the +prefix text. + + +Those fields that are not to be changed can be left out. +@IEEEtranBSTCTL{IEEEexample:BSTcontrol, + CTLuse_article_number = "yes", + CTLuse_paper = "yes", + CTLuse_forced_etal = "no", + CTLmax_names_forced_etal = "10", + CTLnames_show_etal = "1", + CTLuse_alt_spacing = "yes", + CTLalt_stretch_factor = "4", + CTLdash_repeated_names = "yes", + CTLname_format_string = "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}", + CTLname_latex_cmd = "", + CTLname_url_prefix = "[Online]. Available:" +} + + diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEfull.bib b/IEEEtran/IEEEfull.bib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f07c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEfull.bib @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ + +IEEEfull.bib +V1.12 (2007/01/11) +Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Michael Shell +See: http://www.michaelshell.org/ +for current contact information. + +BibTeX bibliography string definitions of the FULL titles of +IEEE journals and magazines and online publications. + +This file is designed for bibliography styles that require +full-length titles and is not for use in bibliographies that +abbreviate titles. + +Support sites: +http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +and/or +http://www.ieee.org/ + +Special thanks to Laura Hyslop and ken Rawson of IEEE for their help +in obtaining the information needed to compile this file. Also, +Volker Kuhlmann and Moritz Borgmann kindly provided some corrections +and additions. + +************************************************************************* +Legal Notice: +This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +User assumes all risk. +In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +of any information contained here. + +All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. + +This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +2003/12/01 or later. +Retain all contribution notices and credits. +** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** + +File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib, + IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst, + IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf +************************************************************************* + + +USAGE: + +\bibliographystyle{mybstfile} +\bibliography{IEEEfull,mybibfile} + +where the IEEE titles in the .bib database entries use the strings +defined here. e.g., + + + journal = IEEE_J_AC, + + +to yield "{IEEE} Transactions on Automatic Control" + + +WARNING: IEEE uses abbreviated journal titles in their bibliographies! +Because this file provides the full titles, you should NOT use this file +for work that is to be submitted to the IEEE. + +For IEEE work, you should use the abbreviated titles provided in the +companion file, IEEEabrv.bib. + + +** NOTES ** + + 1. Journals have been grouped according to subject in order to make it + easier to locate and extract the definitions for related journals - + as most works use references that are confined to a single topic. + Magazines are listed in straight alphabetical order. + + 2. String names are closely based on IEEE's own internal acronyms. + + 3. Older, out-of-print IEEE titles are included (but not including titles + dating prior to IEEE's formation from the IRE and AIEE in 1963). + + + + + + +IEEE Journals + + + +aerospace and military +@STRING{IEEE_J_AES = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace and Electronic Systems"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ANE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace and Navigational Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ANNE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aeronautical and Navigational Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AIRE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Airborne Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MIL = "{IEEE} Transactions on Military Electronics"} + + + +autos, transportation and vehicles (non-aerospace) +@STRING{IEEE_J_ITS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Intelligent Transportation Systems"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_VT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Vehicular Technology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_VC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Vehicular Communications"} + + + +circuits, signals, systems, audio and controls +@STRING{IEEE_J_SPL = "{IEEE} Signal Processing Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ASSP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AU = "{IEEE} Transactions on Audio"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AUEA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Audio and Electroacoustics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Automatic Control"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASVT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {I}: Fundamental Theory and Applications"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {II}: Analog and Digital Signal Processing"} +in 2004 CASI and CASII renamed part title to CASI_RP and CASII_EB, respectively. +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI_RP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {I}: Regular Papers"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII_EB = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {II}: Express Briefs"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuit Theory"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CST = "{IEEE} Transactions on Control Systems Technology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Signal Processing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SU = "{IEEE} Transactions on Sonics and Ultrasonics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SAP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Speech and Audio Processing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_UE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Ultrasonics Engineering"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_UFFC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics, and Frequency Control"} + + + +communications +@STRING{IEEE_J_COML = "{IEEE} Communications Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JSAC = "{IEEE} Journal on Selected Areas in Communications"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_COM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Communications"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_COMT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Communication Technology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_WCOM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Wireless Communications"} + + + +components, packaging and manufacturing +@STRING{IEEE_J_ADVP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Advanced Packaging"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CHMT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {A}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTB = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {B}: Advanced Packaging"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {C}: Manufacturing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components and Packaging Technology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPTS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components and Packaging Technologies"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CPART = "{IEEE} Transactions on Component Parts"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EPM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electronics Packaging Manufacturing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MFT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Manufacturing Technology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PHP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parts, Hybrids and Packaging"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PMP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parts, Materials and Packaging"} + + + +CAD +@STRING{IEEE_J_TCAD = "{IEEE} Journal on Technology in Computer Aided Design"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAD = "{IEEE} Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits and Systems"} + + + +coding, data, information, knowledge +@STRING{IEEE_J_IT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Theory"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_KDE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering"} + + + +computers, computation, networking and software +@STRING{IEEE_J_C = "{IEEE} Transactions on Computers"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CAL = "{IEEE} Computer Architecture Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_DSC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Dependable and Secure Computing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ECOMP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electronic Computers"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EVC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Evolutionary Computation"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_FUZZ = "{IEEE} Transactions on Fuzzy Systems"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IFS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Forensics and Security"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Mobile Computing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NET = "{IEEE/ACM} Transactions on Networking"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NN = "{IEEE} Transactions on Neural Networks"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PDS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Software Engineering"} + + + +computer graphics, imaging, and multimedia +@STRING{IEEE_J_JDT = "{IEEE/OSA} Journal of Display Technology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Image Processing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Multimedia"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_VCG = "{IEEE} Transactions on Visualization and Computer Graphics"} + + + +cybernetics, ergonomics, robots, man-machine, and automation +@STRING{IEEE_J_ASE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Automation Science and Engineering"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JRA = "{IEEE} Journal of Robotics and Automation"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_HFE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MMS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Man-Machine Systems"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PAMI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence"} +in 1989 JRA became RA +in August 2004, RA split into ASE and RO +@STRING{IEEE_J_RA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Robotics and Automation"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_RO = "{IEEE} Transactions on Robotics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SMC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {A}: Systems and Humans"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCB = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {B}: Cybernetics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {C}: Applications and Reviews"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SSC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems Science and Cybernetics"} + + + +earth, wind, fire and water +@STRING{IEEE_J_GE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Geoscience Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_GRS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_GRSL = "{IEEE} Geoscience and Remote Sensing Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_OE = "{IEEE} Journal of Oceanic Engineering"} + + + +education, engineering, history, IEEE, professional +@STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE = "Canadian Journal of Electrical and Computer Engineering"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PROC = "Proceedings of the {IEEE}"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EDU = "{IEEE} Transactions on Education"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Engineering Management"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EWS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Engineering Writing and Speech"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Professional Communication"} + + + +electromagnetics, antennas, EMI, magnetics and microwave +@STRING{IEEE_J_AWPL = "{IEEE} Antennas and Wireless Propagation Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MGWL = "{IEEE} Microwave and Guided Wave Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MWCL = "{IEEE} Microwave and Wireless Components Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_AP = "{IEEE} Transactions on Antennas and Propagation"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EMC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MAG = "{IEEE} Transactions on Magnetics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MTT = "{IEEE} Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_RFI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Radio Frequency Interference"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_TJMJ = "{IEEE} Translation Journal on Magnetics in Japan"} + + + +energy and power +@STRING{IEEE_J_EC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Energy Conversion"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PEL = "{IEEE} Power Electronics Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRAS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRD = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Delivery"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Systems"} + + + +industrial, commercial and consumer +@STRING{IEEE_J_APPIND = "{IEEE} Transactions on Applications and Industry"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_BC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Broadcasting"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV = "{IEEE} Transactions on Broadcast and Television Receivers"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Consumer Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IECI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Electronics and Control Instrumentation"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industry Applications"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IGA = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industry and General Applications"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_IINF = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Informatics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PSE = "{IEEE} Journal of Product Safety Engineering"} + + + +instrumentation and measurement +@STRING{IEEE_J_IM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement"} + + + +insulation and materials +@STRING{IEEE_J_JEM = "{IEEE/TMS} Journal of Electronic Materials"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_DEI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_EI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electrical Insulation"} + + + +mechanical +@STRING{IEEE_J_MECH = "{IEEE/ASME} Transactions on Mechatronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MEMS = "{IEEE/ASME} Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems"} + + + +medical and biological +@STRING{IEEE_J_BME = "{IEEE} Transactions on Biomedical Engineering"} +Note: The B-ME journal later dropped the hyphen and became the BME. +@STRING{IEEE_J_B-ME = "{IEEE} Transactions on Bio-Medical Engineering"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_BMELC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Bio-Medical Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_CBB = "{IEEE/ACM} Transactions on Computational Biology and Bioinformatics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ITBM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Technology in Biomedicine"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ME = "{IEEE} Transactions on Medical Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_MI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Medical Imaging"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NB = "{IEEE} Transactions on NanoBioscience"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NSRE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Neural Systems and Rehabilitation Engineering"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_RE = "{IEEE} Transactions on Rehabilitation Engineering"} + + + +optics, lightwave and photonics +@STRING{IEEE_J_PTL = "{IEEE} Photonics Technology Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JLT = "{IEEE/OSA} Journal of Lightwave Technology"} + + + +physics, electrons, nanotechnology, nuclear and quantum electronics +@STRING{IEEE_J_EDL = "{IEEE} Electron Device Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JQE = "{IEEE} Journal of Quantum Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JSTQE = "{IEEE} Journal of Selected Topics in Quantum Electronics"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ED = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electron Devices"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NANO = "{IEEE} Transactions on Nanotechnology"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_NS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Nuclear Science"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_PS = "{IEEE} Transactions on Plasma Science"} + + + +reliability +@STRING{IEEE_J_DMR = "{IEEE} Transactions on Device and Materials Reliability"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_R = "{IEEE} Transactions on Reliability"} + + + +semiconductors, superconductors, electrochemical and solid state +@STRING{IEEE_J_ESSL = "{IEEE/ECS} Electrochemical and Solid-State Letters"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_JSSC = "{IEEE} Journal of Solid-State Circuits"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_ASC = "{IEEE} Transactions on Applied Superconductivity"} +@STRING{IEEE_J_SM = "{IEEE} Transactions on Semiconductor Manufacturing"} + + + +sensors +@STRING{IEEE_J_SENSOR = "{IEEE} Sensors Journal"} + + + +VLSI +@STRING{IEEE_J_VLSI = "{IEEE} Transactions on Very Large Scale Integration ({VLSI}) Systems"} + + + + + + +IEEE Magazines + + + +@STRING{IEEE_M_AES = "{IEEE} Aerospace and Electronics Systems Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_HIST = "{IEEE} Annals of the History of Computing"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_AP = "{IEEE} Antennas and Propagation Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_ASSP = "{IEEE} {ASSP} Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CD = "{IEEE} Circuits and Devices Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CAS = "{IEEE} Circuits and Systems Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_COM = "{IEEE} Communications Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_COMSOC = "{IEEE} Communications Society Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CIM = "{IEEE} Computational Intelligence Magazine"} +CSEM changed to CSE in 1999 +@STRING{IEEE_M_CSE = "{IEEE} Computing in Science and Engineering"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CSEM = "{IEEE} Computational Science and Engineering Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_C = "{IEEE} Computer"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CAP = "{IEEE} Computer Applications in Power"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CGA = "{IEEE} Computer Graphics and Applications"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CONC = "{IEEE} Concurrency"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_CS = "{IEEE} Control Systems Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_DTC = "{IEEE} Design and Test of Computers"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_EI = "{IEEE} Electrical Insulation Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_ETR = "{IEEE} ElectroTechnology Review"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_EMB = "{IEEE} Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_EMR = "{IEEE} Engineering Management Review"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_EXP = "{IEEE} Expert"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_IA = "{IEEE} Industry Applications Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_IM = "{IEEE} Instrumentation and Measurement Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_IS = "{IEEE} Intelligent Systems"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_IC = "{IEEE} Internet Computing"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_ITP = "{IEEE} {IT} Professional"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_MICRO = "{IEEE} Micro"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_MW = "{IEEE} Microwave Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_MM = "{IEEE} Multimedia"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_NET = "{IEEE} Network"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_PCOM = "{IEEE} Personal Communications Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_POT = "{IEEE} Potentials"} +CAP and PER merged to form PE in 2003 +@STRING{IEEE_M_PE = "{IEEE} Power and Energy Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_PER = "{IEEE} Power Engineering Review"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_PVC = "{IEEE} Pervasive Computing"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_RA = "{IEEE} Robotics and Automation Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_SAP = "{IEEE} Security and Privacy"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_SP = "{IEEE} Signal Processing Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_S = "{IEEE} Software"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_SPECT = "{IEEE} Spectrum"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_TS = "{IEEE} Technology and Society Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_VT = "{IEEE} Vehicular Technology Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_WC = "{IEEE} Wireless Communications Magazine"} +@STRING{IEEE_M_TODAY = "Today's Engineer"} + + + + + + +IEEE Online Publications + + + +@STRING{IEEE_O_CSTO = "{IEEE} Communications Surveys and Tutorials"} +@STRING{IEEE_O_DSO = "{IEEE} Distributed Systems Online"} + + + + + +-- +EOF diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.bst b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.bst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53fbc03 --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.bst @@ -0,0 +1,2417 @@ +%% +%% IEEEtran.bst +%% BibTeX Bibliography Style file for IEEE Journals and Conferences (unsorted) +%% Version 1.12 (2007/01/11) +%% +%% Copyright (c) 2003-2007 Michael Shell +%% +%% Original starting code base and algorithms obtained from the output of +%% Patrick W. Daly's makebst package as well as from prior versions of +%% IEEE BibTeX styles: +%% +%% 1. Howard Trickey and Oren Patashnik's ieeetr.bst (1985/1988) +%% 2. Silvano Balemi and Richard H. Roy's IEEEbib.bst (1993) +%% +%% Support sites: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +%% and/or +%% http://www.ieee.org/ +%% +%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later +%% +%% This is a numerical citation style. +%% +%%************************************************************************* +%% Legal Notice: +%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +%% User assumes all risk. +%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +%% of any information contained here. +%% +%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. +%% +%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% Retain all contribution notices and credits. +%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** +%% +%% File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib, +%% IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst, +%% IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf +%%************************************************************************* +% +% +% Changelog: +% +% 1.00 (2002/08/13) Initial release +% +% 1.10 (2002/09/27) +% 1. Corrected minor bug for improperly formed warning message when a +% book was not given a title. Thanks to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this. +% 2. Added support for CTLname_format_string and CTLname_latex_cmd fields +% in the BST control entry type. +% +% 1.11 (2003/04/02) +% 1. Fixed bug with URLs containing underscores when using url.sty. Thanks +% to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this. +% +% 1.12 (2007/01/11) +% 1. Fixed bug with unwanted comma before "et al." when an entry contained +% more than two author names. Thanks to Pallav Gupta for reporting this. +% 2. Fixed bug with anomalous closing quote in tech reports that have a +% type, but without a number or address. Thanks to Mehrdad Mirreza for +% reporting this. +% 3. Use braces in \providecommand in begin.bib to better support +% latex2html. TeX style length assignments OK with recent versions +% of latex2html - 1.71 (2002/2/1) or later is strongly recommended. +% Use of the language field still causes trouble with latex2html. +% Thanks to Federico Beffa for reporting this. +% 4. Added IEEEtran.bst ID and version comment string to .bbl output. +% 5. Provide a \BIBdecl hook that allows the user to execute commands +% just prior to the first entry. +% 6. Use default urlstyle (is using url.sty) of "same" rather than rm to +% better work with a wider variety of bibliography styles. +% 7. Changed month abbreviations from Sept., July and June to Sep., Jul., +% and Jun., respectively, as IEEE now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann +% for reporting this. +% 8. Control entry types should not be considered when calculating longest +% label width. +% 9. Added alias www for electronic/online. +% 10. Added CTLname_url_prefix control entry type. + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% DEFAULTS FOR THE CONTROLS OF THE BST STYLE %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% These are the defaults for the user adjustable controls. The values used +% here can be overridden by the user via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type. + +% NOTE: The recommended LaTeX command to invoke a control entry type is: +% +%\makeatletter +%\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}} +%\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack +% \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{% +% \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}% +% \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}% +% \@esphack} +%\makeatother +% +% It is called at the start of the document, before the first \cite, like: +% \bstctlcite{IEEEexample:BSTcontrol} +% +% IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later does provide this command. + + + +% #0 turns off the display of the number for articles. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.use.number.for.article} { #1 } + + +% #0 turns off the display of the paper and type fields in @inproceedings. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.use.paper} { #1 } + + +% #0 turns off the forced use of "et al." +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.forced.et.al} { #0 } + +% The maximum number of names that can be present beyond which an "et al." +% usage is forced. Be sure that num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al (below) +% is not greater than this value! +% Note: There are many instances of references in IEEE journals which have +% a very large number of authors as well as instances in which "et al." is +% used profusely. +FUNCTION {default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al} { #10 } + +% The number of names that will be shown with a forced "et al.". +% Must be less than or equal to max.num.names.before.forced.et.al +FUNCTION {default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al} { #1 } + + +% #0 turns off the alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing} { #1 } + +% If alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs is enabled, this is +% the interword spacing stretch factor that will be used. For example, the +% default "4" here means that the interword spacing in entries with URLs can +% stretch to four times normal. Does not have to be an integer. Note that +% the value specified here can be overridden by the user in their LaTeX +% code via a command such as: +% "\providecommand\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor{1.5}" in addition to +% that via the IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type. +FUNCTION {default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor} { "4" } + + +% #0 turns off the "dashification" of repeated (i.e., identical to those +% of the previous entry) names. IEEE normally does this. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.dash.repeated.names} { #1 } + + +% The default name format control string. +FUNCTION {default.name.format.string}{ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" } + + +% The default LaTeX font command for the names. +FUNCTION {default.name.latex.cmd}{ "" } + + +% The default URL prefix. +FUNCTION {default.name.url.prefix}{ "[Online]. Available:" } + + +% Other controls that cannot be accessed via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type. + +% #0 turns off the terminal startup banner/completed message so as to +% operate more quietly. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {is.print.banners.to.terminal} { #1 } + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% FILE VERSION AND BANNER %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION{bst.file.version} { "1.12" } +FUNCTION{bst.file.date} { "2007/01/11" } +FUNCTION{bst.file.website} { "http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/" } + +FUNCTION {banner.message} +{ is.print.banners.to.terminal + { "-- IEEEtran.bst version" " " * bst.file.version * + " (" * bst.file.date * ") " * "by Michael Shell." * + top$ + "-- " bst.file.website * + top$ + "-- See the " quote$ * "IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf" * quote$ * " manual for usage information." * + top$ + } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {completed.message} +{ is.print.banners.to.terminal + { "" + top$ + "Done." + top$ + } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% STRING CONSTANTS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION {bbl.and}{ "and" } +FUNCTION {bbl.etal}{ "et~al." } +FUNCTION {bbl.editors}{ "eds." } +FUNCTION {bbl.editor}{ "ed." } +FUNCTION {bbl.edition}{ "ed." } +FUNCTION {bbl.volume}{ "vol." } +FUNCTION {bbl.of}{ "of" } +FUNCTION {bbl.number}{ "no." } +FUNCTION {bbl.in}{ "in" } +FUNCTION {bbl.pages}{ "pp." } +FUNCTION {bbl.page}{ "p." } +FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}{ "ch." } +FUNCTION {bbl.paper}{ "paper" } +FUNCTION {bbl.part}{ "pt." } +FUNCTION {bbl.patent}{ "Patent" } +FUNCTION {bbl.patentUS}{ "U.S." } +FUNCTION {bbl.revision}{ "Rev." } +FUNCTION {bbl.series}{ "ser." } +FUNCTION {bbl.standard}{ "Std." } +FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}{ "Tech. Rep." } +FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}{ "Master's thesis" } +FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}{ "Ph.D. dissertation" } +FUNCTION {bbl.st}{ "st" } +FUNCTION {bbl.nd}{ "nd" } +FUNCTION {bbl.rd}{ "rd" } +FUNCTION {bbl.th}{ "th" } + + +% This is the LaTeX spacer that is used when a larger than normal space +% is called for (such as just before the address:publisher). +FUNCTION {large.space} { "\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax " } + +% The LaTeX code for dashes that are used to represent repeated names. +% Note: Some older IEEE journals used something like +% "\rule{0.275in}{0.5pt}\," which is fairly thick and runs right along +% the baseline. However, IEEE now uses a thinner, above baseline, +% six dash long sequence. +FUNCTION {repeated.name.dashes} { "------" } + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% PREDEFINED STRING MACROS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"Jun."} +MACRO {jul} {"Jul."} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sep."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% ENTRY FIELDS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +ENTRY + { address + assignee + author + booktitle + chapter + day + dayfiled + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + intype + journal + key + language + month + monthfiled + nationality + note + number + organization + pages + paper + publisher + school + series + revision + title + type + url + volume + year + yearfiled + CTLuse_article_number + CTLuse_paper + CTLuse_forced_etal + CTLmax_names_forced_etal + CTLnames_show_etal + CTLuse_alt_spacing + CTLalt_stretch_factor + CTLdash_repeated_names + CTLname_format_string + CTLname_latex_cmd + CTLname_url_prefix + } + {} + { label } + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% INTEGER VARIABLES %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +INTEGERS { prev.status.punct this.status.punct punct.std + punct.no punct.comma punct.period + prev.status.space this.status.space space.std + space.no space.normal space.large + prev.status.quote this.status.quote quote.std + quote.no quote.close + prev.status.nline this.status.nline nline.std + nline.no nline.newblock + status.cap cap.std + cap.no cap.yes} + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width multiresult nameptr namesleft number.label numnames } + +INTEGERS { is.use.number.for.article + is.use.paper + is.forced.et.al + max.num.names.before.forced.et.al + num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al + is.use.alt.interword.spacing + is.dash.repeated.names} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% STRING VARIABLES %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +STRINGS { bibinfo + longest.label + oldname + s + t + ALTinterwordstretchfactor + name.format.string + name.latex.cmd + name.url.prefix} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% LOW LEVEL FUNCTIONS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION {initialize.controls} +{ default.is.use.number.for.article 'is.use.number.for.article := + default.is.use.paper 'is.use.paper := + default.is.forced.et.al 'is.forced.et.al := + default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al := + default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al := + default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing := + default.is.dash.repeated.names 'is.dash.repeated.names := + default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor := + default.name.format.string 'name.format.string := + default.name.latex.cmd 'name.latex.cmd := + default.name.url.prefix 'name.url.prefix := +} + + +% This IEEEtran.bst features a very powerful and flexible mechanism for +% controlling the capitalization, punctuation, spacing, quotation, and +% newlines of the formatted entry fields. (Note: IEEEtran.bst does not need +% or use the newline/newblock feature, but it has been implemented for +% possible future use.) The output states of IEEEtran.bst consist of +% multiple independent attributes and, as such, can be thought of as being +% vectors, rather than the simple scalar values ("before.all", +% "mid.sentence", etc.) used in most other .bst files. +% +% The more flexible and complex design used here was motivated in part by +% IEEE's rather unusual bibliography style. For example, IEEE ends the +% previous field item with a period and large space prior to the publisher +% address; the @electronic entry types use periods as inter-item punctuation +% rather than the commas used by the other entry types; and URLs are never +% followed by periods even though they are the last item in the entry. +% Although it is possible to accommodate these features with the conventional +% output state system, the seemingly endless exceptions make for convoluted, +% unreliable and difficult to maintain code. +% +% IEEEtran.bst's output state system can be easily understood via a simple +% illustration of two most recently formatted entry fields (on the stack): +% +% CURRENT_ITEM +% "PREVIOUS_ITEM +% +% which, in this example, is to eventually appear in the bibliography as: +% +% "PREVIOUS_ITEM," CURRENT_ITEM +% +% It is the job of the output routine to take the previous item off of the +% stack (while leaving the current item at the top of the stack), apply its +% trailing punctuation (including closing quote marks) and spacing, and then +% to write the result to BibTeX's output buffer: +% +% "PREVIOUS_ITEM," +% +% Punctuation (and spacing) between items is often determined by both of the +% items rather than just the first one. The presence of quotation marks +% further complicates the situation because, in standard English, trailing +% punctuation marks are supposed to be contained within the quotes. +% +% IEEEtran.bst maintains two output state (aka "status") vectors which +% correspond to the previous and current (aka "this") items. Each vector +% consists of several independent attributes which track punctuation, +% spacing, quotation, and newlines. Capitalization status is handled by a +% separate scalar because the format routines, not the output routine, +% handle capitalization and, therefore, there is no need to maintain the +% capitalization attribute for both the "previous" and "this" items. +% +% When a format routine adds a new item, it copies the current output status +% vector to the previous output status vector and (usually) resets the +% current (this) output status vector to a "standard status" vector. Using a +% "standard status" vector in this way allows us to redefine what we mean by +% "standard status" at the start of each entry handler and reuse the same +% format routines under the various inter-item separation schemes. For +% example, the standard status vector for the @book entry type may use +% commas for item separators, while the @electronic type may use periods, +% yet both entry handlers exploit many of the exact same format routines. +% +% Because format routines have write access to the output status vector of +% the previous item, they can override the punctuation choices of the +% previous format routine! Therefore, it becomes trivial to implement rules +% such as "Always use a period and a large space before the publisher." By +% pushing the generation of the closing quote mark to the output routine, we +% avoid all the problems caused by having to close a quote before having all +% the information required to determine what the punctuation should be. +% +% The IEEEtran.bst output state system can easily be expanded if needed. +% For instance, it is easy to add a "space.tie" attribute value if the +% bibliography rules mandate that two items have to be joined with an +% unbreakable space. + +FUNCTION {initialize.status.constants} +{ #0 'punct.no := + #1 'punct.comma := + #2 'punct.period := + #0 'space.no := + #1 'space.normal := + #2 'space.large := + #0 'quote.no := + #1 'quote.close := + #0 'cap.no := + #1 'cap.yes := + #0 'nline.no := + #1 'nline.newblock := +} + +FUNCTION {std.status.using.comma} +{ punct.comma 'punct.std := + space.normal 'space.std := + quote.no 'quote.std := + nline.no 'nline.std := + cap.no 'cap.std := +} + +FUNCTION {std.status.using.period} +{ punct.period 'punct.std := + space.normal 'space.std := + quote.no 'quote.std := + nline.no 'nline.std := + cap.yes 'cap.std := +} + +FUNCTION {initialize.prev.this.status} +{ punct.no 'prev.status.punct := + space.no 'prev.status.space := + quote.no 'prev.status.quote := + nline.no 'prev.status.nline := + punct.no 'this.status.punct := + space.no 'this.status.space := + quote.no 'this.status.quote := + nline.no 'this.status.nline := + cap.yes 'status.cap := +} + +FUNCTION {this.status.std} +{ punct.std 'this.status.punct := + space.std 'this.status.space := + quote.std 'this.status.quote := + nline.std 'this.status.nline := +} + +FUNCTION {cap.status.std}{ cap.std 'status.cap := } + +FUNCTION {this.to.prev.status} +{ this.status.punct 'prev.status.punct := + this.status.space 'prev.status.space := + this.status.quote 'prev.status.quote := + this.status.nline 'prev.status.nline := +} + + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ { skip$ } + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + +% convert the strings "yes" or "no" to #1 or #0 respectively +FUNCTION {yes.no.to.int} +{ "l" change.case$ duplicate$ + "yes" = + { pop$ #1 } + { duplicate$ "no" = + { pop$ #0 } + { "unknown boolean " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ * + " in " * cite$ * warning$ + #0 + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +% pushes true if the single char string on the stack is in the +% range of "0" to "9" +FUNCTION {is.num} +{ chr.to.int$ + duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not + swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and +} + +% multiplies the integer on the stack by a factor of 10 +FUNCTION {bump.int.mag} +{ #0 'multiresult := + { duplicate$ #0 > } + { #1 - + multiresult #10 + + 'multiresult := + } + while$ +pop$ +multiresult +} + +% converts a single character string on the stack to an integer +FUNCTION {char.to.integer} +{ duplicate$ + is.num + { chr.to.int$ "0" chr.to.int$ - } + {"noninteger character " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ * + " in integer field of " * cite$ * warning$ + #0 + } + if$ +} + +% converts a string on the stack to an integer +FUNCTION {string.to.integer} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ 'namesleft := + #1 'nameptr := + #0 'numnames := + { nameptr namesleft > not } + { duplicate$ nameptr #1 substring$ + char.to.integer numnames bump.int.mag + + 'numnames := + nameptr #1 + + 'nameptr := + } + while$ +pop$ +numnames +} + + + + +% The output routines write out the *next* to the top (previous) item on the +% stack, adding punctuation and such as needed. Since IEEEtran.bst maintains +% the output status for the top two items on the stack, these output +% routines have to consider the previous output status (which corresponds to +% the item that is being output). Full independent control of punctuation, +% closing quote marks, spacing, and newblock is provided. +% +% "output.nonnull" does not check for the presence of a previous empty +% item. +% +% "output" does check for the presence of a previous empty item and will +% remove an empty item rather than outputing it. +% +% "output.warn" is like "output", but will issue a warning if it detects +% an empty item. + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ swap$ + prev.status.punct punct.comma = + { "," * } + { skip$ } + if$ + prev.status.punct punct.period = + { add.period$ } + { skip$ } + if$ + prev.status.quote quote.close = + { "''" * } + { skip$ } + if$ + prev.status.space space.normal = + { " " * } + { skip$ } + if$ + prev.status.space space.large = + { large.space * } + { skip$ } + if$ + write$ + prev.status.nline nline.newblock = + { newline$ "\newblock " write$ } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.warn} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% "fin.entry" is the output routine that handles the last item of the entry +% (which will be on the top of the stack when "fin.entry" is called). + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ this.status.punct punct.no = + { skip$ } + { add.period$ } + if$ + this.status.quote quote.close = + { "''" * } + { skip$ } + if$ +write$ +newline$ +} + + +FUNCTION {is.last.char.not.punct} +{ duplicate$ + "}" * add.period$ + #-1 #1 substring$ "." = +} + +FUNCTION {is.multiple.pages} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {capitalize}{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ } + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {do.name.latex.cmd} +{ name.latex.cmd + empty$ + { skip$ } + { name.latex.cmd "{" * swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +% IEEEtran.bst uses its own \BIBforeignlanguage command which directly +% invokes the TeX hyphenation patterns without the need of the Babel +% package. Babel does a lot more than switch hyphenation patterns and +% its loading can cause unintended effects in many class files (such as +% IEEEtran.cls). +FUNCTION {select.language} +{ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ + { language empty$ 'skip$ + { "\BIBforeignlanguage{" language * "}{" * swap$ * "}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ +} + +FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor} +{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ } + +FUNCTION {space.word}{ " " swap$ * " " * } + + +% Field Conditioners, Converters, Checkers and External Interfaces + +FUNCTION {empty.field.to.null.string} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + { pop$ } + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.entry.warn} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ url empty$ + and and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +% The bibinfo system provides a way for the electronic parsing/acquisition +% of a bibliography's contents as is done by ReVTeX. For example, a field +% could be entered into the bibliography as: +% \bibinfo{volume}{2} +% Only the "2" would show up in the document, but the LaTeX \bibinfo command +% could do additional things with the information. IEEEtran.bst does provide +% a \bibinfo command via "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}". However, it is +% currently not used as the bogus bibinfo functions defined here output the +% entry values directly without the \bibinfo wrapper. The bibinfo functions +% themselves (and the calls to them) are retained for possible future use. +% +% bibinfo.check avoids acting on missing fields while bibinfo.warn will +% issue a warning message if a missing field is detected. Prior to calling +% the bibinfo functions, the user should push the field value and then its +% name string, in that order. + +FUNCTION {bibinfo.check} +{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$ + { pop$ pop$ "" } + { duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ pop$ } + { swap$ pop$ } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn} +{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$ + { swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ "" } + { duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + { swap$ pop$ } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +% IEEE separates large numbers with more than 4 digits into groups of +% three. IEEE uses a small space to separate these number groups. +% Typical applications include patent and page numbers. + +% number of consecutive digits required to trigger the group separation. +FUNCTION {large.number.trigger}{ #5 } + +% For numbers longer than the trigger, this is the blocksize of the groups. +% The blocksize must be less than the trigger threshold, and 2 * blocksize +% must be greater than the trigger threshold (can't do more than one +% separation on the initial trigger). +FUNCTION {large.number.blocksize}{ #3 } + +% What is actually inserted between the number groups. +FUNCTION {large.number.separator}{ "\," } + +% So as to save on integer variables by reusing existing ones, numnames +% holds the current number of consecutive digits read and nameptr holds +% the number that will trigger an inserted space. +FUNCTION {large.number.separate} +{ 't := + "" + #0 'numnames := + large.number.trigger 'nameptr := + { t empty$ not } + { t #-1 #1 substring$ is.num + { numnames #1 + 'numnames := } + { #0 'numnames := + large.number.trigger 'nameptr := + } + if$ + t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ * + t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + numnames nameptr = + { duplicate$ #1 nameptr large.number.blocksize - substring$ swap$ + nameptr large.number.blocksize - #1 + global.max$ substring$ + large.number.separator swap$ * * + nameptr large.number.blocksize - 'numnames := + large.number.blocksize #1 + 'nameptr := + } + { skip$ } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +% Converts all single dashes "-" to double dashes "--". +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ large.number.separate + 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + + +% This function detects entries with names that are identical to that of +% the previous entry and replaces the repeated names with dashes (if the +% "is.dash.repeated.names" user control is nonzero). +FUNCTION {name.or.dash} +{ 's := + oldname empty$ + { s 'oldname := s } + { s oldname = + { is.dash.repeated.names + { repeated.name.dashes } + { s 'oldname := s } + if$ + } + { s 'oldname := s } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% Converts the number string on the top of the stack to +% "numerical ordinal form" (e.g., "7" to "7th"). There is +% no artificial limit to the upper bound of the numbers as the +% least significant digit always determines the ordinal form. +FUNCTION {num.to.ordinal} +{ duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "1" = + { bbl.st * } + { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "2" = + { bbl.nd * } + { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "3" = + { bbl.rd * } + { bbl.th * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% If the string on the top of the stack begins with a number, +% (e.g., 11th) then replace the string with the leading number +% it contains. Otherwise retain the string as-is. s holds the +% extracted number, t holds the part of the string that remains +% to be scanned. +FUNCTION {extract.num} +{ duplicate$ 't := + "" 's := + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + duplicate$ is.num + { s swap$ * 's := } + { pop$ "" 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + s empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ s } + if$ +} + +% Converts the word number string on the top of the stack to +% Arabic string form. Will be successful up to "tenth". +FUNCTION {word.to.num} +{ duplicate$ "l" change.case$ 's := + s "first" = + { pop$ "1" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "second" = + { pop$ "2" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "third" = + { pop$ "3" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "fourth" = + { pop$ "4" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "fifth" = + { pop$ "5" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "sixth" = + { pop$ "6" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "seventh" = + { pop$ "7" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "eighth" = + { pop$ "8" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "ninth" = + { pop$ "9" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "tenth" = + { pop$ "10" } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + +% Converts the string on the top of the stack to numerical +% ordinal (e.g., "11th") form. +FUNCTION {convert.edition} +{ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num + { extract.num + num.to.ordinal + } + { word.to.num + duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num + { num.to.ordinal } + { "edition ordinal word " quote$ * edition * quote$ * + " may be too high (or improper) for conversion" * " in " * cite$ * warning$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% LATEX BIBLIOGRAPHY CODE %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION {start.entry} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + initialize.prev.this.status +} + +% Here we write out all the LaTeX code that we will need. The most involved +% code sequences are those that control the alternate interword spacing and +% foreign language hyphenation patterns. The heavy use of \providecommand +% gives users a way to override the defaults. Special thanks to Javier Bezos, +% Johannes Braams, Robin Fairbairns, Heiko Oberdiek, Donald Arseneau and all +% the other gurus on comp.text.tex for their help and advice on the topic of +% \selectlanguage, Babel and BibTeX. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ "% Generated by IEEEtran.bst, version: " bst.file.version * " (" * bst.file.date * ")" * + write$ newline$ + preamble$ empty$ 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\url}[1]{#1}" + write$ newline$ + "\csname url@samestyle\endcsname" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\newblock}{\relax}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=0pt\relax}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{" + ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" * + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font plus " + write$ newline$ + "\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor\fontdimen3\font minus \fontdimen4\font\relax}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBforeignlanguage}[2]{{%" + write$ newline$ + "\expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax" + write$ newline$ + "\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEtran.bst: No hyphenation pattern has been}%" + write$ newline$ + "\typeout{** loaded for the language `#1'. Using the pattern for}%" + write$ newline$ + "\typeout{** the default language instead.}%" + write$ newline$ + "\else" + write$ newline$ + "\language=\csname l@#1\endcsname" + write$ newline$ + "\fi" + write$ newline$ + "#2}}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBdecl}{\relax}" + write$ newline$ + "\BIBdecl" + write$ newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ } + +FUNCTION {if.url.alt.interword.spacing} +{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing + {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$} + { skip$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {if.url.std.interword.spacing} +{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing + {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$} + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% LONGEST LABEL PASS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" = + { skip$ } + { number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + { skip$ } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% FORMAT HANDLERS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%% Lower Level Formats (used by higher level formats) + +FUNCTION {format.address.org.or.pub.date} +{ 't := + "" + year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { skip$ } + if$ + address empty$ t empty$ and + year empty$ and month empty$ and + { skip$ } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + address "address" bibinfo.check * + t empty$ + { skip$ } + { punct.period 'prev.status.punct := + space.large 'prev.status.space := + address empty$ + { skip$ } + { ": " * } + if$ + t * + } + if$ + year empty$ month empty$ and + { skip$ } + { t empty$ address empty$ and + { skip$ } + { ", " * } + if$ + month empty$ + { year empty$ + { skip$ } + { year "year" bibinfo.check * } + if$ + } + { month "month" bibinfo.check * + year empty$ + { skip$ } + { " " * year "year" bibinfo.check * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 'bibinfo := + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { + this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + 's := + "" 't := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr + name.format.string + format.name$ + bibinfo bibinfo.check + 't := + nameptr #1 > + { nameptr num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al #1 + = + numnames max.num.names.before.forced.et.al > + is.forced.et.al and and + { "others" 't := + #1 'namesleft := + } + { skip$ } + if$ + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t do.name.latex.cmd * } + { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = + { 't := } + { pop$ } + if$ + t "others" = + { " " * bbl.etal emphasize * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + { skip$ } + if$ + bbl.and + space.word * t do.name.latex.cmd * + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { t do.name.latex.cmd } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + cap.status.std + } if$ +} + + + + +%% Higher Level Formats + +%% addresses/locations + +FUNCTION {format.address} +{ address duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + + +%% author/editor names + +FUNCTION {format.authors}{ author "author" format.names } + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { ", " * + get.bbl.editor + capitalize + * + } + if$ +} + + + +%% date + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ + month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + * + } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + swap$ 'skip$ + { + swap$ + " " * swap$ + } + if$ + * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date.electronic} +{ month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ + { pop$ } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ * + this.to.prev.status + punct.no 'this.status.punct := + space.normal 'this.status.space := + quote.no 'this.status.quote := + cap.yes 'status.cap := + } + if$ + } + { swap$ + { swap$ pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ * } + { "(" swap$ * ", " * swap$ * ")" * } + if$ + this.to.prev.status + punct.no 'this.status.punct := + space.normal 'this.status.space := + quote.no 'this.status.quote := + cap.yes 'status.cap := + } + if$ +} + + + +%% edition/title + +% Note: IEEE considers the edition to be closely associated with +% the title of a book. So, in IEEEtran.bst the edition is normally handled +% within the formatting of the title. The format.edition function is +% retained here for possible future use. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + convert.edition + status.cap + { "t" } + { "l" } + if$ change.case$ + "edition" bibinfo.check + "~" * bbl.edition * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +% This is used to format the booktitle of a conference proceedings. +% Here we use the "intype" field to provide the user a way to +% override the word "in" (e.g., with things like "presented at") +% Use of intype stops the emphasis of the booktitle to indicate that +% we no longer mean the written conference proceedings, but the +% conference itself. +FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle} +{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + select.language + intype missing$ + { emphasize + bbl.in " " * + } + { intype " " * } + if$ + swap$ * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +% This is used to format the booktitle of collection. +% Here the "intype" field is not supported, but "edition" is. +FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle.edition} +{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + select.language + emphasize + edition empty$ 'skip$ + { ", " * + edition + convert.edition + "l" change.case$ + * "~" * bbl.edition * + } + if$ + bbl.in " " * swap$ * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.title} +{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + "t" change.case$ + } + if$ + "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { quote.close 'this.status.quote := + is.last.char.not.punct + { punct.std 'this.status.punct := } + { punct.no 'this.status.punct := } + if$ + select.language + "``" swap$ * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.title.electronic} +{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + "t" change.case$ + } + if$ + "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ + { skip$ } + { select.language } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.title.edition} +{ title "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ + { "empty title in " cite$ * warning$ } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + select.language + emphasize + edition empty$ 'skip$ + { ", " * + edition + convert.edition + status.cap + { "t" } + { "l" } + if$ + change.case$ + * "~" * bbl.edition * + } + if$ + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.title} +{ title "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + select.language + emphasize + } + if$ +} + + + +%% journal + +FUNCTION {format.journal} +{ journal duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + select.language + emphasize + } + if$ +} + + + +%% how published + +FUNCTION {format.howpublished} +{ howpublished duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + + +%% institutions/organization/publishers/school + +FUNCTION {format.institution} +{ institution duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.organization} +{ organization duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date} +{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.address.org.or.pub.date } + +FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date.nowarn} +{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date } + +FUNCTION {format.address.organization.date} +{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date } + +FUNCTION {format.school} +{ school duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + + +%% volume/number/series/chapter/pages + +FUNCTION {format.volume} +{ volume empty.field.to.null.string + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + bbl.volume + status.cap + { capitalize } + { skip$ } + if$ + swap$ tie.or.space.prefix + "volume" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number} +{ number empty.field.to.null.string + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + status.cap + { bbl.number capitalize } + { bbl.number } + if$ + swap$ tie.or.space.prefix + "number" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.if.use.for.article} +{ is.use.number.for.article + { format.number } + { "" } + if$ +} + +% IEEE does not seem to tie the series so closely with the volume +% and number as is done in other bibliography styles. Instead the +% series is treated somewhat like an extension of the title. +FUNCTION {format.series} +{ series empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + bbl.series " " * + series "series" bibinfo.check * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.chapter} +{ chapter empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type empty$ + { bbl.chapter } + { type "l" change.case$ + "type" bibinfo.check + } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.prefix + "chapter" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + +% The intended use of format.paper is for paper numbers of inproceedings. +% The paper type can be overridden via the type field. +% We allow the type to be displayed even if the paper number is absent +% for things like "postdeadline paper" +FUNCTION {format.paper} +{ is.use.paper + { paper empty$ + { type empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type "type" bibinfo.check + cap.status.std + } + if$ + } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type empty$ + { bbl.paper } + { type "type" bibinfo.check } + if$ + " " * paper + "paper" bibinfo.check + * + cap.status.std + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + duplicate$ is.multiple.pages + { + bbl.pages swap$ + n.dashify + } + { + bbl.page swap$ + } + if$ + tie.or.space.prefix + "pages" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + + +%% technical report number + +FUNCTION {format.tech.report.number} +{ number "number" bibinfo.check + this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + type duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ + bbl.techrep + } + { skip$ } + if$ + "type" bibinfo.check + swap$ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ } + { tie.or.space.prefix * * } + if$ +} + + + +%% note + +FUNCTION {format.note} +{ note empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + punct.period 'this.status.punct := + note #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "{" = + { skip$ } + { status.cap + { "u" } + { "l" } + if$ + change.case$ + } + if$ + note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check + cap.yes 'status.cap := + } + if$ +} + + + +%% patent + +FUNCTION {format.patent.date} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + year empty$ + { monthfiled duplicate$ empty$ + { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" } + { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check } + if$ + dayfiled duplicate$ empty$ + { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * } + { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check + monthfiled empty$ + { "dayfiled without a monthfiled in " cite$ * warning$ + * + } + { " " swap$ * * } + if$ + } + if$ + yearfiled empty$ + { "no year or yearfiled in " cite$ * warning$ } + { yearfiled "yearfiled" bibinfo.check + swap$ + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ } + { ", " * swap$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { month duplicate$ empty$ + { "month" bibinfo.check pop$ "" } + { "month" bibinfo.check } + if$ + day duplicate$ empty$ + { "day" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * } + { "day" bibinfo.check + month empty$ + { "day without a month in " cite$ * warning$ + * + } + { " " swap$ * * } + if$ + } + if$ + year "year" bibinfo.check + swap$ + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ } + { ", " * swap$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + cap.status.std +} + +FUNCTION {format.patent.nationality.type.number} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + nationality duplicate$ empty$ + { "nationality" bibinfo.warn pop$ "" } + { "nationality" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ "l" change.case$ "united states" = + { pop$ bbl.patentUS } + { skip$ } + if$ + " " * + } + if$ + type empty$ + { bbl.patent "type" bibinfo.check } + { type "type" bibinfo.check } + if$ + * + number duplicate$ empty$ + { "number" bibinfo.warn pop$ } + { "number" bibinfo.check + large.number.separate + swap$ " " * swap$ * + } + if$ + cap.status.std +} + + + +%% standard + +FUNCTION {format.organization.institution.standard.type.number} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + organization duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ + institution duplicate$ empty$ + { "institution" bibinfo.warn } + { "institution" bibinfo.warn " " * } + if$ + } + { "organization" bibinfo.warn " " * } + if$ + type empty$ + { bbl.standard "type" bibinfo.check } + { type "type" bibinfo.check } + if$ + * + number duplicate$ empty$ + { "number" bibinfo.check pop$ } + { "number" bibinfo.check + large.number.separate + swap$ " " * swap$ * + } + if$ + cap.status.std +} + +FUNCTION {format.revision} +{ revision empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + bbl.revision + revision tie.or.space.prefix + "revision" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + +%% thesis + +FUNCTION {format.master.thesis.type} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type empty$ + { + bbl.mthesis + } + { + type "type" bibinfo.check + } + if$ +cap.status.std +} + +FUNCTION {format.phd.thesis.type} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type empty$ + { + bbl.phdthesis + } + { + type "type" bibinfo.check + } + if$ +cap.status.std +} + + + +%% URL + +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ url empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.yes 'status.cap := + name.url.prefix " " * + "\url{" * url * "}" * + punct.no 'this.status.punct := + punct.period 'prev.status.punct := + space.normal 'this.status.space := + space.normal 'prev.status.space := + quote.no 'this.status.quote := + } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% ENTRY HANDLERS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +% Note: In many journals, IEEE (or the authors) tend not to show the number +% for articles, so the display of the number is controlled here by the +% switch "is.use.number.for.article" +FUNCTION {article} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.journal "journal" bibinfo.check "journal" output.warn + format.volume output + format.number.if.use.for.article output + format.pages output + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + name.or.dash + format.book.title.edition output + format.series output + author empty$ + { skip$ } + { format.editors output } + if$ + format.address.publisher.date output + format.volume output + format.number output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {electronic} +{ std.status.using.period + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.date.electronic output + format.article.title.electronic output + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + empty.entry.warn + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + name.or.dash + format.book.title.edition output + format.series output + format.address.publisher.date output + format.volume output + format.number output + format.chapter output + format.pages output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.in.booktitle.edition "booktitle" output.warn + format.series output + format.editors output + format.address.publisher.date.nowarn output + format.volume output + format.number output + format.chapter output + format.pages output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.in.booktitle "booktitle" output.warn + format.series output + format.editors output + format.volume output + format.number output + publisher empty$ + { format.address.organization.date output } + { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address.publisher.date output + } + if$ + format.paper output + format.pages output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.book.title.edition "title" output.warn + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.master.thesis.type output.nonnull + format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.article.title output + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.pages output + format.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + empty.entry.warn + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {patent} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.article.title output + format.patent.nationality.type.number output + format.patent.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + empty.entry.warn + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {periodical} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.editors output + name.or.dash + format.book.title "title" output.warn + format.series output + format.volume output + format.number output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.phd.thesis.type output.nonnull + format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.editors output + name.or.dash + format.book.title "title" output.warn + format.series output + format.volume output + format.number output + publisher empty$ + { format.address.organization.date output } + { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address.publisher.date output + } + if$ + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {standard} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.book.title "title" output.warn + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization.institution.standard.type.number output + format.revision output + format.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.tech.report.number output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.date output + format.note "note" output.warn + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + + +% The special entry type which provides the user interface to the +% BST controls +FUNCTION {IEEEtranBSTCTL} +{ is.print.banners.to.terminal + { "** IEEEtran BST control entry " quote$ * cite$ * quote$ * " detected." * + top$ + } + { skip$ } + if$ + CTLuse_article_number + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLuse_article_number + yes.no.to.int + 'is.use.number.for.article := + } + if$ + CTLuse_paper + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLuse_paper + yes.no.to.int + 'is.use.paper := + } + if$ + CTLuse_forced_etal + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLuse_forced_etal + yes.no.to.int + 'is.forced.et.al := + } + if$ + CTLmax_names_forced_etal + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLmax_names_forced_etal + string.to.integer + 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al := + } + if$ + CTLnames_show_etal + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLnames_show_etal + string.to.integer + 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al := + } + if$ + CTLuse_alt_spacing + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLuse_alt_spacing + yes.no.to.int + 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing := + } + if$ + CTLalt_stretch_factor + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLalt_stretch_factor + 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor := + "\renewcommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{" + ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" * + write$ newline$ + } + if$ + CTLdash_repeated_names + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLdash_repeated_names + yes.no.to.int + 'is.dash.repeated.names := + } + if$ + CTLname_format_string + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLname_format_string + 'name.format.string := + } + if$ + CTLname_latex_cmd + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLname_latex_cmd + 'name.latex.cmd := + } + if$ + CTLname_url_prefix + missing$ + { skip$ } + { CTLname_url_prefix + 'name.url.prefix := + } + if$ + + + num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al max.num.names.before.forced.et.al > + { "CTLnames_show_etal cannot be greater than CTLmax_names_forced_etal in " cite$ * warning$ + max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al := + } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% ENTRY ALIASES %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +FUNCTION {conference}{inproceedings} +FUNCTION {online}{electronic} +FUNCTION {internet}{electronic} +FUNCTION {webpage}{electronic} +FUNCTION {www}{electronic} +FUNCTION {default.type}{misc} + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% MAIN PROGRAM %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +READ + +EXECUTE {initialize.controls} +EXECUTE {initialize.status.constants} +EXECUTE {banner.message} + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +ITERATE {call.type$} +EXECUTE {end.bib} + +EXECUTE{completed.message} + + +%% That's all folks, mds. diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.cls b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.cls new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3a8b5b --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.cls @@ -0,0 +1,4733 @@ +%% +%% IEEEtran.cls 2011/11/03 version V1.8 based on +%% IEEEtran.cls 2007/03/05 version V1.7a +%% The changes in V1.8 are made with a single goal in mind: +%% to change the look of the output using the [conference] option +%% and the default font size (10pt) to match the Word template more closely. +%% These changes may well have undesired side effects when other options +%% are in force! +%% +%% +%% This is the official IEEE LaTeX class for authors of the Institute of +%% Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Transactions journals and +%% conferences. +%% +%% Support sites: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +%% and +%% http://www.ieee.org/ +%% +%% Based on the original 1993 IEEEtran.cls, but with many bug fixes +%% and enhancements (from both JVH and MDS) over the 1996/7 version. +%% +%% +%% Contributors: +%% Gerry Murray (1993), Silvano Balemi (1993), +%% Jon Dixon (1996), Peter N"uchter (1996), +%% Juergen von Hagen (2000), and Michael Shell (2001-2007) +%% +%% +%% Copyright (c) 1993-2000 by Gerry Murray, Silvano Balemi, +%% Jon Dixon, Peter N"uchter, +%% Juergen von Hagen +%% and +%% Copyright (c) 2001-2007 by Michael Shell +%% +%% Current maintainer (V1.3 to V1.7): Michael Shell +%% See: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/ +%% for current contact information. +%% +%% Special thanks to Peter Wilson (CUA) and Donald Arseneau +%% for allowing the inclusion of the \@ifmtarg command +%% from their ifmtarg LaTeX package. +%% +%%************************************************************************* +%% Legal Notice: +%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +%% User assumes all risk. +%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +%% of any information contained here. +%% +%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. +%% +%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% Retain all contribution notices and credits. +%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** +%% +%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex, +%% bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex +%% +%% Major changes to the user interface should be indicated by an +%% increase in the version numbers. If a version is a beta, it will +%% be indicated with a BETA suffix, i.e., 1.4 BETA. +%% Small changes can be indicated by appending letters to the version +%% such as "IEEEtran_v14a.cls". +%% In all cases, \Providesclass, any \typeout messages to the user, +%% \IEEEtransversionmajor and \IEEEtransversionminor must reflect the +%% correct version information. +%% The changes should also be documented via source comments. +%%************************************************************************* +%% +% +% Available class options +% e.g., \documentclass[10pt,conference]{IEEEtran} +% +% *** choose only one from each category *** +% +% 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt +% Sets normal font size. The default is 10pt. +% +% conference, journal, technote, peerreview, peerreviewca +% determines format mode - conference papers, journal papers, +% correspondence papers (technotes), or peer review papers. The user +% should also select 9pt when using technote. peerreview is like +% journal mode, but provides for a single-column "cover" title page for +% anonymous peer review. The paper title (without the author names) is +% repeated at the top of the page after the cover page. For peer review +% papers, the \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle command must be executed (will +% automatically be ignored for non-peerreview modes) at the place the +% cover page is to end, usually just after the abstract (keywords are +% not normally used with peer review papers). peerreviewca is like +% peerreview, but allows the author names to be entered and formatted +% as with conference mode so that author affiliation and contact +% information can be easily seen on the cover page. +% The default is journal. +% +% draft, draftcls, draftclsnofoot, final +% determines if paper is formatted as a widely spaced draft (for +% handwritten editor comments) or as a properly typeset final version. +% draftcls restricts draft mode to the class file while all other LaTeX +% packages (i.e., \usepackage{graphicx}) will behave as final - allows +% for a draft paper with visible figures, etc. draftclsnofoot is like +% draftcls, but does not display the date and the word "DRAFT" at the foot +% of the pages. If using one of the draft modes, the user will probably +% also want to select onecolumn. +% The default is final. +% +% letterpaper, a4paper +% determines paper size: 8.5in X 11in or 210mm X 297mm. CHANGING THE PAPER +% SIZE WILL NOT ALTER THE TYPESETTING OF THE DOCUMENT - ONLY THE MARGINS +% WILL BE AFFECTED. In particular, documents using the a4paper option will +% have reduced side margins (A4 is narrower than US letter) and a longer +% bottom margin (A4 is longer than US letter). For both cases, the top +% margins will be the same and the text will be horizontally centered. +% For final submission to IEEE, authors should use US letter (8.5 X 11in) +% paper. Note that authors should ensure that all post-processing +% (ps, pdf, etc.) uses the same paper specificiation as the .tex document. +% Problems here are by far the number one reason for incorrect margins. +% IEEEtran will automatically set the default paper size under pdflatex +% (without requiring a change to pdftex.cfg), so this issue is more +% important to dvips users. Fix config.ps, config.pdf, or ~/.dvipsrc for +% dvips, or use the dvips -t papersize option instead as needed. See the +% testflow documentation +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/testflow +% for more details on dvips paper size configuration. +% The default is letterpaper. +% +% oneside, twoside +% determines if layout follows single sided or two sided (duplex) +% printing. The only notable change is with the headings at the top of +% the pages. +% The default is oneside. +% +% onecolumn, twocolumn +% determines if text is organized into one or two columns per page. One +% column mode is usually used only with draft papers. +% The default is twocolumn. +% +% compsoc +% Use the format of the IEEE Computer Society. +% +% romanappendices +% Use the "Appendix I" convention when numbering appendices. IEEEtran.cls +% now defaults to Alpha "Appendix A" convention - the opposite of what +% v1.6b and earlier did. +% +% captionsoff +% disables the display of the figure/table captions. Some IEEE journals +% request that captions be removed and figures/tables be put on pages +% of their own at the end of an initial paper submission. The endfloat +% package can be used with this class option to achieve this format. +% +% nofonttune +% turns off tuning of the font interword spacing. Maybe useful to those +% not using the standard Times fonts or for those who have already "tuned" +% their fonts. +% The default is to enable IEEEtran to tune font parameters. +% +% +%---------- +% Available CLASSINPUTs provided (all are macros unless otherwise noted): +% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch +% \CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin +% \CLASSINPUToutersidemargin +% \CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin +% \CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin +% +% Available CLASSINFOs provided: +% \ifCLASSINFOpdf (TeX if conditional) +% \CLASSINFOpaperwidth (macro) +% \CLASSINFOpaperheight (macro) +% \CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip (length) +% \CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip (length) +% +% Available CLASSOPTIONs provided: +% all class option flags (TeX if conditionals) unless otherwise noted, +% e.g., \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff +% point size options provided as a single macro: +% \CLASSOPTIONpt +% which will be defined as 9, 10, 11, or 12 depending on the document's +% normalsize point size. +% also, class option peerreviewca implies the use of class option peerreview +% and classoption draft implies the use of class option draftcls + + + + + +\ProvidesClass{IEEEtran}[2012/11/21 V1.8c by Harald Hanche-Olsen and Anders Christensen] +\typeout{-- Based on V1.7a by Michael Shell} +\typeout{-- See the "IEEEtran_HOWTO" manual for usage information.} +\typeout{-- http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} + +% IEEEtran.cls version numbers, provided as of V1.3 +% These values serve as a way a .tex file can +% determine if the new features are provided. +% The version number of this IEEEtrans.cls can be obtained from +% these values. i.e., V1.4 +% KEEP THESE AS INTEGERS! i.e., NO {4a} or anything like that- +% (no need to enumerate "a" minor changes here) +\def\IEEEtransversionmajor{1} +\def\IEEEtransversionminor{7} + +% These do nothing, but provide them like in article.cls +\newif\if@restonecol +\newif\if@titlepage + + +% class option conditionals +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONonecolumn \CLASSOPTIONonecolumnfalse +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn \CLASSOPTIONtwocolumntrue + +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONoneside \CLASSOPTIONonesidetrue +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside \CLASSOPTIONtwosidefalse + +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONfinal \CLASSOPTIONfinaltrue +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraft \CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsfalse +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse + +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview \CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca \CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse + +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONjournal \CLASSOPTIONjournaltrue +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONconference \CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote \CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse + +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune \CLASSOPTIONnofonttunefalse + +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff \CLASSOPTIONcaptionsofffalse + +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc \CLASSOPTIONcompsocfalse + +\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONromanappendices \CLASSOPTIONromanappendicesfalse + + +% class info conditionals + +% indicates if pdf (via pdflatex) output +\newif\ifCLASSINFOpdf \CLASSINFOpdffalse + + +% V1.6b internal flag to show if using a4paper +\newif\if@IEEEusingAfourpaper \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse + + + +% IEEEtran class scratch pad registers +% dimen +\newdimen\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA +\newdimen\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB +% count +\newcount\@IEEEtrantmpcountA +\newcount\@IEEEtrantmpcountB +% token list +\newtoks\@IEEEtrantmptoksA + +% we use \CLASSOPTIONpt so that we can ID the point size (even for 9pt docs) +% as well as LaTeX's \@ptsize to retain some compatability with some +% external packages +\def\@ptsize{0} +% LaTeX does not support 9pt, so we set \@ptsize to 0 - same as that of 10pt +\DeclareOption{9pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{9}\def\@ptsize{0}} +\DeclareOption{10pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{10}\def\@ptsize{0}} +\DeclareOption{11pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{11}\def\@ptsize{1}} +\DeclareOption{12pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{12}\def\@ptsize{2}} + + + +\DeclareOption{letterpaper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}% + \setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}% + \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse + \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{letter}% + \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{8.5in}% + \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{11in}} + + +\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}% + \setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}% + \@IEEEusingAfourpapertrue + \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{a4}% + \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{210mm}% + \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{297mm}} + +\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse\@mparswitchfalse + \CLASSOPTIONonesidetrue\CLASSOPTIONtwosidefalse} +\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue\@mparswitchtrue + \CLASSOPTIONtwosidetrue\CLASSOPTIONonesidefalse} + +\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\CLASSOPTIONonecolumntrue\CLASSOPTIONtwocolumnfalse} +\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\CLASSOPTIONtwocolumntrue\CLASSOPTIONonecolumnfalse} + +% If the user selects draft, then this class AND any packages +% will go into draft mode. +\DeclareOption{draft}{\CLASSOPTIONdrafttrue\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue + \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse} +% draftcls is for a draft mode which will not affect any packages +% used by the document. +\DeclareOption{draftcls}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue + \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse} +% draftclsnofoot is like draftcls, but without the footer. +\DeclareOption{draftclsnofoot}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue + \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoottrue} +\DeclareOption{final}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclsfalse + \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse} + +\DeclareOption{journal}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse + \CLASSOPTIONjournaltrue\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse} + +\DeclareOption{conference}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse + \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencetrue\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse} + +\DeclareOption{technote}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse + \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotetrue} + +\DeclareOption{peerreview}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewtrue\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse + \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse} + +\DeclareOption{peerreviewca}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewtrue\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcatrue + \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse} + +\DeclareOption{nofonttune}{\CLASSOPTIONnofonttunetrue} + +\DeclareOption{captionsoff}{\CLASSOPTIONcaptionsofftrue} + +\DeclareOption{compsoc}{\CLASSOPTIONcompsoctrue} + +\DeclareOption{romanappendices}{\CLASSOPTIONromanappendicestrue} + + +% default to US letter paper, 10pt, twocolumn, one sided, final, journal +\ExecuteOptions{letterpaper,10pt,twocolumn,oneside,final,journal} +% overrride these defaults per user requests +\ProcessOptions + + + +% Computer Society conditional execution command +\long\def\@IEEEcompsoconly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\relax#1\relax\fi\relax} +% inverse +\long\def\@IEEEnotcompsoconly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\else\relax#1\relax\fi\relax} +% compsoc conference +\long\def\@IEEEcompsocconfonly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\relax#1\relax\fi\fi\relax} +% compsoc not conference +\long\def\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\else\relax#1\relax\fi\fi\relax} + + +% IEEE uses Times Roman font, so we'll default to Times. +% These three commands make up the entire times.sty package. +\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv} +\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm} +\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr} + +\@IEEEcompsoconly{\typeout{-- Using IEEE Computer Society mode.}} + +% V1.7 compsoc nonconference papers, use Palatino/Palladio as the main text font, +% not Times Roman. +\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ppl}} + +% enable Times/Palatino main text font +\normalfont\selectfont + + + + + +% V1.7 conference notice message hook +\def\@IEEEconsolenoticeconference{\typeout{}% +\typeout{** Conference Paper **}% +\typeout{Before submitting the final camera ready copy, remember to:}% +\typeout{}% +\typeout{ 1. Manually equalize the lengths of two columns on the last page}% +\typeout{ of your paper;}% +\typeout{}% +\typeout{ 2. Ensure that any PostScript and/or PDF output post-processing}% +\typeout{ uses only Type 1 fonts and that every step in the generation}% +\typeout{ process uses the appropriate paper size.}% +\typeout{}} + + +% we can send console reminder messages to the user here +\AtEndDocument{\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\@IEEEconsolenoticeconference\fi} + + +% warn about the use of single column other than for draft mode +\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn\else% + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\else% + \typeout{** ATTENTION: Single column mode is not typically used with IEEE publications.}% + \fi% +\fi + + +% V1.7 improved paper size setting code. +% Set pdfpage and dvips paper sizes. Conditional tests are similar to that +% of ifpdf.sty. Retain within {} to ensure tested macros are never altered, +% even if only effect is to set them to \relax. +% if \pdfoutput is undefined or equal to relax, output a dvips special +{\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{\AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\CLASSINFOpaperwidth,\CLASSINFOpaperheight}}}{% +% pdfoutput is defined and not equal to \relax +% check for pdfpageheight existence just in case someone sets pdfoutput +% under non-pdflatex. If exists, set them regardless of value of \pdfoutput. +\@ifundefined{pdfpageheight}{\relax}{\global\pdfpagewidth\paperwidth +\global\pdfpageheight\paperheight}% +% if using \pdfoutput=0 under pdflatex, send dvips papersize special +\ifcase\pdfoutput +\AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\CLASSINFOpaperwidth,\CLASSINFOpaperheight}}% +\else +% we are using pdf output, set CLASSINFOpdf flag +\global\CLASSINFOpdftrue +\fi}} + +% let the user know the selected papersize +\typeout{-- Using \CLASSINFOpaperwidth\space x \CLASSINFOpaperheight\space +(\CLASSOPTIONpaper)\space paper.} + +\ifCLASSINFOpdf +\typeout{-- Using PDF output.} +\else +\typeout{-- Using DVI output.} +\fi + + +% The idea hinted here is for LaTeX to generate markleft{} and markright{} +% automatically for you after you enter \author{}, \journal{}, +% \journaldate{}, journalvol{}, \journalnum{}, etc. +% However, there may be some backward compatibility issues here as +% well as some special applications for IEEEtran.cls and special issues +% that may require the flexible \markleft{}, \markright{} and/or \markboth{}. +% We'll leave this as an open future suggestion. +%\newcommand{\journal}[1]{\def\@journal{#1}} +%\def\@journal{} + + + +% pointsize values +% used with ifx to determine the document's normal size +\def\@IEEEptsizenine{9} +\def\@IEEEptsizeten{10} +\def\@IEEEptsizeeleven{11} +\def\@IEEEptsizetwelve{12} + + + +% FONT DEFINITIONS (No sizexx.clo file needed) +% V1.6 revised font sizes, displayskip values and +% revised normalsize baselineskip to reduce underfull vbox problems +% on the 58pc = 696pt = 9.5in text height we want +% normalsize #lines/column baselineskip (aka leading) +% 9pt 63 11.0476pt (truncated down) +% 10pt 58 12pt (exact) +% 11pt 52 13.3846pt (truncated down) +% 12pt 50 13.92pt (exact) +% + +% we need to store the nominal baselineskip for the given font size +% in case baselinestretch ever changes. +% this is a dimen, so it will not hold stretch or shrink +\newdimen\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip +\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\baselineskip + +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine +\typeout{-- This is a 9 point document.} +\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{9}{11.0476pt}}% +\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{11.0476pt}% +\normalsize +\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus3pt minus1pt% +\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip% +\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt% +\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus3pt minus1pt +\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{8.5}{10pt}} +\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{8}{9pt}} +\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{7}{8pt}} +\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{5}{6pt}} +% sublargesize is the same as large - 10pt +\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{10}{12pt}} +\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{10}{12pt}} +\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{12}{14pt}} +\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{14}{17pt}} +\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{17}{20pt}} +\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{20}{24pt}} +\fi + + +% Check if we have selected 10 points +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten +\typeout{-- This is a 10 point document.} +\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{10}{11}}% +\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{11pt}% +\normalsize +\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus4pt minus2pt% +\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip% +\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus4pt% +\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus4pt minus2pt +\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{9}{10pt}} +\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{8}{9pt}} +\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{7}{8pt}} +\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{5}{6pt}} +% sublargesize is a tad smaller than large - 11pt +\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{11}{13.4pt}} +\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{12}{14pt}} +\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{14}{17pt}} +\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{17}{20pt}} +\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{20}{24pt}} +\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}} +\fi + + +% Check if we have selected 11 points +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven +\typeout{-- This is an 11 point document.} +\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{11}{13.3846pt}}% +\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{13.3846pt}% +\normalsize +\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus5pt minus3pt% +\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip% +\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus5pt% +\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus5pt minus3pt +\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{10}{12pt}} +\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{9}{10.5pt}} +\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{8}{9pt}} +\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{6}{7pt}} +% sublargesize is the same as large - 12pt +\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{12}{14pt}} +\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{12}{14pt}} +\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{14}{17pt}} +\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{17}{20pt}} +\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{20}{24pt}} +\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}} +\fi + + +% Check if we have selected 12 points +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve +\typeout{-- This is a 12 point document.} +\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{12}{13.92pt}}% +\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{13.92pt}% +\normalsize +\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus6pt minus4pt% +\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip% +\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus6pt% +\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus6pt minus4pt +\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{10}{12pt}} +\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{9}{10.5pt}} +\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{8}{9pt}} +\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{6}{7pt}} +% sublargesize is the same as large - 14pt +\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{14}{17pt}} +\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{14}{17pt}} +\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{17}{20pt}} +\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{20}{24pt}} +\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{22}{26pt}} +\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}} +\fi + + +% V1.6 The Computer Modern Fonts will issue a substitution warning for +% 24pt titles (24.88pt is used instead) increase the substitution +% tolerance to turn off this warning +\def\fontsubfuzz{.9pt} +% However, the default (and correct) Times font will scale exactly as needed. + + +% warn the user in case they forget to use the 9pt option with +% technote +\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\else% + \typeout{** ATTENTION: Technotes are normally 9pt documents.}% + \fi% +\fi + + +% V1.7 +% Improved \textunderscore to provide a much better fake _ when used with +% OT1 encoding. Under OT1, detect use of pcr or cmtt \ttfamily and use +% available true _ glyph for those two typewriter fonts. +\def\@IEEEstringptm{ptm} % Times Roman family +\def\@IEEEstringppl{ppl} % Palatino Roman family +\def\@IEEEstringphv{phv} % Helvetica Sans Serif family +\def\@IEEEstringpcr{pcr} % Courier typewriter family +\def\@IEEEstringcmtt{cmtt} % Computer Modern typewriter family +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textunderscore}{\leavevmode +\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringpcr\string_\else +\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringcmtt\string_\else +\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringptm\kern 0em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.5em\@height 0.5pt\kern -0.3ex}\else +\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringppl\kern 0em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.5em\@height 0.5pt\kern -0.3ex}\else +\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringphv\kern -0.03em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.62em\@height 0.52pt\kern -0.33ex}\kern -0.03em\else +\kern 0.09em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.6em\@height 0.44pt\kern -0.63pt\kern -0.42ex}\kern 0.09em\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax} + + + + +% set the default \baselinestretch +\def\baselinestretch{1} +\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls + \def\baselinestretch{1.5}% default baselinestretch for draft modes +\fi + + +% process CLASSINPUT baselinestretch +\ifx\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch\@IEEEundefined +\else + \edef\baselinestretch{\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch} % user CLASSINPUT override + \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding \string\baselinestretch\space to + \baselinestretch\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.} +\fi + +\normalsize % make \baselinestretch take affect + + + + +% store the normalsize baselineskip +\newdimen\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip +\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip=\baselineskip\relax +% and the normalsize unity (baselinestretch=1) baselineskip +% we could save a register by giving the user access to +% \@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip. However, let's protect +% its read only internal status +\newdimen\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip +\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip=\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\relax +% store the nominal value of jot +\newdimen\IEEEnormaljot +\IEEEnormaljot=0.25\baselineskip\relax + +% set \jot +\jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax + + + + +% V1.6, we are now going to fine tune the interword spacing +% The default interword glue for Times under TeX appears to use a +% nominal interword spacing of 25% (relative to the font size, i.e., 1em) +% a maximum of 40% and a minimum of 19%. +% For example, 10pt text uses an interword glue of: +% +% 2.5pt plus 1.49998pt minus 0.59998pt +% +% However, IEEE allows for a more generous range which reduces the need +% for hyphenation, especially for two column text. Furthermore, IEEE +% tends to use a little bit more nominal space between the words. +% IEEE's interword spacing percentages appear to be: +% 35% nominal +% 23% minimum +% 50% maximum +% (They may even be using a tad more for the largest fonts such as 24pt.) +% +% for bold text, IEEE increases the spacing a little more: +% 37.5% nominal +% 23% minimum +% 55% maximum + +% here are the interword spacing ratios we'll use +% for medium (normal weight) +\def\@IEEEinterspaceratioM{0.35} +\def\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioM{0.23} +\def\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioM{0.50} + +% for bold +\def\@IEEEinterspaceratioB{0.375} +\def\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioB{0.23} +\def\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioB{0.55} + + +% command to revise the interword spacing for the current font under TeX: +% \fontdimen2 = nominal interword space +% \fontdimen3 = interword stretch +% \fontdimen4 = interword shrink +% since all changes to the \fontdimen are global, we can enclose these commands +% in braces to confine any font attribute or length changes +\def\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens#1#2#3{{% +\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\f@size pt}% grab the font size in pt, could use 1em instead. +\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{#1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}% +\fontdimen2\font=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax +\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{-#2\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}% +\fontdimen3\font=-\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax +\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{#1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}% +\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{-#3\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}% +\fontdimen4\font=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax}} + +% revise the interword spacing for each font weight +\def\@@IEEEsetfontdimens{{% +\mdseries +\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens{\@IEEEinterspaceratioM}{\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioM}{\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioM}% +\bfseries +\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens{\@IEEEinterspaceratioB}{\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioB}{\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioB}% +}} + +% revise the interword spacing for each font shape +% \slshape is not often used for IEEE work and is not altered here. The \scshape caps are +% already a tad too large in the free LaTeX fonts (as compared to what IEEE uses) so we +% won't alter these either. +\def\@IEEEsetfontdimens{{% +\normalfont +\@@IEEEsetfontdimens +\normalfont\itshape +\@@IEEEsetfontdimens +}} + +% command to revise the interword spacing for each font size (and shape +% and weight). Only the \rmfamily is done here as \ttfamily uses a +% fixed spacing and \sffamily is not used as the main text of IEEE papers. +\def\@IEEEtunefonts{{\selectfont\rmfamily +\tiny\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\scriptsize\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\footnotesize\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\small\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\normalsize\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\sublargesize\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\large\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\LARGE\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\huge\@IEEEsetfontdimens +\Huge\@IEEEsetfontdimens}} + +% if the nofonttune class option is not given, revise the interword spacing +% now - in case IEEEtran makes any default length measurements, and make +% sure all the default fonts are loaded +\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune\else +\@IEEEtunefonts +\fi + +% and again at the start of the document in case the user loaded different fonts +\AtBeginDocument{\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune\else\@IEEEtunefonts\fi} + + + +% V1.6 +% LaTeX is a little to quick to use hyphenations +% So, we increase the penalty for their use and raise +% the badness level that triggers an underfull hbox +% warning. The author may still have to tweak things, +% but the appearance will be much better "right out +% of the box" than that under V1.5 and prior. +% TeX default is 50 +\hyphenpenalty=750 +% If we didn't adjust the interword spacing, 2200 might be better. +% The TeX default is 1000 +\hbadness=1350 +% IEEE does not use extra spacing after punctuation +\frenchspacing + +% V1.7 increase this a tad to discourage equation breaks +\binoppenalty=1000 % default 700 +\relpenalty=800 % default 500 + + +% margin note stuff +\marginparsep 10pt +\marginparwidth 20pt +\marginparpush 25pt + + +% if things get too close, go ahead and let them touch +\lineskip 0pt +\normallineskip 0pt +\lineskiplimit 0pt +\normallineskiplimit 0pt + +% The distance from the lower edge of the text body to the +% footline +\footskip 0.4in + +% normally zero, should be relative to font height. +% put in a little rubber to help stop some bad breaks (underfull vboxes) +\parskip 0ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.1ex +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference +\parskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt +\fi + +\parindent 1.0em +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference +\parindent 14.45pt +\fi + +\topmargin -49.0pt +\headheight 12pt +\headsep 0.25in + +% use the normal font baselineskip +% so that \topskip is unaffected by changes in \baselinestretch +\topskip=\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip +\textheight 58pc % 9.63in, 696pt +% Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page. +% The normal baselineskip for each document point size is used +% to determine these values. +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=63\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 63 lines/page +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=58\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 58 lines/page +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=52\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 52 lines/page +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=50\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 50 lines/page + + +\columnsep 1.5pc +\textwidth 184.2mm + + +% the default side margins are equal +\if@IEEEusingAfourpaper +\oddsidemargin 14.32mm +\evensidemargin 14.32mm +\else +\oddsidemargin 0.680in +\evensidemargin 0.680in +\fi +% compensate for LaTeX's 1in offset +\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in} +\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in} + + + +% adjust margins for conference mode +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference + \topmargin -0.25in + % we retain the reserved, but unused space for headers + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight} + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep} + \textheight 9.25in % The standard for conferences (668.4975pt) + % Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page. + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=61\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 61 lines/page + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=62\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 62 lines/page + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=50\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 50 lines/page + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=48\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 48 lines/page +\fi + + +% compsoc conference +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference + % compsoc conference use a larger value for columnsep + \columnsep 0.375in + % compsoc conferences want 1in top margin, 1.125in bottom margin + \topmargin 0in + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-6pt}% we tweak this a tad to better comply with top of line stuff + % we retain the reserved, but unused space for headers + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight} + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep} + \textheight 8.875in % (641.39625pt) + % Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page. + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=58\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 58 lines/page + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=53\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 53 lines/page + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=48\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 48 lines/page + \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=46\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 46 lines/page + \textwidth 6.5in + % the default side margins are equal + \if@IEEEusingAfourpaper + \oddsidemargin 22.45mm + \evensidemargin 22.45mm + \else + \oddsidemargin 1in + \evensidemargin 1in + \fi + % compensate for LaTeX's 1in offset + \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in} + \addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in} +\fi\fi + + + +% draft mode settings override that of all other modes +% provides a nice 1in margin all around the paper and extra +% space between the lines for editor's comments +\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls + % want 1in from top of paper to text + \setlength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}% + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}% + % we want 1in side margins regardless of paper type + \oddsidemargin 0in + \evensidemargin 0in + % set the text width + \setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth}% + \addtolength{\textwidth}{-2.0in}% + \setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight}% + \addtolength{\textheight}{-2.0in}% + % digitize textheight to be an integer number of lines. + % this may cause the bottom margin to be off a tad + \addtolength{\textheight}{-1\topskip}% + \divide\textheight by \baselineskip% + \multiply\textheight by \baselineskip% + \addtolength{\textheight}{\topskip}% +\fi + + + +% process CLASSINPUT inner/outer margin +% if inner margin defined, but outer margin not, set outer to inner. +\ifx\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\@IEEEundefined +\else + \ifx\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\@IEEEundefined + \edef\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin} + \fi +\fi + +\ifx\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\@IEEEundefined +\else + % if outer margin defined, but inner margin not, set inner to outer. + \ifx\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\@IEEEundefined + \edef\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin} + \fi + \setlength{\oddsidemargin}{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin} + \ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside + \setlength{\evensidemargin}{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin} + \else + \setlength{\evensidemargin}{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin} + \fi + \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in} + \addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in} + \setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth} + \addtolength{\textwidth}{-\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin} + \addtolength{\textwidth}{-\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin} + \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding inner side margin to \CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\space and + outer side margin to \CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.} +\fi + + + +% process CLASSINPUT top/bottom text margin +% if toptext margin defined, but bottomtext margin not, set bottomtext to toptext margin +\ifx\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\@IEEEundefined +\else + \ifx\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\@IEEEundefined + \edef\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin} + \fi +\fi + +\ifx\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\@IEEEundefined +\else + % if bottomtext margin defined, but toptext margin not, set toptext to bottomtext margin + \ifx\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\@IEEEundefined + \edef\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin{\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin} + \fi + \setlength{\topmargin}{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin} + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-1in} + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight} + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep} + \setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight} + \addtolength{\textheight}{-\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin} + \addtolength{\textheight}{-\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin} + % in the default format we use the normal baselineskip as topskip + % we only need 0.7 of this to clear typical top text and we need + % an extra 0.3 spacing at the bottom for descenders. This will + % correct for both. + \addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.3\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip} + \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding top text margin to \CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\space and + bottom text margin to \CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.} +\fi + + + + + + + +% LIST SPACING CONTROLS + +% Controls the amount of EXTRA spacing +% above and below \trivlist +% Both \list and IED lists override this. +% However, \trivlist will use this as will most +% things built from \trivlist like the \center +% environment. +\topsep 0.5\baselineskip + +% Controls the additional spacing around lists preceded +% or followed by blank lines. IEEE does not increase +% spacing before or after paragraphs so it is set to zero. +% \z@ is the same as zero, but faster. +\partopsep \z@ + +% Controls the spacing between paragraphs in lists. +% IEEE does not increase spacing before or after paragraphs +% so this is also zero. +% With IEEEtran.cls, global changes to +% this value DO affect lists (but not IED lists). +\parsep \z@ + +% Controls the extra spacing between list items. +% IEEE does not put extra spacing between items. +% With IEEEtran.cls, global changes to this value DO affect +% lists (but not IED lists). +\itemsep \z@ + +% \itemindent is the amount to indent the FIRST line of a list +% item. It is auto set to zero within the \list environment. To alter +% it, you have to do so when you call the \list. +% However, IEEE uses this for the theorem environment +% There is an alternative value for this near \leftmargini below +\itemindent -1em + +% \leftmargin, the spacing from the left margin of the main text to +% the left of the main body of a list item is set by \list. +% Hence this statement does nothing for lists. +% But, quote and verse do use it for indention. +\leftmargin 2em + +% we retain this stuff from the older IEEEtran.cls so that \list +% will work the same way as before. However, itemize, enumerate and +% description (IED) could care less about what these are as they +% all are overridden. +\leftmargini 2em +%\itemindent 2em % Alternative values: sometimes used. +%\leftmargini 0em +\leftmarginii 1em +\leftmarginiii 1.5em +\leftmarginiv 1.5em +\leftmarginv 1.0em +\leftmarginvi 1.0em +\labelsep 0.5em +\labelwidth \z@ + + +% The old IEEEtran.cls behavior of \list is retained. +% However, the new V1.3 IED list environments override all the +% @list stuff (\@listX is called within \list for the +% appropriate level just before the user's list_decl is called). +% \topsep is now 2pt as IEEE puts a little extra space around +% lists - used by those non-IED macros that depend on \list. +% Note that \parsep and \itemsep are not redefined as in +% the sizexx.clo \@listX (which article.cls uses) so global changes +% of these values DO affect \list +% +\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt} +\let\@listI\@listi +\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii\labelwidth\leftmarginii% + \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} +\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii\labelwidth\leftmarginiii% + \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} +\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv\labelwidth\leftmarginiv% + \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} +\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv\labelwidth\leftmarginv% + \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} +\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi\labelwidth\leftmarginvi% + \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} + + +% IEEE uses 5) not 5. +\def\labelenumi{\theenumi)} \def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}} + +% IEEE uses a) not (a) +\def\labelenumii{\theenumii)} \def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}} + +% IEEE uses iii) not iii. +\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii)} \def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}} + +% IEEE uses A) not A. +\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv)} \def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}} + +% exactly the same as in article.cls +\def\p@enumii{\theenumi} +\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)} +\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii} + +% itemized list label styles +\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$} +\def\labelitemii{$\circ$} +\def\labelitemiii{\vrule height 0.8ex depth -0.2ex width 0.6ex} +\def\labelitemiv{$\ast$} + + + +% **** V1.3 ENHANCEMENTS **** +% Itemize, Enumerate and Description (IED) List Controls +% *************************** +% +% +% IEEE seems to use at least two different values by +% which ITEMIZED list labels are indented to the right +% For The Journal of Lightwave Technology (JLT) and The Journal +% on Selected Areas in Communications (JSAC), they tend to use +% an indention equal to \parindent. For Transactions on Communications +% they tend to indent ITEMIZED lists a little more--- 1.3\parindent. +% We'll provide both values here for you so that you can choose +% which one you like in your document using a command such as: +% setlength{\IEEEilabelindent}{\IEEEilabelindentB} +\newdimen\IEEEilabelindentA +\IEEEilabelindentA \parindent + +\newdimen\IEEEilabelindentB +\IEEEilabelindentB 1.3\parindent +% However, we'll default to using \parindent +% which makes more sense to me +\newdimen\IEEEilabelindent +\IEEEilabelindent \IEEEilabelindentA + + +% This controls the default amount the enumerated list labels +% are indented to the right. +% Normally, this is the same as the paragraph indention +\newdimen\IEEEelabelindent +\IEEEelabelindent \parindent + +% This controls the default amount the description list labels +% are indented to the right. +% Normally, this is the same as the paragraph indention +\newdimen\IEEEdlabelindent +\IEEEdlabelindent \parindent + +% This is the value actually used within the IED lists. +% The IED environments automatically set its value to +% one of the three values above, so global changes do +% not have any effect +\newdimen\IEEElabelindent +\IEEElabelindent \parindent + +% The actual amount labels will be indented is +% \IEEElabelindent multiplied by the factor below +% corresponding to the level of nesting depth +% This provides a means by which the user can +% alter the effective \IEEElabelindent for deeper +% levels +% There may not be such a thing as correct "standard IEEE" +% values. What IEEE actually does may depend on the specific +% circumstances. +% The first list level almost always has full indention. +% The second levels I've seen have only 75% of the normal indentation +% Three level or greater nestings are very rare. I am guessing +% that they don't use any indentation. +\def\IEEElabelindentfactori{1.0} % almost always one +\def\IEEElabelindentfactorii{0.75} % 0.0 or 1.0 may be used in some cases +\def\IEEElabelindentfactoriii{0.0} % 0.75? 0.5? 0.0? +\def\IEEElabelindentfactoriv{0.0} +\def\IEEElabelindentfactorv{0.0} +\def\IEEElabelindentfactorvi{0.0} + +% value actually used within IED lists, it is auto +% set to one of the 6 values above +% global changes here have no effect +\def\IEEElabelindentfactor{1.0} + +% This controls the default spacing between the end of the IED +% list labels and the list text, when normal text is used for +% the labels. +\newdimen\IEEEiednormlabelsep +\IEEEiednormlabelsep \parindent + +% This controls the default spacing between the end of the IED +% list labels and the list text, when math symbols are used for +% the labels (nomenclature lists). IEEE usually increases the +% spacing in these cases +\newdimen\IEEEiedmathlabelsep +\IEEEiedmathlabelsep 1.2em + +% This controls the extra vertical separation put above and +% below each IED list. IEEE usually puts a little extra spacing +% around each list. However, this spacing is barely noticeable. +\newskip\IEEEiedtopsep +\IEEEiedtopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt + + +% This command is executed within each IED list environment +% at the beginning of the list. You can use this to set the +% parameters for some/all your IED list(s) without disturbing +% global parameters that affect things other than lists. +% i.e., renewcommand{\IEEEiedlistdecl}{\setlength{\labelsep}{5em}} +% will alter the \labelsep for the next list(s) until +% \IEEEiedlistdecl is redefined. +\def\IEEEiedlistdecl{\relax} + +% This command provides an easy way to set \leftmargin based +% on the \labelwidth, \labelsep and the argument \IEEElabelindent +% Usage: \IEEEcalcleftmargin{width-to-indent-the-label} +% output is in the \leftmargin variable, i.e., effectively: +% \leftmargin = argument + \labelwidth + \labelsep +% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % +\def\IEEEcalcleftmargin#1{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}% +\addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% +\addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}} + +% This command provides an easy way to set \labelwidth to the +% width of the given text. It is the same as +% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{label-text} +% and useful as a shorter alternative. +% Typically used to set \labelwidth to be the width +% of the longest label in the list +\def\IEEEsetlabelwidth#1{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#1}} + +% When this command is executed, IED lists will use the +% IEEEiedmathlabelsep label separation rather than the normal +% spacing. To have an effect, this command must be executed via +% the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option of the IED list +% environments. +\def\IEEEusemathlabelsep{\setlength{\labelsep}{\IEEEiedmathlabelsep}} + +% A flag which controls whether the IED lists automatically +% calculate \leftmargin from \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and \labelsep +% Useful if you want to specify your own \leftmargin +% This flag must be set (\IEEEnocalcleftmargintrue or \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse) +% via the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option of the IED list +% environments to have an effect. +\newif\ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin +\IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse + +% A flag which controls whether \IEEElabelindent is multiplied by +% the \IEEElabelindentfactor for each list level. +% This flag must be set via the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option +% of the IED list environments to have an effect. +\newif\ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor +\IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse + + +% internal variable to indicate type of IED label +% justification +% 0 - left; 1 - center; 2 - right +\def\@IEEEiedjustify{0} + + +% commands to allow the user to control IED +% label justifications. Use these commands within +% the IED environment option or in the \IEEEiedlistdecl +% Note that changing the normal list justifications +% is nonstandard and IEEE may not like it if you do so! +% I include these commands as they may be helpful to +% those who are using these enhanced list controls for +% other non-IEEE related LaTeX work. +% itemize and enumerate automatically default to right +% justification, description defaults to left. +\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyl{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}}%left +\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyc{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{1}}%center +\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyr{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}}%right + + + + +% commands to save to and restore from the list parameter copies +% this allows us to set all the list parameters within +% the list_decl and prevent \list (and its \@list) +% from overriding any of our parameters +% V1.6 use \edefs instead of dimen's to conserve dimen registers +% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % +\def\@IEEEsavelistparams{\edef\@IEEEiedtopsep{\the\topsep}% +\edef\@IEEEiedlabelwidth{\the\labelwidth}% +\edef\@IEEEiedlabelsep{\the\labelsep}% +\edef\@IEEEiedleftmargin{\the\leftmargin}% +\edef\@IEEEiedpartopsep{\the\partopsep}% +\edef\@IEEEiedparsep{\the\parsep}% +\edef\@IEEEieditemsep{\the\itemsep}% +\edef\@IEEEiedrightmargin{\the\rightmargin}% +\edef\@IEEEiedlistparindent{\the\listparindent}% +\edef\@IEEEieditemindent{\the\itemindent}} + +% Note controlled spacing here +\def\@IEEErestorelistparams{\topsep\@IEEEiedtopsep\relax% +\labelwidth\@IEEEiedlabelwidth\relax% +\labelsep\@IEEEiedlabelsep\relax% +\leftmargin\@IEEEiedleftmargin\relax% +\partopsep\@IEEEiedpartopsep\relax% +\parsep\@IEEEiedparsep\relax% +\itemsep\@IEEEieditemsep\relax% +\rightmargin\@IEEEiedrightmargin\relax% +\listparindent\@IEEEiedlistparindent\relax% +\itemindent\@IEEEieditemindent\relax} + + +% v1.6b provide original LaTeX IED list environments +% note that latex.ltx defines \itemize and \enumerate, but not \description +% which must be created by the base classes +% save original LaTeX itemize and enumerate +\let\LaTeXitemize\itemize +\let\endLaTeXitemize\enditemize +\let\LaTeXenumerate\enumerate +\let\endLaTeXenumerate\endenumerate + +% provide original LaTeX description environment from article.cls +\newenvironment{LaTeXdescription} + {\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin + \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}} + {\endlist} +\newcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep + \normalfont\bfseries #1} + + +% override LaTeX's default IED lists +\def\itemize{\@IEEEitemize} +\def\enditemize{\@endIEEEitemize} +\def\enumerate{\@IEEEenumerate} +\def\endenumerate{\@endIEEEenumerate} +\def\description{\@IEEEdescription} +\def\enddescription{\@endIEEEdescription} + +% provide the user with aliases - may help those using packages that +% override itemize, enumerate, or description +\def\IEEEitemize{\@IEEEitemize} +\def\endIEEEitemize{\@endIEEEitemize} +\def\IEEEenumerate{\@IEEEenumerate} +\def\endIEEEenumerate{\@endIEEEenumerate} +\def\IEEEdescription{\@IEEEdescription} +\def\endIEEEdescription{\@endIEEEdescription} + + +% V1.6 we want to keep the IEEEtran IED list definitions as our own internal +% commands so they are protected against redefinition +\def\@IEEEitemize{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEitemize}{\@@IEEEitemize[\relax]}} +\def\@IEEEenumerate{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEenumerate}{\@@IEEEenumerate[\relax]}} +\def\@IEEEdescription{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEdescription}{\@@IEEEdescription[\relax]}} +\def\@endIEEEitemize{\endlist} +\def\@endIEEEenumerate{\endlist} +\def\@endIEEEdescription{\endlist} + + +% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS +% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS +% IEEEtran itemized list MDS 1/2001 +% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % +\def\@@IEEEitemize[#1]{% + \ifnum\@itemdepth>3\relax\@toodeep\else% + \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else% + \advance\@itemdepth\@ne% + \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}% + % get the labelindentfactor for this level + \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be + \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}% + \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment + \def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}% right justified labels are default + % set other defaults + \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse% + \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse% + \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep% + \IEEElabelindent\IEEEilabelindent% + \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep% + \partopsep 0ex% + \parsep 0ex% + \itemsep \parskip% + \rightmargin 0em% + \listparindent 0em% + \itemindent 0em% + % calculate the label width + % the user can override this later if + % they specified a \labelwidth + \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\csname labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth\endcsname}% + \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters + \list{\csname\@itemitem\endcsname}{% + \@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes + % to our globals + \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel + \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters + #1\relax% + % If the user has requested not to use the + % labelindent factor, don't revise \labelindent + \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax% + \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\labelindent% + \fi% + % Unless the user has requested otherwise, + % calculate our left margin based + % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and + % \labelsep + \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax% + \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}% + \fi}\fi\fi}% + + +% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS +% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS +% IEEEtran enumerate list MDS 1/2001 +% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % +\def\@@IEEEenumerate[#1]{% + \ifnum\@enumdepth>3\relax\@toodeep\else% + \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else% + \advance\@enumdepth\@ne% + \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}% + % get the labelindentfactor for this level + \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be + \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}% + \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment + \def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}% right justified labels are default + % set other defaults + \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse% + \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse% + \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep% + \IEEElabelindent\IEEEelabelindent% + \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep% + \partopsep 0ex% + \parsep 0ex% + \itemsep 0ex% + \rightmargin 0em% + \listparindent 0em% + \itemindent 0em% + % calculate the label width + % We'll set it to the width suitable for all labels using + % normalfont 1) to 9) + % The user can override this later + \settowidth{\labelwidth}{9)}% + \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters + \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}{\usecounter{\@enumctr}% + \@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes + % to our globals + \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel + \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters + #1\relax% + % If the user has requested not to use the + % IEEElabelindent factor, don't revise \IEEElabelindent + \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax% + \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\IEEElabelindent% + \fi% + % Unless the user has requested otherwise, + % calculate our left margin based + % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and + % \labelsep + \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax% + \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}% + \fi}\fi\fi}% + + +% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS +% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS +% IEEEtran description list MDS 1/2001 +% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % +\def\@@IEEEdescription[#1]{% + \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else% + % get the labelindentfactor for this level + \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be + \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}% + \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment + \def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}% left justified labels are default + % set other defaults + \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse% + \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse% + \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep% + \IEEElabelindent\IEEEdlabelindent% + % assume normal labelsep + \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep% + \partopsep 0ex% + \parsep 0ex% + \itemsep 0ex% + \rightmargin 0em% + \listparindent 0em% + \itemindent 0em% + % Bogus label width in case the user forgets + % to set it. + % TIP: If you want to see what a variable's width is you + % can use the TeX command \showthe\width-variable to + % display it on the screen during compilation + % (This might be helpful to know when you need to find out + % which label is the widest) + \settowidth{\labelwidth}{Hello}% + \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters + \list{}{\@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes + % to our globals + \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel + \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters + #1\relax% + % If the user has requested not to use the + % labelindent factor, don't revise \IEEElabelindent + \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax% + \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\IEEElabelindent% + \fi% + % Unless the user has requested otherwise, + % calculate our left margin based + % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and + % \labelsep + \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax% + \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}\relax% + \fi}\fi} + +% v1.6b we use one makelabel that does justification as needed. +\def\@IEEEiedmakelabel#1{\relax\if\@IEEEiedjustify 0\relax +\makebox[\labelwidth][l]{\normalfont #1}\else +\if\@IEEEiedjustify 1\relax +\makebox[\labelwidth][c]{\normalfont #1}\else +\makebox[\labelwidth][r]{\normalfont #1}\fi\fi} + + +% VERSE and QUOTE +% V1.7 define environments with newenvironment +\newenvironment{verse}{\let\\=\@centercr + \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em \listparindent \itemindent + \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item\relax} + {\endlist} +\newenvironment{quotation}{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em \itemindent\listparindent + \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item\relax} + {\endlist} +\newenvironment{quote}{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item\relax} + {\endlist} + + +% \titlepage +% provided only for backward compatibility. \maketitle is the correct +% way to create the title page. +\newif\if@restonecol +\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn + \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@} +\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi} + +% standard values from article.cls +\arraycolsep 5pt +\arrayrulewidth .4pt +\doublerulesep 2pt + +\tabcolsep 6pt +\tabbingsep 0.5em + + +%% FOOTNOTES +% +%\skip\footins 10pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +% V1.6 respond to changes in font size +% space added above the footnotes (if present) +\skip\footins 0.9\baselineskip plus 0.4\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip + +% V1.6, we need to make \footnotesep responsive to changes +% in \baselineskip or strange spacings will result when in +% draft mode. Here is a little LaTeX secret - \footnotesep +% determines the height of an invisible strut that is placed +% *above* the baseline of footnotes after the first. Since +% LaTeX considers the space for characters to be 0.7/baselineskip +% above the baseline and 0.3/baselineskip below it, we need to +% use 0.7/baselineskip as a \footnotesep to maintain equal spacing +% between all the lines of the footnotes. IEEE often uses a tad +% more, so use 0.8\baselineskip. This slightly larger value also helps +% the text to clear the footnote marks. Note that \thanks in IEEEtran +% uses its own value of \footnotesep which is set in \maketitle. +{\footnotesize +\global\footnotesep 0.8\baselineskip} + +\def\unnumberedfootnote{\gdef\@thefnmark{\quad}\@footnotetext} + +\skip\@mpfootins 0.3\baselineskip +\fboxsep = 3pt +\fboxrule = .4pt +% V1.6 use 1em, then use LaTeX2e's \@makefnmark +% Note that IEEE normally *left* aligns the footnote marks, so we don't need +% box resizing tricks here. +%\long\def\@makefnmark{\scriptsize\normalfont\@thefnmark} +\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\indent\hbox{\@makefnmark}#1}% V1.6 use 1em +\long\def\@maketablefntext#1{\raggedleft\leavevmode\hbox{\@makefnmark}#1} +% V1.7 compsoc does not use superscipts for footnote marks +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\def\@IEEEcompsocmakefnmark{\hbox{\normalfont\@thefnmark.\ }} +\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\indent\hbox{\@IEEEcompsocmakefnmark}#1} +\fi + +% IEEE does not use footnote rules. Or do they? +\def\footnoterule{\vskip-2pt \hrule height 0.6pt depth \z@ \vskip1.6pt\relax} +\toks@\expandafter{\@setminipage\let\footnoterule\relax\footnotesep\z@} +\edef\@setminipage{\the\toks@} + +% V1.7 for compsoc, IEEE uses a footnote rule only for \thanks. We devise a "one-shot" +% system to implement this. +\newif\if@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterule +\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterulefalse +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\def\footnoterule{\relax\if@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterule +\kern-5pt +\hbox to \columnwidth{\hfill\vrule width 0.5\columnwidth height 0.4pt\hfill} +\kern4.6pt +\global\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterulefalse +\else +\relax +\fi} +\fi + +% V1.6 do not allow LaTeX to break a footnote across multiple pages +\interfootnotelinepenalty=10000 + +% V1.6 discourage breaks within equations +% Note that amsmath normally sets this to 10000, +% but LaTeX2e normally uses 100. +\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500 + +% default allows section depth up to /paragraph +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} + +% technotes do not allow /paragraph +\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{3} +\fi +% neither do compsoc conferences +\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}} + + +\newcounter{section} +\newcounter{subsection}[section] +\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection] +\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection] + +% used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray as other packages may +% have their own, different, implementations +\newcounter{IEEEsubequation}[equation] + +% as shown when called by user from \ref, \label and in table of contents +\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}} % 1 +\def\theIEEEsubequation{\theequation\alph{IEEEsubequation}} % 1a (used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray) +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% compsoc is all arabic +\def\thesection{\arabic{section}} +\def\thesubsection{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}} +\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}} +\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}} +\else +\def\thesection{\Roman{section}} % I +% V1.7, \mbox prevents breaks around - +\def\thesubsection{\mbox{\thesection-\Alph{subsection}}} % I-A +% V1.7 use I-A1 format used by IEEE rather than I-A.1 +\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\arabic{subsubsection}} % I-A1 +\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\alph{paragraph}} % I-A1a +\fi + +% From Heiko Oberdiek. Because of the \mbox in \thesubsection, we need to +% tell hyperref to disable the \mbox command when making PDF bookmarks. +% This done already with hyperref.sty version 6.74o and later, but +% it will not hurt to do it here again for users of older versions. +\@ifundefined{pdfstringdefPreHook}{\let\pdfstringdefPreHook\@empty}{}% +\g@addto@macro\pdfstringdefPreHook{\let\mbox\relax} + + +% Main text forms (how shown in main text headings) +% V1.6, using \thesection in \thesectiondis allows changes +% in the former to automatically appear in the latter +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc + \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference + \def\thesectiondis{\thesection.} + \def\thesubsectiondis{\thesectiondis\arabic{subsection}.} + \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\thesubsectiondis\arabic{subsubsection}.} + \def\theparagraphdis{\thesubsubsectiondis\arabic{paragraph}.} + \else% compsoc not conferencs + \def\thesectiondis{\thesection} + \def\thesubsectiondis{\thesectiondis.\arabic{subsection}} + \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\thesubsectiondis.\arabic{subsubsection}} + \def\theparagraphdis{\thesubsubsectiondis.\arabic{paragraph}} + \fi +\else% not compsoc + \def\thesectiondis{\thesection.} % I. + \def\thesubsectiondis{\Alph{subsection}.} % B. + \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\arabic{subsubsection})} % 3) + \def\theparagraphdis{\alph{paragraph})} % d) +\fi + +% just like LaTeX2e's \@eqnnum +\def\theequationdis{{\normalfont \normalcolor (\theequation)}}% (1) +% IEEEsubequation used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray +\def\theIEEEsubequationdis{{\normalfont \normalcolor (\theIEEEsubequation)}}% (1a) +% redirect LaTeX2e's equation number display and all that depend on +% it, through IEEEtran's \theequationdis +\def\@eqnnum{\theequationdis} + + + +% V1.7 provide string macros as article.cls does +\def\contentsname{Contents} +\def\listfigurename{List of Figures} +\def\listtablename{List of Tables} +\def\refname{References} +\def\indexname{Index} +\def\figurename{Fig.} +\def\tablename{TABLE} +\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\figurename{Figure}\def\tablename{Table}} +\def\partname{Part} +\def\appendixname{Appendix} +\def\abstractname{Abstract} +% IEEE specific names +\def\IEEEkeywordsname{Keywords} +\def\IEEEproofname{Proof} + + +% LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES AND TABLE OF CONTENTS +% +\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em} +\def\@tocrmarg{2.55em} +\def\@dotsep{4.5} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} + +% adjusted some spacings here so that section numbers will not easily +% collide with the section titles. +% VIII; VIII-A; and VIII-A.1 are usually the worst offenders. +% MDS 1/2001 +\def\tableofcontents{\section*{\contentsname}\@starttoc{toc}} +\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}\addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt}% + \@tempdima 2.75em \begingroup \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth% + \parfillskip-\@pnumwidth {\bfseries\leavevmode #1}\hfil\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par% + \endgroup} +% argument format #1:level, #2:labelindent,#3:labelsep +\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{2.75em}{3.75em}} +\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{6.5em}{4.5em}} +% must provide \l@ defs for ALL sublevels EVEN if tocdepth +% is such as they will not appear in the table of contents +% these defs are how TOC knows what level these things are! +\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6.5em}{5.5em}} +\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{6.5em}{6.5em}} +\def\listoffigures{\section*{\listfigurename}\@starttoc{lof}} +\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{2.75em}} +\def\listoftables{\section*{\listtablename}\@starttoc{lot}} +\let\l@table\l@figure + + +%% Definitions for floats +%% +%% Normal Floats +\floatsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip +\textfloatsep 1.7\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.4\baselineskip +\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil +\@fpsep 0.75\baselineskip plus 2fil +\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil +\def\topfraction{0.9} +\def\bottomfraction{0.4} +\def\floatpagefraction{0.8} +% V1.7, let top floats approach 90% of page +\def\textfraction{0.1} + +%% Double Column Floats +\dblfloatsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip + +\dbltextfloatsep 1.7\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.4\baselineskip +% Note that it would be nice if the rubber here actually worked in LaTeX2e. +% There is a long standing limitation in LaTeX, first discovered (to the best +% of my knowledge) by Alan Jeffrey in 1992. LaTeX ignores the stretchable +% portion of \dbltextfloatsep, and as a result, double column figures can and +% do result in an non-integer number of lines in the main text columns with +% underfull vbox errors as a consequence. A post to comp.text.tex +% by Donald Arseneau confirms that this had not yet been fixed in 1998. +% IEEEtran V1.6 will fix this problem for you in the titles, but it doesn't +% protect you from other double floats. Happy vspace'ing. + +\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil +\@dblfpsep 0.75\baselineskip plus 2fil +\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil +\def\dbltopfraction{0.8} +\def\dblfloatpagefraction{0.8} +\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{4} + +\intextsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip +\setcounter{topnumber}{2} +\setcounter{bottomnumber}{2} +\setcounter{totalnumber}{4} + + + +% article class provides these, we should too. +\newlength\abovecaptionskip +\newlength\belowcaptionskip +% but only \abovecaptionskip is used above figure captions and *below* table +% captions +\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0.65\baselineskip} +\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0.75\baselineskip} +% V1.6 create hooks in case the caption spacing ever needs to be +% overridden by a user +\def\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace{\vskip\abovecaptionskip\relax}% +\def\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace{\vskip\belowcaptionskip\relax}% + + +% 1.6b revise caption system so that \@makecaption uses two arguments +% as with LaTeX2e. Otherwise, there will be problems when using hyperref. +\def\@IEEEtablestring{table} + +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% V1.7 compsoc \@makecaption +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference +\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% +% test if is a for a figure or table +\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring% +% if a table, do table caption +\normalsize\begin{center}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}\end{center}% +\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace +% if not a table, format it as a figure +\else +\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace +\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}% +\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize% +% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around +\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ }% +\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize \noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}% +% if caption is shorter than a line, center +\else% +\hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +\fi\fi} +\else% nonconference compsoc +\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% +% test if is a for a figure or table +\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring% +% if a table, do table caption +\normalsize\begin{center}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize #1}\\{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize #2}\end{center}% +\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace +% if not a table, format it as a figure +\else +\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace +\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}% +\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize% +% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around +\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ }% +\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize \noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}% +% if caption is shorter than a line, left justify +\else% +\hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +\fi\fi} +\fi + +\else% traditional noncompsoc \@makecaption +\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% +% test if is a for a figure or table +\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring% +% if a table, do table caption +\footnotesize{\centering\normalfont\footnotesize#1.\qquad\scshape #2\par}% +\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace +% if not a table, format it as a figure +\else +\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace +% 3/2001 use footnotesize, not small; use two nonbreaking spaces, not one +\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\footnotesize {#1.}~~ #2}% +\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize% +% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around +\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\footnotesize {#1.}~~ }% +\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\footnotesize\noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}% +% if caption is shorter than a line, center if conference, left justify otherwise +\else% +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +\else \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +\fi\fi\fi} +\fi + + + +% V1.7 disable captions class option, do so in a way that retains operation of \label +% within \caption +\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff +\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vspace*{2em}\footnotesize\begin{center}{\footnotesize #1}\end{center}% +\let\@IEEEtemporiglabeldefsave\label +\let\@IEEEtemplabelargsave\relax +\def\label##1{\gdef\@IEEEtemplabelargsave{##1}}% +\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#2}% +\let\label\@IEEEtemporiglabeldefsave +\ifx\@IEEEtemplabelargsave\relax\else\label{\@IEEEtemplabelargsave}\fi} +\fi + + +% V1.7 define end environments with \def not \let so as to work OK with +% preview-latex +\newcounter{figure} +\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure} +\def\fps@figure{tbp} +\def\ftype@figure{1} +\def\ext@figure{lof} +\def\fnum@figure{\figurename~\thefigure} +\def\figure{\@float{figure}} +\def\endfigure{\end@float} +\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}} +\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat} +\newcounter{table} +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\def\thetable{\arabic{table}} +\else +\def\thetable{\@Roman\c@table} +\fi +\def\fps@table{tbp} +\def\ftype@table{2} +\def\ext@table{lot} +\def\fnum@table{\tablename~\thetable} +% V1.6 IEEE uses 8pt text for tables +% to default to footnotesize, we hack into LaTeX2e's \@floatboxreset and pray +\def\table{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\scriptsize\@setminipage}% + \let\@makefntext\@maketablefntext + \@float{table}} +\def\endtable{\end@float} +% v1.6b double column tables need to default to footnotesize as well. +\@namedef{table*}{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\scriptsize\@setminipage}\@dblfloat{table}} +\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat} + + + + +%% +%% START OF IEEEeqnarry DEFINITIONS +%% +%% Inspired by the concepts, examples, and previous works of LaTeX +%% coders and developers such as Donald Arseneau, Fred Bartlett, +%% David Carlisle, Tony Liu, Frank Mittelbach, Piet van Oostrum, +%% Roland Winkler and Mark Wooding. +%% I don't make the claim that my work here is even near their calibre. ;) + + +% hook to allow easy changeover to IEEEtran.cls/tools.sty error reporting +\def\@IEEEclspkgerror{\ClassError{IEEEtran}} + +\newif\if@IEEEeqnarraystarform% flag to indicate if the environment was called as the star form +\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse + +\newif\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt% tracks if the environment should advance the col counter +% allows a way to make an \IEEEeqnarraybox that can be used within an \IEEEeqnarray +% used by IEEEeqnarraymulticol so that it can work properly in both +\@advanceIEEEeqncolcnttrue + +\newcount\@IEEEeqnnumcols % tracks how many IEEEeqnarray cols are defined +\newcount\@IEEEeqncolcnt % tracks how many IEEEeqnarray cols the user actually used + + +% The default math style used by the columns +\def\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{\displaystyle} +% The default text style used by the columns +% default to using the current font +\def\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle{\relax} + +% like the iedlistdecl but for \IEEEeqnarray +\def\IEEEeqnarraydecl{\relax} +\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl{\relax} + +% \yesnumber is the opposite of \nonumber +% a novel concept with the same def as the equationarray package +% However, we give IEEE versions too since some LaTeX packages such as +% the MDWtools mathenv.sty redefine \nonumber to something else. +\providecommand{\yesnumber}{\global\@eqnswtrue} +\def\IEEEyesnumber{\global\@eqnswtrue} +\def\IEEEnonumber{\global\@eqnswfalse} + + +\def\IEEEyessubnumber{\global\@IEEEissubequationtrue\global\@eqnswtrue% +\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% only do something inside an IEEEeqnarray +\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation\addtocounter{equation}{-1}\else\setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{1}\fi% +\def\@currentlabel{\p@IEEEsubequation\theIEEEsubequation}\fi} + +% flag to indicate that an equation is a sub equation +\newif\if@IEEEissubequation% +\@IEEEissubequationfalse + +% allows users to "push away" equations that get too close to the equation numbers +\def\IEEEeqnarraynumspace{\hphantom{\if@IEEEissubequation\theIEEEsubequationdis\else\theequationdis\fi}} + +% provides a way to span multiple columns within IEEEeqnarray environments +% will consider \if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt before globally advancing the +% column counter - so as to work within \IEEEeqnarraybox +% usage: \IEEEeqnarraymulticol{number cols. to span}{col type}{cell text} +\long\def\IEEEeqnarraymulticol#1#2#3{\multispan{#1}% +% check if column is defined +\relax\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#2\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined% +\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE#2\endcsname#3\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% +\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST#2\endcsname% +\else% if not, error and use default type +\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid column type "#2" in \string\IEEEeqnarraymulticol.\MessageBreak +Using a default centering column instead}% +{You must define IEEEeqnarray column types before use.}% +\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE@IEEEdefault\endcsname#3\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% +\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST@IEEEdefault\endcsname% +\fi% +% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by #1\relax\fi} + +% like \omit, but maintains track of the column counter for \IEEEeqnarray +\def\IEEEeqnarrayomit{\omit\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax\fi} + + +% provides a way to define a letter referenced column type +% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydefcol{col. type letter/name}{pre insertion text}{post insertion text} +\def\IEEEeqnarraydefcol#1#2#3{\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE#1\endcsname{#2}% +\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST#1\endcsname{#3}% +\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#1\endcsname{1}} + + +% provides a way to define a numerically referenced inter-column glue types +% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep{col. glue number}{glue definition} +\def\IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEP\romannumeral #1\endcsname{#2}% +\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEPDEF\romannumeral #1\endcsname{1}} + + +\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined{1}% just a macro for 1, used for checking undefined column types + + +% expands and appends the given argument to the \@IEEEtrantmptoksA token list +% used to build up the \halign preamble +\def\@IEEEappendtoksA#1{\edef\@@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA #1}}% +\@@IEEEappendtoksA} + +% also appends to \@IEEEtrantmptoksA, but does not expand the argument +% uses \toks8 as a scratchpad register +\def\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA#1{\toks8={#1}% +\edef\@@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\the\toks8}}% +\@@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA} + +% define some common column types for the user +% math +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{l}{$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{c}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{r}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{L}{$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$\hfil} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{C}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$\hfil} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{R}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$} +% text +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{s}{\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{\hfil} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{t}{\hfil\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{\hfil} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{u}{\hfil\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{} + +% vertical rules +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{v}{}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{vv}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hfil}{\hfil\vrule width\arrayrulewidth} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{V}{}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{VV}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hfil}% +{\hfil\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth} + +% horizontal rules +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{h}{}{\leaders\hrule height\arrayrulewidth\hfil} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{H}{}{\leaders\vbox{\hrule width\arrayrulewidth\vskip\doublerulesep\hrule width\arrayrulewidth}\hfil} + +% plain +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{x}{}{} +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{X}{$}{$} + +% the default column type to use in the event a column type is not defined +\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{@IEEEdefault}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil} + + +% a zero tabskip (used for "-" col types) +\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt} +% a centering tabskip (used for "+" col types) +\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter{1000pt plus 0pt minus 1000pt} + +% top level default tabskip glues for the start, end, and inter-column +% may be reset within environments not always at the top level, e.g., \IEEEeqnarraybox +\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}% default start glue +\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}% default end glue +\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default inter-column glue + + + +% creates a vertical rule that extends from the bottom to the top a a cell +% Provided in case other packages redefine \vline some other way. +% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayvrule[rule thickness] +% If no argument is provided, \arrayrulewidth will be used for the rule thickness. +\newcommand\IEEEeqnarrayvrule[1][\arrayrulewidth]{\vrule\@width#1\relax} + +% creates a blank separator row +% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayseprow[separation length][font size commands] +% default is \IEEEeqnarrayseprow[0.25\normalbaselineskip][\relax] +% blank arguments inherit the default values +% uses \skip5 as a scratch register - calls \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize which uses more scratch registers +\def\IEEEeqnarrayseprow{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow}{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[0.25\normalbaselineskip]}} +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1]}{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1][\relax]}} +\def\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE{#1}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE\@empty% +% get the skip value, based on the font commands +% use skip5 because \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize uses \skip0, \skip2, \skip3 +% assign within a bogus box to confine the font changes +{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=0.25\normalbaselineskip}}% +\else% +{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=#1}}% +\fi% +\@IEEEeqnarrayhoptolastcolumn\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{\skip5}{0pt}[\relax]\relax} + +% creates a blank separator row, but omits all the column templates +% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[separation length][font size commands] +% default is \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[0.25\normalbaselineskip][\relax] +% blank arguments inherit the default values +% uses \skip5 as a scratch register - calls \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize which uses more scratch registers +\def\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols +% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% +\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut}{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[0.25\normalbaselineskip]}} +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1]}{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1][\relax]}} +\def\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE{#1}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE\@empty% +% get the skip value, based on the font commands +% use skip5 because \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize uses \skip0, \skip2, \skip3 +% assign within a bogus box to confine the font changes +{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=0.25\normalbaselineskip}}% +\else% +{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=#1}}% +\fi% +\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{\skip5}{0pt}[\relax]\relax} + + + +% draws a single rule across all the columns optional +% argument determines the rule width, \arrayrulewidth is the default +% updates column counter as needed and turns off struts +% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[rule line thickness] +\def\IEEEeqnarrayrulerow{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols +% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% +\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow}{\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]}} +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]{\leaders\hrule height#1\hfil\relax% put in our rule +% turn off any struts +\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]\relax} + + +% draws a double rule by using a single rule row, a separator row, and then +% another single rule row +% first optional argument determines the rule thicknesses, \arrayrulewidth is the default +% second optional argument determines the rule spacing, \doublerulesep is the default +% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[rule line thickness][rule spacing] +\def\IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols +% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% +\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow}{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]}} +\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1]}% +{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1][\doublerulesep]}} +\def\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}% +% we allow the user to say \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[][] +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% +\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]% +\else% +\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]\relax% +\fi% +\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#2}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% +\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprow[\doublerulesep][\relax]% +\else% +\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#2][\relax]% +\fi% +\\\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}% +% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% +\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% +\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]% +\else% +\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]% +\fi% +} + +% draws a double rule by using a single rule row, a separator (cutting) row, and then +% another single rule row +% first optional argument determines the rule thicknesses, \arrayrulewidth is the default +% second optional argument determines the rule spacing, \doublerulesep is the default +% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[rule line thickness][rule spacing] +\def\IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols +% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% +\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut}{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[\arrayrulewidth]}} +\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1]}% +{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1][\doublerulesep]}} +\def\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}% +% we allow the user to say \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[][] +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% +\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]% +\else% +\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]% +\fi% +\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#2}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% +\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[\doublerulesep][\relax]% +\else% +\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#2][\relax]% +\fi% +\\\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}% +% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% +\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% +\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]% +\else% +\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]% +\fi% +} + + + +% inserts a full row's worth of &'s +% relies on \@IEEEeqnnumcols to provide the correct number of columns +% uses \@IEEEtrantmptoksA, \count0 as scratch registers +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayhoptolastcolumn{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}\count0=1\relax% +\loop% add cols if the user did not use them all +\ifnum\count0<\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax% +\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}% +\advance\count0 by 1\relax% update the col count +\repeat% +\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA%execute the &'s +} + + + +\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner % flag to indicate if we are within the lines +\@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse % of an IEEEeqnarray - after the IEEEeqnarraydecl + +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{0pt} % height and depth of IEEEeqnarray struts +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{0pt} + +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{0pt} % default height and depth of +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{0pt} % struts within an IEEEeqnarray + +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE{0pt} % saved master strut height +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE{0pt} % and depth + +\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut % flag to indicate that the master strut value +\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue % is to be used + + + +% saves the strut height and depth of the master strut +\def\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutsave{\relax% +\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax% +\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax% +% remove stretchability +\dimen0\skip0\relax% +\dimen2\skip2\relax% +% save values +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE{\the\dimen0}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE{\the\dimen2}} + +% restores the strut height and depth of the master strut +\def\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutrestore{\relax% +\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE\relax% +\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE\relax% +% remove stretchability +\dimen0\skip0\relax% +\dimen2\skip2\relax% +% restore values +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}} + + +% globally restores the strut height and depth to the +% master values and sets the master strut flag to true +\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset{\relax% +\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax% +\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax% +% remove stretchability +\dimen0\skip0\relax% +\dimen2\skip2\relax% +% restore values +\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% +\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% +\global\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue} + + +% if the master strut is not to be used, make the current +% values of \@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight, \@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth +% and the use master strut flag, global +% this allows user strut commands issued in the last column to be carried +% into the isolation/strut column +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus{\relax% +\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut\else% +\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight}% +\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth}% +\global\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% +\fi} + + + +% usage: \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{height}{depth}[font size commands] +% If called outside the lines of an IEEEeqnarray, sets the height +% and depth of both the master and local struts. If called inside +% an IEEEeqnarray line, sets the height and depth of the local strut +% only and sets the flag to indicate the use of the local strut +% values. If the height or depth is left blank, 0.7\normalbaselineskip +% and 0.3\normalbaselineskip will be used, respectively. +% The optional argument can be used to evaluate the lengths under +% a different font size and styles. If none is specified, the current +% font is used. +% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \skip3, \dimen0, \dimen2 +\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize#1#2{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{#1}{#2}}{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{#1}{#2}[\relax]}} +\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize#1#2[#3]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG{#1}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG\@empty% +{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=0.7\normalbaselineskip}}% +\skip0=\skip3\relax% +\else% arg one present +{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#1\relax}}% +\skip0=\skip3\relax% +\fi% if null arg +\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG{#2}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG\@empty% +{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=0.3\normalbaselineskip}}% +\skip2=\skip3\relax% +\else% arg two present +{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#2\relax}}% +\skip2=\skip3\relax% +\fi% if null arg +% remove stretchability, just to be safe +\dimen0\skip0\relax% +\dimen2\skip2\relax% +% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth +\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% inner does not touch master strut size +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% +\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% do not use master +\else% outer, have to set master strut too +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% +\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut +\fi} + + +% usage: \IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{added height}{added depth}[font size commands] +% If called outside the lines of an IEEEeqnarray, adds the given height +% and depth to both the master and local struts. +% If called inside an IEEEeqnarray line, adds the given height and depth +% to the local strut only and sets the flag to indicate the use +% of the local strut values. +% In both cases, if a height or depth is left blank, 0pt is used instead. +% The optional argument can be used to evaluate the lengths under +% a different font size and styles. If none is specified, the current +% font is used. +% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \skip3, \dimen0, \dimen2 +\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd#1#2{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{#1}{#2}}{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{#1}{#2}[\relax]}} +\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd#1#2[#3]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg{#1}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg\@empty% +\skip0=0pt\relax% +\else% arg one present +{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#1}}% +\skip0=\skip3\relax% +\fi% if null arg +\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg{#2}% +\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg\@empty% +\skip2=0pt\relax% +\else% arg two present +{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#2}}% +\skip2=\skip3\relax% +\fi% if null arg +% remove stretchability, just to be safe +\dimen0\skip0\relax% +\dimen2\skip2\relax% +% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth +\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% inner does not touch master strut size +% get local strut size +\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight\relax% +\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\relax% +% add it to the user supplied values +\advance\dimen0 by \skip0\relax% +\advance\dimen2 by \skip2\relax% +% update the local strut size +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% +\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% do not use master +\else% outer, have to set master strut too +% get master strut size +\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax% +\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax% +% add it to the user supplied values +\advance\dimen0 by \skip0\relax% +\advance\dimen2 by \skip2\relax% +% update the local and master strut sizes +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% +\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% +\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut +\fi} + + +% allow user a way to see the struts +\newif\ifIEEEvisiblestruts +\IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse + +% inserts an invisible strut using the master or local strut values +% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \dimen0, \dimen2 +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut{\relax% +\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut +% get master strut size +\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax% +\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax% +\else% +% get local strut size +\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight\relax% +\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\relax% +\fi% +% remove stretchability, probably not needed +\dimen0\skip0\relax% +\dimen2\skip2\relax% +% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth +% allow user to see struts if desired +\ifIEEEvisiblestruts% +\vrule width0.2pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax% +\else% +\vrule width0pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax\fi} + + +% creates an invisible strut, useable even outside \IEEEeqnarray +% if \IEEEvisiblestrutstrue, the strut will be visible and 0.2pt wide. +% usage: \IEEEstrut[height][depth][font size commands] +% default is \IEEEstrut[0.7\normalbaselineskip][0.3\normalbaselineskip][\relax] +% blank arguments inherit the default values +% uses \dimen0, \dimen2, \skip0, \skip2 +\def\IEEEstrut{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEstrut}{\@IEEEstrut[0.7\normalbaselineskip]}} +\def\@IEEEstrut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEstrut[#1]}{\@@IEEEstrut[#1][0.3\normalbaselineskip]}} +\def\@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2]}{\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2][\relax]}} +\def\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2][#3]{\mbox{#3\relax% +\def\@IEEEstrutARG{#1}% +\ifx\@IEEEstrutARG\@empty% +\skip0=0.7\normalbaselineskip\relax% +\else% +\skip0=#1\relax% +\fi% +\def\@IEEEstrutARG{#2}% +\ifx\@IEEEstrutARG\@empty% +\skip2=0.3\normalbaselineskip\relax% +\else% +\skip2=#2\relax% +\fi% +% remove stretchability, probably not needed +\dimen0\skip0\relax% +\dimen2\skip2\relax% +\ifIEEEvisiblestruts% +\vrule width0.2pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax% +\else% +\vrule width0.0pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax\fi}} + + +% enables strut mode by setting a default strut size and then zeroing the +% \baselineskip, \lineskip, \lineskiplimit and \jot +\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutmode{\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0.7\normalbaselineskip}{0.3\normalbaselineskip}[\relax]% +\baselineskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt\lineskiplimit=0pt\jot=0pt} + + + +\def\IEEEeqnarray{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarray} +\def\endIEEEeqnarray{\end@IEEEeqnarray} + +\@namedef{IEEEeqnarray*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarray} +\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarray*}{\end@IEEEeqnarray} + + +% \IEEEeqnarray is an enhanced \eqnarray. +% The star form defaults to not putting equation numbers at the end of each row. +% usage: \IEEEeqnarray[decl]{cols} +\def\@IEEEeqnarray{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarray}{\@@IEEEeqnarray[\relax]}} +\def\@@IEEEeqnarray[#1]#2{% + % default to showing the equation number or not based on whether or not + % the star form was involked + \if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\global\@eqnswfalse + \else% not the star form + \global\@eqnswtrue + \fi% if star form + \@IEEEissubequationfalse% default to no subequations + \@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse% assume last line is not a sub equation + \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse% not yet within the lines of the halign + \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]% turn off struts by default + \@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut till user asks otherwise + \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse% diagnostic mode defaults to off + % no extra space unless the user specifically requests it + \lineskip=0pt\relax + \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax + \baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip\relax% + \jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax% + \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math + \@advanceIEEEeqncolcnttrue% advance the col counter for each col the user uses, + % used in \IEEEeqnarraymulticol and in the preamble build + \stepcounter{equation}% advance equation counter before first line + \setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{0}% no subequation yet + \def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}% redefine the ref label + \IEEEeqnarraydecl\relax% allow a way for the user to make global overrides + #1\relax% allow user to override defaults + \let\\\@IEEEeqnarraycr% replace newline with one that can put in eqn. numbers + \global\@IEEEeqncolcnt\z@% col. count = 0 for first line + \@IEEEbuildpreamble #2\end\relax% build the preamble and put it into \@IEEEtrantmptoksA + % put in the column for the equation number + \ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi% col separator for those after the first + \toks0={##}% + % advance the \@IEEEeqncolcnt for the isolation col, this helps with error checking + \@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}% + % add the isolation column + \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\bgroup\the\toks0\egroup}% + % advance the \@IEEEeqncolcnt for the equation number col, this helps with error checking + \@IEEEappendtoksA{&\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}% + % add the equation number col to the preamble + \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\hb@xt@\z@\bgroup\hss\the\toks0\egroup}% + % note \@IEEEeqnnumcols does not count the equation col or isolation col + % set the starting tabskip glue as determined by the preamble build + \tabskip=\@IEEEBPstartglue\relax + % begin the display alignment + \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnertrue% commands are now within the lines + $$\everycr{}\halign to\displaywidth\bgroup + % "exspand" the preamble + \span\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\cr} + +% enter isolation/strut column (or the next column if the user did not use +% every column), record the strut status, complete the columns, do the strut if needed, +% restore counters to correct values and exit +\def\end@IEEEeqnarray{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus&\@@IEEEeqnarraycr\egroup% +\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation\global\advance\c@IEEEsubequation\m@ne\fi% +\global\advance\c@equation\m@ne% +$$\@ignoretrue} + +% need a way to remember if last line is a subequation +\newif\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation% +\@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse + +% IEEEeqnarray uses a modifed \\ instead of the plain \cr to +% end rows. This allows for things like \\*[vskip amount] +% This "cr" macros are modified versions those for LaTeX2e's eqnarray +% the {\ifnum0=`} braces must be kept away from the last column to avoid +% altering spacing of its math, so we use & to advance to the next column +% as there is an isolation/strut column after the user's columns +\def\@IEEEeqnarraycr{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus&% save strut status and advance to next column + {\ifnum0=`}\fi + \@ifstar{% + \global\@eqpen\@M\@IEEEeqnarrayYCR + }{% + \global\@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty \@IEEEeqnarrayYCR + }% +} + +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayYCR{\@testopt\@IEEEeqnarrayXCR\z@skip} + +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayXCR[#1]{% + \ifnum0=`{\fi}% + \@@IEEEeqnarraycr + \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}}% + +\def\@@IEEEeqnarraycr{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}% clear token register + \advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by -1\relax% adjust col count because of the isolation column + \ifnum\@IEEEeqncolcnt>\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax + \@IEEEclspkgerror{Too many columns within the IEEEeqnarray\MessageBreak + environment}% + {Use fewer \string &'s or put more columns in the IEEEeqnarry column\MessageBreak + specifications.}\relax% + \else + \loop% add cols if the user did not use them all + \ifnum\@IEEEeqncolcnt<\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax + \@IEEEappendtoksA{&}% + \advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax% update the col count + \repeat + % this number of &'s will take us the the isolation column + \fi + % execute the &'s + \the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA% + % handle the strut/isolation column + \@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do the strut if needed + \@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset% reset the strut system for next line or IEEEeqnarray + &% and enter the equation number column + % is this line needs an equation number, display it and advance the + % (sub)equation counters, record what type this line was + \if@eqnsw% + \if@IEEEissubequation\theIEEEsubequationdis\addtocounter{equation}{1}\stepcounter{IEEEsubequation}% + \global\@IEEElastlinewassubequationtrue% + \else% display a standard equation number, initialize the IEEEsubequation counter + \theequationdis\stepcounter{equation}\setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{0}% + \global\@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse\fi% + \fi% + % reset the eqnsw flag to indicate default preference of the display of equation numbers + \if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\global\@eqnswfalse\else\global\@eqnswtrue\fi + \global\@IEEEissubequationfalse% reset the subequation flag + % reset the number of columns the user actually used + \global\@IEEEeqncolcnt\z@\relax + % the real end of the line + \cr} + + + + + +% \IEEEeqnarraybox is like \IEEEeqnarray except the box form puts everything +% inside a vtop, vbox, or vcenter box depending on the letter in the second +% optional argument (t,b,c). Vbox is the default. Unlike \IEEEeqnarray, +% equation numbers are not displayed and \IEEEeqnarraybox can be nested. +% \IEEEeqnarrayboxm is for math mode (like \array) and does not put the vbox +% within an hbox. +% \IEEEeqnarrayboxt is for text mode (like \tabular) and puts the vbox within +% a \hbox{$ $} construct. +% \IEEEeqnarraybox will auto detect whether to use \IEEEeqnarrayboxm or +% \IEEEeqnarrayboxt depending on the math mode. +% The third optional argument specifies the width this box is to be set to - +% natural width is the default. +% The * forms do not add \jot line spacing +% usage: \IEEEeqnarraybox[decl][pos][width]{cols} +\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxm{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\@IEEEeqnarraybox} +\def\endIEEEeqnarrayboxm{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} +\@namedef{IEEEeqnarrayboxm*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\@IEEEeqnarraybox} +\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarrayboxm*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} + +\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxt{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\@IEEEeqnarraybox} +\def\endIEEEeqnarrayboxt{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} +\@namedef{IEEEeqnarrayboxt*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\@IEEEeqnarraybox} +\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarrayboxt*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} + +\def\IEEEeqnarraybox{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\ifmmode\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\else\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\fi% +\@IEEEeqnarraybox} +\def\endIEEEeqnarraybox{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} + +\@namedef{IEEEeqnarraybox*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\ifmmode\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\else\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\fi% +\@IEEEeqnarraybox} +\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarraybox*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} + +% flag to indicate if the \IEEEeqnarraybox needs to put things into an hbox{$ $} +% for \vcenter in non-math mode +\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW% +\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse + +\def\@IEEEeqnarraybox{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraybox}{\@@IEEEeqnarraybox[\relax]}} +\def\@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1]}{\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][b]}} +\def\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2]}{\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2][\relax]}} + +% #1 = decl; #2 = t,b,c; #3 = width, #4 = col specs +\def\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2][#3]#4{\@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse % not yet within the lines of the halign + \@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutsave% save current master strut values + \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]% turn off struts by default + \@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut till user asks otherwise + \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse% diagnostic mode defaults to off + % no extra space unless the user specifically requests it + \lineskip=0pt\relax% + \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax% + \baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip\relax% + \jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax% + \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math + % the default end glues are zero for an \IEEEeqnarraybox + \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default start glue + \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default end glue + \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default inter-column glue + \@advanceIEEEeqncolcntfalse% do not advance the col counter for each col the user uses, + % used in \IEEEeqnarraymulticol and in the preamble build + \IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl\relax% allow a way for the user to make global overrides + #1\relax% allow user to override defaults + \let\\\@IEEEeqnarrayboxcr% replace newline with one that allows optional spacing + \@IEEEbuildpreamble #4\end\relax% build the preamble and put it into \@IEEEtrantmptoksA + % add an isolation column to the preamble to stop \\'s {} from getting into the last col + \ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi% col separator for those after the first + \toks0={##}% + % add the isolation column to the preamble + \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\bgroup\the\toks0\egroup}% + % set the starting tabskip glue as determined by the preamble build + \tabskip=\@IEEEBPstartglue\relax + % begin the alignment + \everycr{}% + % use only the very first token to determine the positioning + % this stops some problems when the user uses more than one letter, + % but is probably not worth the effort + % \noindent is used as a delimiter + \def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}% + \@IEEEgrabfirstoken#2\relax\relax\noindent + % \@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken has the first token, the rest are discarded + % if we need to put things into and hbox and go into math mode, do so now + \if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW \leavevmode \hbox \bgroup $\fi% + % use the appropriate vbox type + \if\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken t\relax\vtop\else\if\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken c\relax% + \vcenter\else\vbox\fi\fi\bgroup% + \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnertrue% commands are now within the lines + \ifx#3\relax\halign\else\halign to #3\relax\fi% + \bgroup + % "exspand" the preamble + \span\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\cr} + +% carry strut status and enter the isolation/strut column, +% exit from math mode if needed, and exit +\def\end@IEEEeqnarraybox{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus% carry strut status +&% enter isolation/strut column +\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do strut if needed +\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutrestore% restore the previous master strut values +% reset the strut system for next IEEEeqnarray +% (sets local strut values back to previous master strut values) +\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset% +% ensure last line, exit from halign, close vbox +\crcr\egroup\egroup% +% exit from math mode and close hbox if needed +\if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW $\egroup\fi} + + + +% IEEEeqnarraybox uses a modifed \\ instead of the plain \cr to +% end rows. This allows for things like \\[vskip amount] +% This "cr" macros are modified versions those for LaTeX2e's eqnarray +% For IEEEeqnarraybox, \\* is the same as \\ +% the {\ifnum0=`} braces must be kept away from the last column to avoid +% altering spacing of its math, so we use & to advance to the isolation/strut column +% carry strut status into isolation/strut column +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxcr{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus% carry strut status +&% enter isolation/strut column +\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do strut if needed +% reset the strut system for next line or IEEEeqnarray +\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset% +{\ifnum0=`}\fi% +\@ifstar{\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR}{\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR}} + +% test and setup the optional argument to \\[] +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR{\@testopt\@IEEEeqnarrayboxXCR\z@skip} + +% IEEEeqnarraybox does not automatically increase line spacing by \jot +\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxXCR[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}% +\cr\noalign{\if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\else\vskip\jot\fi\vskip#1\relax}} + + + +% starts the halign preamble build +\def\@IEEEbuildpreamble{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}% clear token register +\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=u%current column type is not yet known +\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=s%the previous column type was the start +\let\@IEEEBPnexttype=u%next column type is not yet known +% ensure these are valid +\def\@IEEEBPcurglue={0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}% +\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{@IEEEdefault}% name of current column definition +% currently acquired numerically referenced glue +% use a name that is easier to remember +\let\@IEEEBPcurnum=\@IEEEtrantmpcountA% +\@IEEEBPcurnum=0% +% tracks number of columns in the preamble +\@IEEEeqnnumcols=0% +% record the default end glues +\edef\@IEEEBPstartglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart}% +\edef\@IEEEBPendglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend}% +% now parse the user's column specifications +\@@IEEEbuildpreamble} + + +% parses and builds the halign preamble +\def\@@IEEEbuildpreamble#1#2{\let\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble=\@@IEEEbuildpreamble% +% use only the very first token to check the end +% \noindent is used as a delimiter as \end can be present here +\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}% +\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent +\ifx\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\end\let\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble=\@@IEEEfinishpreamble\else% +% identify current and next token type +\@IEEEgetcoltype{#1}{\@IEEEBPcurtype}{1}% current, error on invalid +\@IEEEgetcoltype{#2}{\@IEEEBPnexttype}{0}% next, no error on invalid next +% if curtype is a glue, get the glue def +\if\@IEEEBPcurtype g\@IEEEgetcurglue{#1}{\@IEEEBPcurglue}\fi% +% if curtype is a column, get the column def and set the current column name +\if\@IEEEBPcurtype c\@IEEEgetcurcol{#1}\fi% +% if curtype is a numeral, acquire the user defined glue +\if\@IEEEBPcurtype n\@IEEEprocessNcol{#1}\fi% +% process the acquired glue +\if\@IEEEBPcurtype g\@IEEEprocessGcol\fi% +% process the acquired col +\if\@IEEEBPcurtype c\@IEEEprocessCcol\fi% +% ready prevtype for next col spec. +\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=\@IEEEBPcurtype% +% be sure and put back the future token(s) as a group +\fi\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble{#2}} + + +% executed just after preamble build is completed +% warn about zero cols, and if prevtype type = u, put in end tabskip glue +\def\@@IEEEfinishpreamble#1{\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols<1\relax +\@IEEEclspkgerror{No column specifiers declared for IEEEeqnarray}% +{At least one column type must be declared for each IEEEeqnarray.}% +\fi%num cols less than 1 +%if last type undefined, set default end tabskip glue +\if\@IEEEBPprevtype u\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPendglue}\fi} + + +% Identify and return the column specifier's type code +\def\@IEEEgetcoltype#1#2#3{% +% use only the very first token to determine the type +% \noindent is used as a delimiter as \end can be present here +\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}% +\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent +% \@IEEEgrabfirstoken has the first token, the rest are discarded +% n = number +% g = glue (any other char in catagory 12) +% c = letter +% e = \end +% u = undefined +% third argument: 0 = no error message, 1 = error on invalid char +\let#2=u\relax% assume invalid until know otherwise +\ifx\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\end\let#2=e\else +\ifcat\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\relax\else% screen out control sequences +\if0\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if1\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if2\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if3\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if4\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if5\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if6\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if7\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if8\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\if9\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else +\ifcat,\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=g\relax +\else\ifcat a\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=c\relax\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi +\if#2u\relax +\if0\noexpand#3\relax\else\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid character in column specifications}% +{Only letters, numerals and certain other symbols are allowed \MessageBreak +as IEEEeqnarray column specifiers.}\fi\fi} + + +% identify the current letter referenced column +% if invalid, use a default column +\def\@IEEEgetcurcol#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#1\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined% +\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{#1}\else% invalid column name +\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid column type "#1" in column specifications.\MessageBreak +Using a default centering column instead}% +{You must define IEEEeqnarray column types before use.}% +\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{@IEEEdefault}\fi} + + +% identify and return the predefined (punctuation) glue value +\def\@IEEEgetcurglue#1#2{% +% ! = \! (neg small) -0.16667em (-3/18 em) +% , = \, (small) 0.16667em ( 3/18 em) +% : = \: (med) 0.22222em ( 4/18 em) +% ; = \; (large) 0.27778em ( 5/18 em) +% ' = \quad 1em +% " = \qquad 2em +% . = 0.5\arraycolsep +% / = \arraycolsep +% ? = 2\arraycolsep +% * = 1fil +% + = \@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter +% - = \@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero +% Note that all em values are referenced to the math font (textfont2) fontdimen6 +% value for 1em. +% +% use only the very first token to determine the type +% this prevents errant tokens from getting in the main text +% \noindent is used as a delimiter here +\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}% +\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent +% get the math font 1em value +% LaTeX2e's NFSS2 does not preload the fonts, but \IEEEeqnarray needs +% to gain access to the math (\textfont2) font's spacing parameters. +% So we create a bogus box here that uses the math font to ensure +% that \textfont2 is loaded and ready. If this is not done, +% the \textfont2 stuff here may not work. +% Thanks to Bernd Raichle for his 1997 post on this topic. +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\relax$}}% +% fontdimen6 has the width of 1em (a quad). +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\fontdimen6\textfont2\relax% +% identify the glue value based on the first token +% we discard anything after the first +\if!\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=-0.16667\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else +\if,\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.16667\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else +\if:\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.22222\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else +\if;\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.27778\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else +\if'\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else +\if"\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=2\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else +\if.\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.5\arraycolsep\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else +\if/\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\the\arraycolsep}\else +\if?\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=2\arraycolsep\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else +\if *\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{0pt plus 1fil minus 0pt}\else +\if+\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}\else +\if-\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}\else +\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% +\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid predefined inter-column glue type "#1" in\MessageBreak +column specifications. Using a default value of\MessageBreak +0pt instead}% +{Only !,:;'"./?*+ and - are valid predefined glue types in the\MessageBreak +IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + + + +% process a numerical digit from the column specification +% and look up the corresponding user defined glue value +% can transform current type from n to g or a as the user defined glue is acquired +\def\@IEEEprocessNcol#1{\if\@IEEEBPprevtype g% +\@IEEEclspkgerror{Back-to-back inter-column glue specifiers in column\MessageBreak +specifications. Ignoring consecutive glue specifiers\MessageBreak +after the first}% +{You cannot have two or more glue types next to each other\MessageBreak +in the IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}% +\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue, future digits will be discarded +\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\relax% +\else% if we previously aborted a glue +\if\@IEEEBPprevtype a\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a%maintain digit abortion +\else%acquire this number +% save the previous type before the numerical digits started +\if\@IEEEBPprevtype n\else\let\@IEEEBPprevsavedtype=\@IEEEBPprevtype\fi% +\multiply\@IEEEBPcurnum by 10\relax% +\advance\@IEEEBPcurnum by #1\relax% add in number, \relax is needed to stop TeX's number scan +\if\@IEEEBPnexttype n\else%close acquisition +\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEPDEF\expandafter\romannumeral\number\@IEEEBPcurnum\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined% +\edef\@IEEEBPcurglue{\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEP\expandafter\romannumeral\number\@IEEEBPcurnum\endcsname}% +\else%user glue not defined +\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid user defined inter-column glue type "\number\@IEEEBPcurnum" in\MessageBreak +column specifications. Using a default value of\MessageBreak +0pt instead}% +{You must define all IEEEeqnarray numerical inter-column glue types via\MessageBreak +\string\IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep \space before they are used in column specifications.}% +\edef\@IEEEBPcurglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% +\fi% glue defined or not +\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=g% change the type to reflect the acquired glue +\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=\@IEEEBPprevsavedtype% restore the prev type before this number glue +\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\relax%ready for next acquisition +\fi%close acquisition, get glue +\fi%discard or acquire number +\fi%prevtype glue or not +} + + +% process an acquired glue +% add any acquired column/glue pair to the preamble +\def\@IEEEprocessGcol{\if\@IEEEBPprevtype a\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a%maintain previous glue abortions +\else +% if this is the start glue, save it, but do nothing else +% as this is not used in the preamble, but before +\if\@IEEEBPprevtype s\edef\@IEEEBPstartglue{\@IEEEBPcurglue}% +\else%not the start glue +\if\@IEEEBPprevtype g%ignore if back to back glues +\@IEEEclspkgerror{Back-to-back inter-column glue specifiers in column\MessageBreak +specifications. Ignoring consecutive glue specifiers\MessageBreak +after the first}% +{You cannot have two or more glue types next to each other\MessageBreak +in the IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}% +\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue +\else% not a back to back glue +\if\@IEEEBPprevtype c\relax% if the previoustype was a col, add column/glue pair to preamble +\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi +\toks0={##}% +% make preamble advance col counter if this environment needs this +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}\fi +% insert the column defintion into the preamble, being careful not to expand +% the column definition +\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPcurglue}% +\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\begingroup\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE}% +\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}% +\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname}% +\@IEEEappendtoksA{\the\toks0}% +\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% +\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST}% +\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}% +\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% +\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\endgroup}% +\advance\@IEEEeqnnumcols by 1\relax%one more column in the preamble +\else% error: non-start glue with no pending column +\@IEEEclspkgerror{Inter-column glue specifier without a prior column\MessageBreak +type in the column specifications. Ignoring this glue\MessageBreak +specifier}% +{Except for the first and last positions, glue can be placed only\MessageBreak +between column types.}% +\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue +\fi% previous was a column +\fi% back-to-back glues +\fi% is start column glue +\fi% prev type not a +} + + +% process an acquired letter referenced column and, if necessary, add it to the preamble +\def\@IEEEprocessCcol{\if\@IEEEBPnexttype g\else +\if\@IEEEBPnexttype n\else +% we have a column followed by something other than a glue (or numeral glue) +% so we must add this column to the preamble now +\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi%col separator for those after the first +\if\@IEEEBPnexttype e\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPendglue\relax}\else%put in end glue +\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid\relax}\fi% or default mid glue +\toks0={##}% +% make preamble advance col counter if this environment needs this +\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}\fi +% insert the column definition into the preamble, being careful not to expand +% the column definition +\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\begingroup\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE}% +\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}% +\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname}% +\@IEEEappendtoksA{\the\toks0}% +\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% +\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST}% +\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}% +\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% +\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\endgroup}% +\advance\@IEEEeqnnumcols by 1\relax%one more column in the preamble +\fi%next type not numeral +\fi%next type not glue +} + + +%% +%% END OF IEEEeqnarry DEFINITIONS +%% + + + + +% set up the running headings, this complex because of all the different +% modes IEEEtran supports +\if@twoside + \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote + \def\ps@headings{% + \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage} + \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}} + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot + \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% + \else + \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize\@date\hfil DRAFT} + \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil\@date} + \fi + \else + \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{} + \fi} + \else % not a technote + \def\ps@headings{% + \ifCLASSOPTIONconference + \def\@oddhead{} + \def\@evenhead{} + \else + \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\rightmark \hfil \thepage} + \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}} + \fi + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls + \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\rightmark \hfil \thepage} + \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}} + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot + \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% + \else + \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize\@date\hfil DRAFT} + \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil\@date} + \fi + \else + \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% + \fi} + \fi +\else % single side +\def\ps@headings{% + \ifCLASSOPTIONconference + \def\@oddhead{} + \def\@evenhead{} + \else + \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage} + \def\@evenhead{} + \fi + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls + \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage} + \def\@evenhead{} + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot + \def\@oddfoot{} + \else + \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date \hfil DRAFT} + \fi + \else + \def\@oddfoot{} + \fi + \def\@evenfoot{}} +\fi + + +% title page style +\def\ps@IEEEtitlepagestyle{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference + \def\@oddhead{}% + \def\@evenhead{}% +\else + \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}% + \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}% +\fi +\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls + \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}% + \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}% + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\else + \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date\hfil DRAFT}% + \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil \@date}% + \fi +\else + % all non-draft mode footers + \if@IEEEusingpubid + % for title pages that are using a pubid + % do not repeat pubid if using peer review option + \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview + \else + \footskip 0pt% + \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc + \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% + \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% + \else + \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% + \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% + \fi + \fi + \fi +\fi} + + +% peer review cover page style +\def\ps@IEEEpeerreviewcoverpagestyle{% +\def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}% +\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% +\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls + \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\else + \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date\hfil DRAFT}% + \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil \@date}% + \fi +\else + % non-draft mode footers + \if@IEEEusingpubid + \footskip 0pt% + \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc + \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% + \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% + \else + \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% + \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% + \fi + \fi +\fi} + + +% start with empty headings +\def\rightmark{}\def\leftmark{} + + +%% Defines the command for putting the header. \footernote{TEXT} is the same +%% as \markboth{TEXT}{TEXT}. +%% Note that all the text is forced into uppercase, if you have some text +%% that needs to be in lower case, for instance et. al., then either manually +%% set \leftmark and \rightmark or use \MakeLowercase{et. al.} within the +%% arguments to \markboth. +\def\markboth#1#2{\def\leftmark{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\MakeUppercase{#1}}% +\def\rightmark{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\MakeUppercase{#2}}} +\def\footernote#1{\markboth{#1}{#1}} + +\def\today{\ifcase\month\or + January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or + July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi + \space\number\day, \number\year} + + + + +%% CITATION AND BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMANDS +%% +%% V1.6 no longer supports the older, nonstandard \shortcite and \citename setup stuff +% +% +% Modify Latex2e \@citex to separate citations with "], [" +\def\@citex[#1]#2{% + \let\@citea\@empty + \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do + {\@citea\def\@citea{], [}% + \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}% + \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi + \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{\mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}% + \G@refundefinedtrue + \@latex@warning + {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}% + {\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}}{#1}} + +% V1.6 we create hooks for the optional use of Donald Arseneau's +% cite.sty package. cite.sty is "smart" and will notice that the +% following format controls are already defined and will not +% redefine them. The result will be the proper sorting of the +% citation numbers and auto detection of 3 or more entry "ranges" - +% all in IEEE style: [1], [2], [5]--[7], [12] +% This also allows for an optional note, i.e., \cite[mynote]{..}. +% If the \cite with note has more than one reference, the note will +% be applied to the last of the listed references. It is generally +% desired that if a note is given, only one reference is listed in +% that \cite. +% Thanks to Mr. Arseneau for providing the required format arguments +% to produce the IEEE style. +\def\citepunct{], [} +\def\citedash{]--[} + +% V1.7 default to using same font for urls made by url.sty +\AtBeginDocument{\csname url@samestyle\endcsname} + +% V1.6 class files should always provide these +\def\newblock{\hskip .11em\@plus.33em\@minus.07em} +\let\@openbib@code\@empty + + +% Provide support for the control entries of IEEEtran.bst V1.00 and later. +% V1.7 optional argument allows for a different aux file to be specified in +% order to handle multiple bibliographies. For example, with multibib.sty: +% \newcites{sec}{Secondary Literature} +% \bstctlcite[@auxoutsec]{BSTcontrolhak} +\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}} +\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack + \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{% + \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}% + \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}% + \@esphack} + +% V1.6 provide a way for a user to execute a command just before +% a given reference number - used to insert a \newpage to balance +% the columns on the last page +\edef\@IEEEtriggerrefnum{0} % the default of zero means that + % the command is not executed +\def\@IEEEtriggercmd{\newpage} + +% allow the user to alter the triggered command +\long\def\IEEEtriggercmd#1{\long\def\@IEEEtriggercmd{#1}} + +% allow user a way to specify the reference number just before the +% command is executed +\def\IEEEtriggeratref#1{\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=#1% +\edef\@IEEEtriggerrefnum{\the\@IEEEtrantmpcountA}}% + +% trigger command at the given reference +\def\@IEEEbibitemprefix{\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtriggerrefnum\relax% +\advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -1\relax% +\ifnum\c@enumiv=\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\relax\@IEEEtriggercmd\relax\fi} + + +\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]} + +% compsoc journals left align the reference numbers +\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]\hfill}} + +% controls bib item spacing +\def\IEEEbibitemsep{2.5pt plus .5pt} + +\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\IEEEbibitemsep{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}} + + +\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{\refname}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname}% + % V1.6 add some rubber space here and provide a command trigger + \footnotesize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\small}\vskip 0.3\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip% + \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% + {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% + \leftmargin\labelwidth + \labelsep 1em + \advance\leftmargin\labelsep\relax + \itemsep \IEEEbibitemsep\relax + \usecounter{enumiv}% + \let\p@enumiv\@empty + \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% + \let\@IEEElatexbibitem\bibitem% + \def\bibitem{\@IEEEbibitemprefix\@IEEElatexbibitem}% +\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}% +% originally: +% \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000% +% by adding the \interlinepenalty here, we make it more +% difficult, but not impossible, for LaTeX to break within a reference. +% IEEE almost never breaks a reference (but they do it more often with +% technotes). You may get an underfull vbox warning around the bibliography, +% but the final result will be much more like what IEEE will publish. +% MDS 11/2000 +\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000\interlinepenalty100% +\else\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000\interlinepenalty500\fi% + \sfcode`\.=1000\relax} +\let\endthebibliography=\endlist + + + + +% TITLE PAGE COMMANDS +% +% +% \IEEEmembership is used to produce the sublargesize italic font used to indicate author +% IEEE membership. compsoc uses a large size sans slant font +\def\IEEEmembership#1{{\@IEEEnotcompsoconly{\sublargesize}\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\textit{#1}}} + + +% \IEEEauthorrefmark{} produces a footnote type symbol to indicate author affiliation. +% When given an argument of 1 to 9, \IEEEauthorrefmark{} follows the standard LaTeX footnote +% symbol sequence convention. However, for arguments 10 and above, \IEEEauthorrefmark{} +% reverts to using lower case roman numerals, so it cannot overflow. Do note that you +% cannot use \footnotemark[] in place of \IEEEauthorrefmark{} within \author as the footnote +% symbols will have been turned off to prevent \thanks from creating footnote marks. +% \IEEEauthorrefmark{} produces a symbol that appears to LaTeX as having zero vertical +% height - this allows for a more compact line packing, but the user must ensure that +% the interline spacing is large enough to prevent \IEEEauthorrefmark{} from colliding +% with the text above. +% V1.7 make this a robust command +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\IEEEauthorrefmark}[1]{\raisebox{0pt}[0pt][0pt]{\textsuperscript{\footnotesize\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or *\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or% + \mathsection\or \mathparagraph\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger% + \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\textsuperscript{\expandafter\romannumeral#1}\fi}}}} + + +% FONT CONTROLS AND SPACINGS FOR CONFERENCE MODE AUTHOR NAME AND AFFILIATION BLOCKS +% +% The default font styles for the author name and affiliation blocks (confmode) +\def\@IEEEauthorblockNstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\sublargesize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\large}} +\def\@IEEEauthorblockAstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\itshape}\normalsize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\large}} +% The default if the user does not use an author block +\def\@IEEEauthordefaulttextstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\sublargesize} + +% spacing from title (or special paper notice) to author name blocks (confmode) +% can be negative +\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{-0.25em} +% compsoc conferences need more space here +\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{0.75\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}} +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{20pt}\fi + +% spacing between name and affiliation blocks (confmode) +% This can be negative. +% IEEE doesn't want any added spacing here, but I will leave these +% controls in place in case they ever change their mind. +% Personally, I like 0.75ex. +%\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace{0.75ex} +%\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace{0.75ex} +\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace{0.0ex} +\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace{0.0ex} +% baseline spacing within name and affiliation blocks (confmode) +% must be positive, spacings below certain values will make +% the position of line of text sensitive to the contents of the +% line above it i.e., whether or not the prior line has descenders, +% subscripts, etc. For this reason it is a good idea to keep +% these above 2.6ex +\def\@IEEEauthorblockNinterlinespace{2.6ex} +\def\@IEEEauthorblockAinterlinespace{2.75ex} + +% This tracks the required strut size. +% See the \@IEEEauthorhalign command for the actual default value used. +\def\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{2.7ex} + +% variables to retain font size and style across groups +% values given here have no effect as they will be overwritten later +\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize{10} +\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip{12} +\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding{OT1} +\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily{ptm} +\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries{m} +\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape{n} + +% saves the current font attributes +\def\@IEEEcurfontSAVE{\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize\f@size% +\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip\f@baselineskip% +\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding\f@encoding% +\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily\f@family% +\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries\f@series% +\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape\f@shape} + +% restores the saved font attributes +\def\@IEEEcurfontRESTORE{\fontsize{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize}{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip}% +\fontencoding{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding}% +\fontfamily{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily}% +\fontseries{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries}% +\fontshape{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape}% +\selectfont} + + +% variable to indicate if the current block is the first block in the column +\newif\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol \@IEEEprevauthorblockincolfalse + + +% the command places a strut with height and depth = \@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace +% we use this technique to have complete manual control over the spacing of the lines +% within the halign environment. +% We set the below baseline portion at 30%, the above +% baseline portion at 70% of the total length. +% Responds to changes in the document's \baselinestretch +\def\@IEEEauthorstrutrule{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace% +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\baselinestretch\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA% +\rule[-0.3\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA]{0pt}{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}} + + +% blocks to hold the authors' names and affilations. +% Makes formatting easy for conferences +% +% use real definitions in conference mode +% name block +\def\IEEEauthorblockN#1{\relax\@IEEEauthorblockNstyle% set the default text style +\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{0pt}% disable strut for spacer row +% the \expandafter hides the \cr in conditional tex, see the array.sty docs +% for details, probably not needed here as the \cr is in a macro +% do a spacer row if needed +\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol\expandafter\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspaceline\fi +\global\@IEEEprevauthorblockincoltrue% we now have a block in this column +%restore the correct strut value +\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{\@IEEEauthorblockNinterlinespace}% +% input the author names +#1% +% end the row if the user did not already +\crcr} +% spacer row for names +\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspaceline{\cr\noalign{\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace}} +% +% affiliation block +\def\IEEEauthorblockA#1{\relax\@IEEEauthorblockAstyle% set the default text style +\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{0pt}%disable strut for spacer row +% the \expandafter hides the \cr in conditional tex, see the array.sty docs +% for details, probably not needed here as the \cr is in a macro +% do a spacer row if needed +\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol\expandafter\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspaceline\fi +\global\@IEEEprevauthorblockincoltrue% we now have a block in this column +%restore the correct strut value +\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{\@IEEEauthorblockAinterlinespace}% +% input the author affiliations +#1% +% end the row if the user did not already +\crcr} +% spacer row for affiliations +\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspaceline{\cr\noalign{\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace}} + + +% allow papers to compile even if author blocks are used in modes other +% than conference or peerreviewca. For such cases, we provide dummy blocks. +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference +\else + \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca\else + % not conference or peerreviewca mode + \def\IEEEauthorblockN#1{#1}% + \def\IEEEauthorblockA#1{#1}% + \fi +\fi + + + +% we provide our own halign so as not to have to depend on tabular +\def\@IEEEauthorhalign{\@IEEEauthordefaulttextstyle% default text style + \lineskip=0pt\relax% disable line spacing + \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax% + \baselineskip=0pt\relax% + \@IEEEcurfontSAVE% save the current font + \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math + \let\\\@IEEEauthorhaligncr% replace newline with halign friendly one + \tabskip=0pt\relax% no column spacing + \everycr{}% ensure no problems here + \@IEEEprevauthorblockincolfalse% no author blocks yet + \def\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{2.7ex}% default interline space + \vtop\bgroup%vtop box + \halign\bgroup&\relax\hfil\@IEEEcurfontRESTORE\relax ##\relax + \hfil\@IEEEcurfontSAVE\@IEEEauthorstrutrule\cr} + +% ensure last line, exit from halign, close vbox +\def\end@IEEEauthorhalign{\crcr\egroup\egroup} + +% handle bogus star form +\def\@IEEEauthorhaligncr{{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@ifstar{\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr}{\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr}} + +% test and setup the optional argument to \\[] +\def\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr{\@testopt\@@@IEEEauthorhaligncr\z@skip} + +% end the line and do the optional spacer +\def\@@@IEEEauthorhaligncr[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}\cr\noalign{\vskip#1\relax}} + + + +% flag to prevent multiple \and warning messages +\newif\if@IEEEWARNand +\@IEEEWARNandtrue + +% if in conference or peerreviewca modes, we support the use of \and as \author is a +% tabular environment, otherwise we warn the user that \and is invalid +% outside of conference or peerreviewca modes. +\def\and{\relax} % provide a bogus \and that we will then override + +\renewcommand{\and}[1][\relax]{\if@IEEEWARNand\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\and is valid only + when in conference or peerreviewca}\typeout{modes (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNandfalse} + +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% +\renewcommand{\and}[1][\hfill]{\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}#1\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}}% +\fi +\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca +\renewcommand{\and}[1][\hfill]{\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}#1\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}}% +\fi + + +% page clearing command +% based on LaTeX2e's \cleardoublepage, but allows different page styles +% for the inserted blank pages +\def\@IEEEcleardoublepage#1{\clearpage\if@twoside\ifodd\c@page\else +\hbox{}\thispagestyle{#1}\newpage\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\thispagestyle{#1}\newpage\fi\fi\fi} + + +% user command to invoke the title page +\def\maketitle{\par% + \begingroup% + \normalfont% + \def\thefootnote{}% the \thanks{} mark type is empty + \def\footnotemark{}% and kill space from \thanks within author + \let\@makefnmark\relax% V1.7, must *really* kill footnotemark to remove all \textsuperscript spacing as well. + \footnotesize% equal spacing between thanks lines + \footnotesep 0.7\baselineskip%see global setting of \footnotesep for more info + % V1.7 disable \thanks note indention for compsoc + \@IEEEcompsoconly{\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent\hbox{\@makefnmark}##1}}% + \normalsize% + \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview + \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext% + \thispagestyle{IEEEpeerreviewcoverpagestyle}\@thanks% + \else + \if@twocolumn% + \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% + \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext% + \else + \twocolumn[\@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext]% + \fi + \else + \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext% + \fi + \thispagestyle{IEEEtitlepagestyle}\@thanks% + \fi + % pullup page for pubid if used. + \if@IEEEusingpubid + \enlargethispage{-\@IEEEpubidpullup}% + \fi + \endgroup + \setcounter{footnote}{0}\let\maketitle\relax\let\@maketitle\relax + \gdef\@thanks{}% + % v1.6b do not clear these as we will need the title again for peer review papers + % \gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}% + \let\thanks\relax} + + + +% V1.7 parbox to format \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext +\long\def\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox#1{\parbox{0.915\textwidth}{#1}} + +% formats the Title, authors names, affiliations and special paper notice +% THIS IS A CONTROLLED SPACING COMMAND! Do not allow blank lines or unintentional +% spaces to enter the definition - use % at the end of each line +\def\@maketitle{\newpage +\begingroup\centering +\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% technotes + {\bfseries\large\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@title\par}\vskip 1.3em{\lineskip .5em\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@author + \@IEEEspecialpapernotice\par{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax + \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par + \hfill\@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax +\else% not a technote + \vskip0.2em{\Huge\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\normalfont\normalsize\vskip 2\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip + \bfseries\Large}\@title\par}\vskip1.0em\par% + % V1.6 handle \author differently if in conference mode + \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% + {\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\mbox{}\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace% + \mbox{}\hfill\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}\@author\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}\hfill\mbox{}\par}\relax + \else% peerreviewca, peerreview or journal + \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca + % peerreviewca handles author names just like conference mode + {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\mbox{}\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace% + \mbox{}\hfill\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}\@author\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}\hfill\mbox{}\par + {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax + \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\hfill + \@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax + \else% journal or peerreview + {\lineskip.5em\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\sublargesize\@author\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\par + {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax + \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\hfill + \@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax + \fi + \fi +\fi\par\endgroup} + + + +% V1.7 Computer Society "diamond line" which follows index terms for nonconference papers +\def\@IEEEcompsocdiamondline{\vrule depth 0pt height 0.5pt width 4cm\hspace{7.5pt}% +\raisebox{-3.5pt}{\fontfamily{pzd}\fontencoding{U}\fontseries{m}\fontshape{n}\fontsize{11}{12}\selectfont\char70}% +\hspace{7.5pt}\vrule depth 0pt height 0.5pt width 4cm\relax} + +% V1.7 standard LateX2e \thanks, but with \itshape under compsoc. Also make it a \long\def +% We also need to trigger the one-shot footnote rule +\def\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule{\global\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoteruletrue} + + +\long\def\thanks#1{\footnotemark + \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks + \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\itshape + \protect\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule\relax}\ignorespaces#1}}} +\let\@thanks\@empty + +% V1.7 allow \author to contain \par's. This is needed to allow \thanks to contain \par. +\long\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}} + + +% in addition to setting up IEEEitemize, we need to remove a baselineskip space above and +% below it because \list's \pars introduce blank lines because of the footnote struts. +\def\@IEEEsetupcompsocitemizelist{\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}% +\setlength{\IEEElabelindent}{0pt}\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}% +\setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}\setlength{\topsep}{0.5\baselineskip}\vspace{-1\baselineskip}\relax} + + +% flag for fake non-compsoc \IEEEcompsocthanksitem - prevents line break on very first item +\newif\if@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitem \@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemfalse + +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% V1.7 compsoc bullet item \thanks +% also, we need to redefine this to destroy the argument in \@IEEEdynamictitlevspace +\long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks#1{\relax\@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemfalse\footnotemark + \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks + \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\itshape\protect\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule + {\let\IEEEiedlistdecl\relax\protect\begin{IEEEitemize}[\protect\@IEEEsetupcompsocitemizelist]\ignorespaces#1\relax + \protect\end{IEEEitemize}}\protect\vspace{-1\baselineskip}}}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem}{\item} +\else +% non-compsoc, allow for dual compilation via rerouting to normal \thanks +\long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks#1{\thanks{#1}} +% redirect to "pseudo-par" \hfil\break\indent after swallowing [] from \IEEEcompsocthanksitem[] +\DeclareRobustCommand{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem}{\@ifnextchar [{\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg}% +{\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg[\relax]}} +% be sure and break only after first item, be sure and ignore spaces after optional argument +\def\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg[#1]{\relax\if@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitem\hfil\break +\indent\fi\@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemtrue\ignorespaces} +\fi + + +% V1.6b define the \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle as needed +\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview +\def\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\@IEEEcleardoublepage{empty}% +\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn +\twocolumn[\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace] +\else +\newpage\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip +\fi +\thispagestyle{IEEEtitlepagestyle}} +\else +% \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle does nothing if peer review option has not been selected +\def\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\relax} +\fi + +% peerreview formats the repeated title like the title in journal papers. +\def\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\begin{center}\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}% +\normalfont\normalsize\vskip0.2em{\Huge\@title\par}\vskip1.0em\par +\end{center}} + + + +% V1.6 +% this is a static rubber spacer between the title/authors and the main text +% used for single column text, or when the title appears in the first column +% of two column text (technotes). +\def\@IEEEstatictitlevskip{{\normalfont\normalsize +% adjust spacing to next text +% v1.6b handle peer review papers +\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview +% for peer review papers, the same value is used for both title pages +% regardless of the other paper modes + \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip +\else + \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% conference + \vskip 0.6\baselineskip + \else% + \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% technote + \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip% + \else% journal uses more space + \vskip 2.5\baselineskip plus 0.75\baselineskip minus 0.375\baselineskip% + \fi + \fi +\fi}} + + +% V1.6 +% This is a dynamically determined rigid spacer between the title/authors +% and the main text. This is used only for single column titles over two +% column text (most common) +% This is bit tricky because we have to ensure that the textheight of the +% main text is an integer multiple of \baselineskip +% otherwise underfull vbox problems may develop in the second column of the +% text on the titlepage +% The possible use of \IEEEpubid must also be taken into account. +\def\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace{{% + % we run within a group so that all the macros can be forgotten when we are done + \long\def\thanks##1{\relax}%don't allow \thanks to run when we evaluate the vbox height + \long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks##1{\relax}%don't allow \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks to run when we evaluate the vbox height + \normalfont\normalsize% we declare more descriptive variable names + \let\@IEEEmaintextheight=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%height of the main text columns + \let\@IEEEINTmaintextheight=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB%height of the main text columns with integer # lines + % set the nominal and minimum values for the title spacer + % the dynamic algorithm will not allow the spacer size to + % become less than \@IEEEMINtitlevspace - instead it will be + % lengthened + % default to journal values + \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{2.5\baselineskip}% + \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{2\baselineskip}% + % conferences and technotes need tighter spacing + \ifCLASSOPTIONconference%conference + \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{1\baselineskip}% + \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{0.75\baselineskip}% + \fi + \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote%technote + \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{1\baselineskip}% + \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{0.75\baselineskip}% + \fi% + % get the height that the title will take up + \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview + \settoheight{\@IEEEmaintextheight}{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth \@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle}}% + \else + \settoheight{\@IEEEmaintextheight}{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth \@maketitle}}% + \fi + \@IEEEmaintextheight=-\@IEEEmaintextheight% title takes away from maintext, so reverse sign + % add the height of the page textheight + \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by \textheight% + % correct for title pages using pubid + \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else + % peerreview papers use the pubid on the cover page only. + % And the cover page uses a static spacer. + \if@IEEEusingpubid\advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\@IEEEpubidpullup\fi + \fi% + % subtract off the nominal value of the title bottom spacer + \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\@IEEENORMtitlevspace% + % \topskip takes away some too + \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\topskip% + % calculate the column height of the main text for lines + % now we calculate the main text height as if holding + % an integer number of \normalsize lines after the first + % and discard any excess fractional remainder + % we subtracted the first line, because the first line + % is placed \topskip into the maintext, not \baselineskip like the + % rest of the lines. + \@IEEEINTmaintextheight=\@IEEEmaintextheight% + \divide\@IEEEINTmaintextheight by \baselineskip% + \multiply\@IEEEINTmaintextheight by \baselineskip% + % now we calculate how much the title spacer height will + % have to be reduced from nominal (\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight is always + % a positive value) so that the maintext area will contain an integer + % number of normal size lines + % we change variable names here (to avoid confusion) as we no longer + % need \@IEEEINTmaintextheight and can reuse its dimen register + \let\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight=\@IEEEINTmaintextheight% + \advance\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight by -\@IEEEmaintextheight% + \advance\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight by \baselineskip% + % this is the calculated height of the spacer + % we change variable names here (to avoid confusion) as we no longer + % need \@IEEEmaintextheight and can reuse its dimen register + \let\@IEEECOMPENSATElen=\@IEEEmaintextheight% + \@IEEECOMPENSATElen=\@IEEENORMtitlevspace% set the nominal value + % we go with the reduced length if it is smaller than an increase + \ifdim\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight < 0.5\baselineskip\relax% + \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by -\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight% + % if the resulting spacer is too small back out and go with an increase instead + \ifdim\@IEEECOMPENSATElen<\@IEEEMINtitlevspace\relax% + \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by \baselineskip% + \fi% + \else% + % go with an increase because it is closer to the nominal than a decrease + \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by -\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight% + \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by \baselineskip% + \fi% + % set the calculated rigid spacer + \vspace{\@IEEECOMPENSATElen}}} + + + +% V1.6 +% we allow the user access to the last part of the title area +% useful in emergencies such as when a different spacing is needed +% This text is NOT compensated for in the dynamic sizer. +\let\@IEEEaftertitletext=\relax +\long\def\IEEEaftertitletext#1{\def\@IEEEaftertitletext{#1}} + +% V1.7 provide a way for users to enter abstract and keywords +% into the onecolumn title are. This text is compensated for +% in the dynamic sizer. +\let\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext=\relax +\long\def\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext#1{\def\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{#1}} +% V1.7 provide a way for users to get the \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext if +% not in compsoc journal mode - this way abstract and keywords can be placed +% in their conventional position if not in compsoc mode. +\def\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext{% +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc% display if compsoc conf +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\fi +\else% or if not compsoc +\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\fi} + + +% command to allow alteration of baselinestretch, but only if the current +% baselineskip is unity. Used to tweak the compsoc abstract and keywords line spacing. +\def\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch#1{{\def\baselinestretch{1}\selectfont +\global\@tempskipa\baselineskip}\ifnum\@tempskipa=\baselineskip% +\def\baselinestretch{#1}\selectfont\fi\relax} + + +% abstract and keywords are in \small, except +% for 9pt docs in which they are in \footnotesize +% Because 9pt docs use an 8pt footnotesize, \small +% becomes a rather awkward 8.5pt +\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\small} +\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine + \def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\footnotesize} +\fi + +% compsoc journals use \footnotesize, compsoc conferences use normalsize +\@IEEEcompsoconly{\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\footnotesize}} +\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\normalsize}} + + + + +% V1.6 have abstract and keywords strip leading spaces, pars and newlines +% so that spacing is more tightly controlled. +\def\abstract{\normalfont + \if@twocolumn + \par\@IEEEabskeysecsize\bfseries\leavevmode\kern-1pt\textit{\abstractname}---\relax + \else + \begin{center}\vspace{-1.78ex}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize + \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} +% V1.6 IEEE wants only 1 pica from end of abstract to introduction heading when in +% conference mode (the heading already has this much above it) +\def\endabstract{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\vspace{0ex}\else\vspace{1.34ex}\fi\par\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi + \normalfont\normalsize} + +\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont + \if@twocolumn + \@IEEEabskeysecsize\bfseries\leavevmode\kern-1pt\textit{\IEEEkeywordsname}---\relax + \else + \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize + \fi\itshape\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} +\def\endIEEEkeywords{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\vspace{1.34ex}\else\vspace{0.5ex}\fi + \par\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi% + \normalfont\normalsize} + +% V1.7 compsoc keywords index terms +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc + \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference +\def\abstract{\normalfont + \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\large\abstractname}\end{center}\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip + \if@twocolumn\else\quotation\fi\itshape\@IEEEabskeysecsize% + \par\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} +\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\vskip 1.5\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip + \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\large\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip + \if@twocolumn\else\quotation\fi\itshape\@IEEEabskeysecsize% + \par\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} + \else% compsoc not conference +\def\abstract{\normalfont\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch{1.15}\sffamily + \if@twocolumn + \@IEEEabskeysecsize\noindent\textbf{\abstractname}---\relax + \else + \begin{center}\vspace{-1.78ex}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize% + \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} +\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch{1.15}\sffamily + \if@twocolumn + \@IEEEabskeysecsize\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip\noindent + \textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}---\relax + \else + \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize% + \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} + \fi +\fi + + + +% gobbles all leading \, \\ and \par, upon finding first token that +% is not a \ , \\ or a \par, it ceases and returns that token +% +% used to strip leading \, \\ and \par from the input +% so that such things in the beginning of an environment will not +% affect the formatting of the text +\long\def\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP#1{\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=0% +\let\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken#1% +\let\@IEEEgobbleleadPARtoken=\par% +\let\@IEEEgobbleleadNLtoken=\\% +\let\@IEEEgobbleleadSPtoken=\ % +\def\@IEEEgobbleleadSPMACRO{\ }% +\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadPARtoken% +\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1% +\fi% +\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadNLtoken% +\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1% +\fi% +\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadSPtoken% +\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1% +\fi% +% a control space will come in as a macro +% when it is the last one on a line +\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadSPMACRO% +\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1% +\fi% +% if we have to swallow this token, do so and taste the next one +% else spit it out and stop gobbling +\ifx\@IEEEswallowthistoken 1\let\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP=\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP\else% +\let\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP=#1\fi% +\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP}% + + + + +% TITLING OF SECTIONS +\def\@IEEEsectpunct{:\ \,} % Punctuation after run-in section heading (headings which are + % part of the paragraphs), need little bit more than a single space + % spacing from section number to title +% compsoc conferences use regular period/space punctuation +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference +\def\@IEEEsectpunct{.\ } +\fi\fi + +\def\@seccntformat#1{\hb@xt@ 1.4em{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hss\relax}} +\def\@seccntformatinl#1{\hb@xt@ 1.1em{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hss\relax}} +\def\@seccntformatch#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax} + +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% compsoc journals need extra spacing +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\else +\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax} +\fi\fi + +%v1.7 put {} after #6 to allow for some types of user font control +%and use \@@par rather than \par +\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% + \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth + \let\@svsec\@empty + \else + \refstepcounter{#1}% + % load section label and spacer into \@svsec + \ifnum #2=1 + \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformatch{#1}\relax}% + \else + \ifnum #2>2 + \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformatinl{#1}\relax}% + \else + \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}% + \fi + \fi + \fi% + \@tempskipa #5\relax + \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@% tempskipa determines whether is treated as a high + \begingroup #6{\relax% or low level heading + \noindent % subsections are NOT indented + % print top level headings. \@svsec is label, #8 is heading title + % IEEE does not block indent the section title text, it flows like normal + {\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}}% + \endgroup + \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax\else + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}% + \else % printout low level headings + % svsechd seems to swallow the trailing space, protect it with \mbox{} + % got rid of sectionmark stuff + \def\@svsechd{#6{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec #8\@IEEEsectpunct\mbox{}}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax\else + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}}% + \fi%skip down + \@xsect{#5}} + + +% section* handler +%v1.7 put {} after #4 to allow for some types of user font control +%and use \@@par rather than \par +\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax + \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@ + %\begingroup #4\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M #5\par}\endgroup + % IEEE does not block indent the section title text, it flows like normal + \begingroup \noindent #4{\relax{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M #5\@@par}}\endgroup + % svsechd swallows the trailing space, protect it with \mbox{} + \else \def\@svsechd{#4{\hskip #1\relax #5\@IEEEsectpunct\mbox{}}}\fi + \@xsect{#3}} + + +%% SECTION heading spacing and font +%% +% arguments are: #1 - sectiontype name +% (for \@sect) #2 - section level +% #3 - section heading indent +% #4 - top separation (absolute value used, neg indicates not to indent main text) +% If negative, make stretch parts negative too! +% #5 - (absolute value used) positive: bottom separation after heading, +% negative: amount to indent main text after heading +% Both #4 and #5 negative means to indent main text and use negative top separation +% #6 - font control +% You've got to have \normalfont\normalsize in the font specs below to prevent +% trouble when you do something like: +% \section{Note}{\ttfamily TT-TEXT} is known to ... +% IEEE sometimes REALLY stretches the area before a section +% heading by up to about 0.5in. However, it may not be a good +% idea to let LaTeX have quite this much rubber. +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% +% IEEE wants section heading spacing to decrease for conference mode +\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex}% +{1sp}{\normalfont\normalsize\centering\scshape}}% +\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{1.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex}% +{1sp}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% +\else % for journals +\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{3.0ex plus 1.5ex minus 1.5ex}% V1.6 3.0ex from 3.5ex +{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\centering\scshape}}% +\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{3.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 1.5ex}% +{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% +\fi + +% for both journals and conferences +% decided to put in a little rubber above the section, might help somebody +\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}% +{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% +\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}% +{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% + + +% compsoc +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference +% compsoc conference +\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}% +{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}{\normalfont\large\bfseries}}% +\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}% +{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}{\normalfont\sublargesize\bfseries}}% +\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}% +{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}% +\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}% +{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize}}% +\else% compsoc journals +% use negative top separation as compsoc journals do not indent paragraphs after section titles +\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-3ex plus -2ex minus -1.5ex}% +{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\large\sffamily\bfseries\scshape}}% +% Note that subsection and smaller may not be correct for the Computer Society, +% I have to look up an example. +\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1.5ex minus -1.5ex}% +{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\sffamily\bfseries}}% +\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-2.5ex plus -1ex minus -1ex}% +{0.5ex plus 0.5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\sffamily\itshape}}% +\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{-0ex plus -0.1ex minus -0.1ex}% +{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize}}% +\fi\fi + + + + +%% ENVIRONMENTS +% "box" symbols at end of proofs +\def\IEEEQEDclosed{\mbox{\rule[0pt]{1.3ex}{1.3ex}}} % for a filled box +% V1.6 some journals use an open box instead that will just fit around a closed one +\def\IEEEQEDopen{{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.2pt}\fbox{\rule[0pt]{0pt}{1.3ex}\rule[0pt]{1.3ex}{0pt}}}} +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\def\IEEEQED{\IEEEQEDopen} % default to open for compsoc +\else +\def\IEEEQED{\IEEEQEDclosed} % otherwise default to closed +\fi + +% v1.7 name change to avoid namespace collision with amsthm. Also add support +% for an optional argument. +\def\IEEEproof{\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEproof}{\@IEEEproof[\IEEEproofname]}} +\def\@IEEEproof[#1]{\par\noindent\hspace{2em}{\itshape #1: }} +\def\endIEEEproof{\hspace*{\fill}~\IEEEQED\par} + + +%\itemindent is set to \z@ by list, so define new temporary variable +\newdimen\@IEEEtmpitemindent +\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\@IEEEtmpitemindent\itemindent\topsep 0pt\rmfamily\trivlist% + \item[\hskip \labelsep{\indent\itshape #1\ #2:}]\itemindent\@IEEEtmpitemindent} +\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\@IEEEtmpitemindent\itemindent\topsep 0pt\rmfamily \trivlist% +% V1.6 IEEE is back to using () around theorem names which are also in italics +% Thanks to Christian Peel for reporting this. + \item[\hskip\labelsep{\indent\itshape #1\ #2\ (#3):}]\itemindent\@IEEEtmpitemindent} +% V1.7 remove bogus \unskip that caused equations in theorems to collide with +% lines below. +\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist} + +% V1.6 +% display command for the section the theorem is in - so that \thesection +% is not used as this will be in Roman numerals when we want arabic. +% LaTeX2e uses \def\@thmcounter#1{\noexpand\arabic{#1}} for the theorem number +% (second part) display and \def\@thmcountersep{.} as a separator. +% V1.7 intercept calls to the section counter and reroute to \@IEEEthmcounterinsection +% to allow \appendix(ices} to override as needed. +% +% special handler for sections, allows appendix(ices) to override +\gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection#1{\arabic{#1}} +% string macro +\edef\@IEEEstringsection{section} + +% redefine the #1#2[#3] form of newtheorem to use a hook to \@IEEEthmcounterinsection +% if section in_counter is used +\def\@xnthm#1#2[#3]{% + \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname + {\@definecounter{#1}\@newctr{#1}[#3]% + \edef\@IEEEstringtmp{#3} + \ifx\@IEEEstringtmp\@IEEEstringsection + \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{% + \noexpand\@IEEEthmcounterinsection{#3}\@thmcountersep + \@thmcounter{#1}}% + \else + \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#3\endcsname \@thmcountersep + \@thmcounter{#1}}% + \fi + \global\@namedef{#1}{\@thm{#1}{#2}}% + \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}} + + + +%% SET UP THE DEFAULT PAGESTYLE +\ps@headings +\pagenumbering{arabic} + +% normally the page counter starts at 1 +\setcounter{page}{1} +% however, for peerreview the cover sheet is page 0 or page -1 +% (for duplex printing) +\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview + \if@twoside + \setcounter{page}{-1} + \else + \setcounter{page}{0} + \fi +\fi + +% standard book class behavior - let bottom line float up and down as +% needed when single sided +\ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside\else\raggedbottom\fi +% if two column - turn on twocolumn, allow word spacings to stretch more and +% enforce a rigid position for the last lines +\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn +% the peer review option delays invoking twocolumn + \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else + \twocolumn + \fi +\sloppy +\flushbottom +\fi + + + + +% \APPENDIX and \APPENDICES definitions + +% This is the \@ifmtarg command from the LaTeX ifmtarg package +% by Peter Wilson (CUA) and Donald Arseneau +% \@ifmtarg is used to determine if an argument to a command +% is present or not. +% For instance: +% \@ifmtarg{#1}{\typeout{empty}}{\typeout{has something}} +% \@ifmtarg is used with our redefined \section command if +% \appendices is invoked. +% The command \section will behave slightly differently depending +% on whether the user specifies a title: +% \section{My appendix title} +% or not: +% \section{} +% This way, we can eliminate the blank lines where the title +% would be, and the unneeded : after Appendix in the table of +% contents +\begingroup +\catcode`\Q=3 +\long\gdef\@ifmtarg#1{\@xifmtarg#1QQ\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo\@nil} +\long\gdef\@xifmtarg#1#2Q#3#4#5\@nil{#4} +\endgroup +% end of \@ifmtarg defs + + +% V1.7 +% command that allows the one time saving of the original definition +% of section to \@IEEEappendixsavesection for \appendix or \appendices +% we don't save \section here as it may be redefined later by other +% packages (hyperref.sty, etc.) +\def\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce{\let\@IEEEappendixsavesection\section +\let\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\relax} + +% neat trick to grab and process the argument from \section{argument} +% we process differently if the user invoked \section{} with no +% argument (title) +% note we reroute the call to the old \section* +\def\@IEEEprocessthesectionargument#1{% +\@ifmtarg{#1}{% +\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\thesectiondis}% +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname~\thesection}}{% +\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\thesectiondis \\* #1}% +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname~\thesection: #1}}} + +% we use this if the user calls \section{} after +% \appendix-- which has no meaning. So, we ignore the +% command and its argument. Then, warn the user. +\def\@IEEEdestroythesectionargument#1{\typeout{** WARNING: Ignoring useless +\protect\section\space in Appendix (line \the\inputlineno).}} + + +% remember \thesection forms will be displayed in \ref calls +% and in the Table of Contents. +% The \sectiondis form is used in the actual heading itself + +% appendix command for one single appendix +% normally has no heading. However, if you want a +% heading, you can do so via the optional argument: +% \appendix[Optional Heading] +\def\appendix{\relax} +\renewcommand{\appendix}[1][]{\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\par + % v1.6 keep hyperref's identifiers unique + \gdef\theHsection{Appendix.A}% + % v1.6 adjust hyperref's string name for the section + \xdef\Hy@chapapp{appendix}% + \setcounter{section}{0}% + \setcounter{subsection}{0}% + \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}% + \setcounter{paragraph}{0}% + \gdef\thesection{A}% + \gdef\thesectiondis{}% + \gdef\thesubsection{\Alph{subsection}}% + \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{A} + \refstepcounter{section}% update the \ref counter + \@ifmtarg{#1}{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname}}{% + \@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\\* #1}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname: #1}}% + % redefine \section command for appendix + % leave \section* as is + \def\section{\@ifstar{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*}{% + \@IEEEdestroythesectionargument}}% throw out the argument + % of the normal form +} + + + +% appendices command for multiple appendices +% user then calls \section with an argument (possibly empty) to +% declare the individual appendices +\def\appendices{\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\par + % v1.6 keep hyperref's identifiers unique + \gdef\theHsection{Appendix.\Alph{section}}% + % v1.6 adjust hyperref's string name for the section + \xdef\Hy@chapapp{appendix}% + \setcounter{section}{-1}% we want \refstepcounter to use section 0 + \setcounter{subsection}{0}% + \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}% + \setcounter{paragraph}{0}% + \ifCLASSOPTIONromanappendices% + \gdef\thesection{\Roman{section}}% + \gdef\thesectiondis{\Roman{section}}% + \@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\gdef\thesectiondis{\Roman{section}.}}% + \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{A\arabic{##1}} + \else% + \gdef\thesection{\Alph{section}}% + \gdef\thesectiondis{\Alph{section}}% + \@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\gdef\thesectiondis{\Alph{section}.}}% + \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{\Alph{##1}} + \fi% + \refstepcounter{section}% update the \ref counter + \setcounter{section}{0}% NEXT \section will be the FIRST appendix + % redefine \section command for appendices + % leave \section* as is + \def\section{\@ifstar{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*}{% process the *-form + \refstepcounter{section}% or is a new section so, + \@IEEEprocessthesectionargument}}% process the argument + % of the normal form +} + + + +% \IEEEPARstart +% Definition for the big two line drop cap letter at the beginning of the +% first paragraph of journal papers. The first argument is the first letter +% of the first word, the second argument is the remaining letters of the +% first word which will be rendered in upper case. +% In V1.6 this has been completely rewritten to: +% +% 1. no longer have problems when the user begins an environment +% within the paragraph that uses \IEEEPARstart. +% 2. auto-detect and use the current font family +% 3. revise handling of the space at the end of the first word so that +% interword glue will now work as normal. +% 4. produce correctly aligned edges for the (two) indented lines. +% +% We generalize things via control macros - playing with these is fun too. +% +% V1.7 added more control macros to make it easy for IEEEtrantools.sty users +% to change the font style. +% +% the number of lines that are indented to clear it +% may need to increase if using decenders +\def\@IEEEPARstartDROPLINES{2} +% minimum number of lines left on a page to allow a \@IEEEPARstart +% Does not take into consideration rubber shrink, so it tends to +% be overly cautious +\def\@IEEEPARstartMINPAGELINES{2} +% V1.7 the height of the drop cap is adjusted to match the height of this text +% in the current font (when \IEEEPARstart is called). +\def\@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT{T} +% the depth the letter is lowered below the baseline +% the height (and size) of the letter is determined by the sum +% of this value and the height of the \@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT in the current +% font. It is a good idea to set this value in terms of the baselineskip +% so that it can respond to changes therein. +\def\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH{1.1\baselineskip} +% V1.7 the font the drop cap will be rendered in, +% can take zero or one argument. +\def\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\bfseries} +% V1.7 any additional, non-font related commands needed to modify +% the drop cap letter, can take zero or one argument. +\def\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{\MakeUppercase} +% V1.7 the font that will be used to render the rest of the word, +% can take zero or one argument. +\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\relax} +% V1.7 any additional, non-font related commands needed to modify +% the rest of the word, can take zero or one argument. +\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\MakeUppercase} +% This is the horizontal separation distance from the drop letter to the main text. +% Lengths that depend on the font (e.g., ex, em, etc.) will be referenced +% to the font that is active when \IEEEPARstart is called. +\def\@IEEEPARstartSEP{0.15em} +% V1.7 horizontal offset applied to the left of the drop cap. +\def\@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET{0em} +% V1.7 Italic correction command applied at the end of the drop cap. +\def\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT{\/} + +% V1.7 compoc uses nonbold drop cap and small caps word style +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\def\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\mdseries} +\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\scshape} +\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\relax} +\fi + +% definition of \IEEEPARstart +% THIS IS A CONTROLLED SPACING AREA, DO NOT ALLOW SPACES WITHIN THESE LINES +% +% The token \@IEEEPARstartfont will be globally defined after the first use +% of \IEEEPARstart and will be a font command which creates the big letter +% The first argument is the first letter of the first word and the second +% argument is the rest of the first word(s). +\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{\par{% +% if this page does not have enough space, break it and lets start +% on a new one +\@IEEEtranneedspace{\@IEEEPARstartMINPAGELINES\baselineskip}{\relax}% +% V1.7 move this up here in case user uses \textbf for \@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE +% which uses command \leavevmode which causes an unwanted \indent to be issued +\noindent +% calculate the desired height of the big letter +% it extends from the top of \@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT in the current font +% down to \@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH below the current baseline +\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT}% +\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH}% +% extract the name of the current font in bold +% and place it in \@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME +\def\@IEEEPARstartGETFIRSTWORD##1 ##2\relax{##1}% +{\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\selectfont\edef\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAMESPACE{\fontname\font\space}% +\xdef\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME{\expandafter\@IEEEPARstartGETFIRSTWORD\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAMESPACE\relax}}}% +% define a font based on this name with a point size equal to the desired +% height of the drop letter +\font\@IEEEPARstartsubfont\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\space at \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax% +% save this value as a counter (integer) value (sp points) +\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA% +% now get the height of the actual letter produced by this font size +\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\@IEEEPARstartsubfont\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1}}% +% If something bogus happens like the first argument is empty or the +% current font is strange, do not allow a zero height. +\ifdim\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=0pt\relax% +\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEPARstart drop letter has zero height! (line \the\inputlineno)}% +\typeout{ Forcing the drop letter font size to 10pt.}% +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=10pt% +\fi% +% and store it as a counter +\@IEEEtrantmpcountB=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB% +% Since a font size doesn't exactly correspond to the height of the capital +% letters in that font, the actual height of the letter, \@IEEEtrantmpcountB, +% will be less than that desired, \@IEEEtrantmpcountA +% we need to raise the font size, \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA +% by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA / \@IEEEtrantmpcountB +% But, TeX doesn't have floating point division, so we have to use integer +% division. Hence the use of the counters. +% We need to reduce the denominator so that the loss of the remainder will +% have minimal affect on the accuracy of the result +\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountB by 200% +\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by \@IEEEtrantmpcountB% +% Then reequalize things when we use TeX's ability to multiply by +% floating point values +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=0.005\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA% +\multiply\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA% +% \@IEEEPARstartfont is globaly set to the calculated font of the big letter +% We need to carry this out of the local calculation area to to create the +% big letter. +\global\font\@IEEEPARstartfont\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\space at \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB% +% Now set \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA to the width of the big letter +% We need to carry this out of the local calculation area to set the +% hanging indent +\settowidth{\global\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartfont +\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT}}}% +% end of the isolated calculation environment +% add in the extra clearance we want +\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEPARstartSEP\relax% +% add in the optional offset +\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET\relax% +% V1.7 don't allow negative offsets to produce negative hanging indents +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA +\ifnum\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB < 0 \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB 0pt\fi +% \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA has the width of the big letter plus the +% separation space and \@IEEEPARstartfont is the font we need to use +% Now, we make the letter and issue the hanging indent command +% The letter is placed in a box of zero width and height so that other +% text won't be displaced by it. +\hangindent\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\hangafter=-\@IEEEPARstartDROPLINES% +\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}% +\raisebox{-\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH}[0pt][0pt]{\hspace{\@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET}% +\@IEEEPARstartfont\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT}% +\hspace{\@IEEEPARstartSEP}}}% +{\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\selectfont#2}}}} + + + + + + +% determines if the space remaining on a given page is equal to or greater +% than the specified space of argument one +% if not, execute argument two (only if the remaining space is greater than zero) +% and issue a \newpage +% +% example: \@IEEEtranneedspace{2in}{\vfill} +% +% Does not take into consideration rubber shrinkage, so it tends to +% be overly cautious +% Based on an example posted by Donald Arseneau +% Note this macro uses \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB internally for calculations, +% so DO NOT PASS \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB to this routine +% if you need a dimen register, import with \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA instead +\def\@IEEEtranneedspace#1#2{\penalty-100\begingroup%shield temp variable +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\pagegoal\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB-\pagetotal% space left +\ifdim #1>\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\relax% not enough space left +\ifdim\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB>\z@\relax #2\fi% +\newpage% +\fi\endgroup} + + + +% IEEEbiography ENVIRONMENT +% Allows user to enter biography leaving place for picture (adapts to font size) +% As of V1.5, a new optional argument allows you to have a real graphic! +% V1.5 and later also fixes the "colliding biographies" which could happen when a +% biography's text was shorter than the space for the photo. +% MDS 7/2001 +% V1.6 prevent multiple biographies from making multiple TOC entries +\newif\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade +\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadetrue + +% biography counter so hyperref can jump directly to the biographies +% and not just the previous section +\newcounter{IEEEbiography} +\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{0} + +% photo area size +\def\@IEEEBIOphotowidth{1.0in} % width of the biography photo area +\def\@IEEEBIOphotodepth{1.25in} % depth (height) of the biography photo area +% area cleared for photo +\def\@IEEEBIOhangwidth{1.14in} % width cleared for the biography photo area +\def\@IEEEBIOhangdepth{1.25in} % depth cleared for the biography photo area + % actual depth will be a multiple of + % \baselineskip, rounded up +\def\@IEEEBIOskipN{4\baselineskip}% nominal value of the vskip above the biography + +\newenvironment{IEEEbiography}[2][]{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\footnotesize% +\unitlength 1in\parskip=0pt\par\parindent 1em\interlinepenalty500% +% we need enough space to support the hanging indent +% the nominal value of the spacer +% and one extra line for good measure +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\@IEEEBIOhangdepth% +\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEBIOskipN% +\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by 1\baselineskip% +% if this page does not have enough space, break it and lets start +% with a new one +\@IEEEtranneedspace{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\relax}% +% nominal spacer can strech, not shrink use 1fil so user can out stretch with \vfill +\vskip \@IEEEBIOskipN plus 1fil minus 0\baselineskip% +% the default box for where the photo goes +\def\@IEEEtempbiographybox{{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox{% +\begin{minipage}[b][\@IEEEBIOphotodepth][c]{\@IEEEBIOphotowidth}\centering PLACE\\ PHOTO\\ HERE \end{minipage}}}}% +% +% detect if the optional argument was supplied, this requires the +% \@ifmtarg command as defined in the appendix section above +% and if so, override the default box with what they want +\@ifmtarg{#1}{\relax}{\def\@IEEEtempbiographybox{\mbox{\begin{minipage}[b][\@IEEEBIOphotodepth][c]{\@IEEEBIOphotowidth}% +\centering% +#1% +\end{minipage}}}}% end if optional argument supplied +% Make an entry into the table of contents only if we have not done so before +\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade% +% link labels to the biography counter so hyperref will jump +% to the biography, not the previous section +\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{-1}% +\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}% +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Biographies}% +\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadefalse% +\fi% +% one more biography +\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}% +% Make an entry for this name into the table of contents +\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{#2}% +% V1.6 properly handle if a new paragraph should occur while the +% hanging indent is still active. Do this by redefining \par so +% that it will not start a new paragraph. (But it will appear to the +% user as if it did.) Also, strip any leading pars, newlines, or spaces. +\let\@IEEEBIOORGparCMD=\par% save the original \par command +\edef\par{\hfil\break\indent}% the new \par will not be a "real" \par +\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEtempbiographybox}% get height of biography box +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=\@IEEEBIOhangdepth% +\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB% countA has the hang depth +\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by \baselineskip% calculates lines needed to produce the hang depth +\advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by 1% ensure we overestimate +% set the hanging indent +\hangindent\@IEEEBIOhangwidth% +\hangafter-\@IEEEtrantmpcountA% +% reference the top of the photo area to the top of a capital T +\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\mbox{T}}% +% set the photo box, give it zero width and height so as not to disturb anything +\noindent\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-\@IEEEBIOhangwidth}\raisebox{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}[0pt][0pt]{% +\raisebox{-\@IEEEBIOphotodepth}[0pt][0pt]{\@IEEEtempbiographybox}}}% +% now place the author name and begin the bio text +\noindent\textbf{#2\ }\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}{\relax\let\par=\@IEEEBIOORGparCMD\par% +% 7/2001 V1.5 detect when the biography text is shorter than the photo area +% and pad the unused area - preventing a collision from the next biography entry +% MDS +\ifnum \prevgraf <\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\relax% detect when the biography text is shorter than the photo + \advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -\prevgraf% calculate how many lines we need to pad + \advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -1\relax% we compensate for the fact that we indented an extra line + \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\baselineskip% calculate the length of the padding + \multiply\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA% + \noindent\rule{0pt}{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}% insert an invisible support strut +\fi% +\par\normalfont} + + + +% V1.6 +% added biography without a photo environment +\newenvironment{IEEEbiographynophoto}[1]{% +% Make an entry into the table of contents only if we have not done so before +\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade% +% link labels to the biography counter so hyperref will jump +% to the biography, not the previous section +\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{-1}% +\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}% +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Biographies}% +\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadefalse% +\fi% +% one more biography +\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}% +% Make an entry for this name into the table of contents +\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{#1}% +\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\footnotesize\interlinepenalty500% +\vskip 4\baselineskip plus 1fil minus 0\baselineskip% +\parskip=0pt\par% +\noindent\textbf{#1\ }\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}{\relax\par\normalfont} + + +% provide the user with some old font commands +% got this from article.cls +\DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm} +\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sf}{\normalfont\sffamily}{\mathsf} +\DeclareOldFontCommand{\tt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}{\mathtt} +\DeclareOldFontCommand{\bf}{\normalfont\bfseries}{\mathbf} +\DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit} +\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sl}{\normalfont\slshape}{\@nomath\sl} +\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\@nomath\sc} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\cal{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\mit{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal} + + +% SPECIAL PAPER NOTICE COMMANDS +% +% holds the special notice text +\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{\relax} + +% for special papers, like invited papers, the user can do: +% \IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} before \maketitle +\def\IEEEspecialpapernotice#1{\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% +\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{{\Large#1\vspace*{1em}}}% +\else% +\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{{\\*[1.5ex]\sublargesize\textit{#1}}\vspace*{-2ex}}% +\fi} + + + + +% PUBLISHER ID COMMANDS +% to insert a publisher's ID footer +% V1.6 \IEEEpubid has been changed so that the change in page size and style +% occurs in \maketitle. \IEEEpubid must now be issued prior to \maketitle +% use \IEEEpubidadjcol as before - in the second column of the title page +% These changes allow \maketitle to take the reduced page height into +% consideration when dynamically setting the space between the author +% names and the maintext. +% +% the amount the main text is pulled up to make room for the +% publisher's ID footer +% IEEE uses about 1.3\baselineskip for journals, +% dynamic title spacing will clean up the fraction +\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{1.3\baselineskip} +\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote +% for technotes it must be an integer of baselineskip as there can be no +% dynamic title spacing for two column mode technotes (the title is in the +% in first column) and we should maintain an integer number of lines in the +% second column +% There are some examples (such as older issues of "Transactions on +% Information Theory") in which IEEE really pulls the text off the ID for +% technotes - about 0.55in (or 4\baselineskip). We'll use 2\baselineskip +% and call it even. +\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{2\baselineskip} +\fi + +% V1.7 compsoc does not use a pullup +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{0pt} +\fi + +% holds the ID text +\def\@IEEEpubid{\relax} + +% flag so \maketitle can tell if \IEEEpubid was called +\newif\if@IEEEusingpubid +\global\@IEEEusingpubidfalse +% issue this command in the page to have the ID at the bottom +% V1.6 use before \maketitle +\def\IEEEpubid#1{\def\@IEEEpubid{#1}\global\@IEEEusingpubidtrue} + + +% command which will pull up (shorten) the column it is executed in +% to make room for the publisher ID. Place in the second column of +% the title page when using \IEEEpubid +% Is smart enough not to do anything when in single column text or +% if the user hasn't called \IEEEpubid +% currently needed in for the second column of a page with the +% publisher ID. If not needed in future releases, please provide this +% command and define it as \relax for backward compatibility +% v1.6b do not allow command to operate if the peer review option has been +% selected because \IEEEpubidadjcol will not be on the cover page. +% V1.7 do nothing if compsoc +\def\IEEEpubidadjcol{\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\else\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else +\if@twocolumn\if@IEEEusingpubid\enlargethispage{-\@IEEEpubidpullup}\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +% Special thanks to Peter Wilson, Daniel Luecking, and the other +% gurus at comp.text.tex, for helping me to understand how best to +% implement the IEEEpubid command in LaTeX. + + + +%% Lockout some commands under various conditions + +% general purpose bit bucket +\newsavebox{\@IEEEtranrubishbin} + +% flags to prevent multiple warning messages +\newif\if@IEEEWARNthanks +\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart +\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiography +\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophoto +\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubid +\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcol +\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEmembership +\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletext +\@IEEEWARNthankstrue +\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstarttrue +\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographytrue +\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophototrue +\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidtrue +\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcoltrue +\@IEEEWARNIEEEmembershiptrue +\@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletexttrue + + +%% Lockout some commands when in various modes, but allow them to be restored if needed +%% +% save commands which might be locked out +% so that the user can later restore them if needed +\let\@IEEESAVECMDthanks\thanks +\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEPARstart\IEEEPARstart +\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiography\IEEEbiography +\let\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiography\endIEEEbiography +\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiographynophoto\IEEEbiographynophoto +\let\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiographynophoto\endIEEEbiographynophoto +\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubid\IEEEpubid +\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubidadjcol\IEEEpubidadjcol +\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEmembership\IEEEmembership +\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEaftertitletext\IEEEaftertitletext + + +% disable \IEEEPARstart when in draft mode +% This may have originally been done because the pre-V1.6 drop letter +% algorithm had problems with a non-unity baselinestretch +% At any rate, it seems too formal to have a drop letter in a draft +% paper. +\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls +\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** ATTENTION: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart + is disabled in draft mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse} +\fi +% and for technotes +\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote +\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart + is locked out for technotes (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse} +\fi + + +% lockout unneeded commands when in conference mode +\ifCLASSOPTIONconference +% when locked out, \thanks, \IEEEbiography, \IEEEbiographynophoto, \IEEEpubid, +% \IEEEmembership and \IEEEaftertitletext will all swallow their given text. +% \IEEEPARstart will output a normal character instead +% warn the user about these commands only once to prevent the console screen +% from filling up with redundant messages +\def\thanks#1{\if@IEEEWARNthanks\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\thanks + is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNthanksfalse} +\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart + is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse} + + +% LaTeX treats environments and commands with optional arguments differently. +% the actual ("internal") command is stored as \\commandname +% (accessed via \csname\string\commandname\endcsname ) +% the "external" command \commandname is a macro with code to determine +% whether or not the optional argument is presented and to provide the +% default if it is absent. So, in order to save and restore such a command +% we would have to save and restore \\commandname as well. But, if LaTeX +% ever changes the way it names the internal names, the trick would break. +% Instead let us just define a new environment so that the internal +% name can be left undisturbed. +\newenvironment{@IEEEbogusbiography}[2][]{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiography\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEbiography + is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographyfalse% +\setbox\@IEEEtranrubishbin\vbox\bgroup}{\egroup\relax} +% and make biography point to our bogus biography +\let\IEEEbiography=\@IEEEbogusbiography +\let\endIEEEbiography=\end@IEEEbogusbiography + +\renewenvironment{IEEEbiographynophoto}[1]{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophoto\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEbiographynophoto + is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophotofalse% +\setbox\@IEEEtranrubishbin\vbox\bgroup}{\egroup\relax} + +\def\IEEEpubid#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubid\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEpubid + is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidfalse} +\def\IEEEpubidadjcol{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcol\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEpubidadjcol + is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcolfalse} +\def\IEEEmembership#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEmembership\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEmembership + is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEmembershipfalse} +\def\IEEEaftertitletext#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletext\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEaftertitletext + is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletextfalse} +\fi + + +% provide a way to restore the commands that are locked out +\def\IEEEoverridecommandlockouts{% +\typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding command lockouts (line \the\inputlineno).}% +\let\thanks\@IEEESAVECMDthanks% +\let\IEEEPARstart\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEPARstart% +\let\IEEEbiography\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiography% +\let\endIEEEbiography\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiography% +\let\IEEEbiographynophoto\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiographynophoto% +\let\endIEEEbiographynophoto\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiographynophoto% +\let\IEEEpubid\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubid% +\let\IEEEpubidadjcol\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubidadjcol% +\let\IEEEmembership\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEmembership% +\let\IEEEaftertitletext\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEaftertitletext} + + + +% need a backslash character for typeout output +{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=12 +|xdef|@IEEEbackslash{\}} + + +% hook to allow easy disabling of all legacy warnings +\def\@IEEElegacywarn#1#2{\typeout{** ATTENTION: \@IEEEbackslash #1 is deprecated (line \the\inputlineno). +Use \@IEEEbackslash #2 instead.}} + + +% provide for legacy commands +\def\authorblockA{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorblockA}{IEEEauthorblockA}\IEEEauthorblockA} +\def\authorblockN{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorblockN}{IEEEauthorblockN}\IEEEauthorblockN} +\def\authorrefmark{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorrefmark}{IEEEauthorrefmark}\IEEEauthorrefmark} +\def\PARstart{\@IEEElegacywarn{PARstart}{IEEEPARstart}\IEEEPARstart} +\def\pubid{\@IEEElegacywarn{pubid}{IEEEpubid}\IEEEpubid} +\def\pubidadjcol{\@IEEElegacywarn{pubidadjcol}{IEEEpubidadjcol}\IEEEpubidadjcol} +\def\QED{\@IEEElegacywarn{QED}{IEEEQED}\IEEEQED} +\def\QEDclosed{\@IEEElegacywarn{QEDclosed}{IEEEQEDclosed}\IEEEQEDclosed} +\def\QEDopen{\@IEEElegacywarn{QEDopen}{IEEEQEDopen}\IEEEQEDopen} +\def\specialpapernotice{\@IEEElegacywarn{specialpapernotice}{IEEEspecialpapernotice}\IEEEspecialpapernotice} + + + +% provide for legacy environments +\def\biography{\@IEEElegacywarn{biography}{IEEEbiography}\IEEEbiography} +\def\biographynophoto{\@IEEElegacywarn{biographynophoto}{IEEEbiographynophoto}\IEEEbiographynophoto} +\def\keywords{\@IEEElegacywarn{keywords}{IEEEkeywords}\IEEEkeywords} +\def\endbiography{\endIEEEbiography} +\def\endbiographynophoto{\endIEEEbiographynophoto} +\def\endkeywords{\endIEEEkeywords} + + +% provide for legacy IED commands/lengths when possible +\let\labelindent\IEEElabelindent +\def\calcleftmargin{\@IEEElegacywarn{calcleftmargin}{IEEEcalcleftmargin}\IEEEcalcleftmargin} +\def\setlabelwidth{\@IEEElegacywarn{setlabelwidth}{IEEEsetlabelwidth}\IEEEsetlabelwidth} +\def\usemathlabelsep{\@IEEElegacywarn{usemathlabelsep}{IEEEusemathlabelsep}\IEEEusemathlabelsep} +\def\iedlabeljustifyc{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyc}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyc}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyc} +\def\iedlabeljustifyl{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyl}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyl}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyl} +\def\iedlabeljustifyr{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyr}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyr}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyr} + + + +% let \proof use the IEEEtran version even after amsthm is loaded +% \proof is now deprecated in favor of \IEEEproof +\AtBeginDocument{\def\proof{\@IEEElegacywarn{proof}{IEEEproof}\IEEEproof}\def\endproof{\endIEEEproof}} + +% V1.7 \overrideIEEEmargins is no longer supported. +\def\overrideIEEEmargins{% +\typeout{** WARNING: \string\overrideIEEEmargins \space no longer supported (line \the\inputlineno).}% +\typeout{** Use the \string\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin, \string\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin \space controls instead.}} + + +\endinput + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of IEEEtran.cls %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% That's all folks! + diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtranS.bst b/IEEEtran/IEEEtranS.bst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29e5b8c --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEtranS.bst @@ -0,0 +1,2607 @@ +%% +%% IEEEtranS.bst +%% BibTeX Bibliography Style file +%% Sorting version of IEEEtran.bst +%% *** Not for normal IEEE work *** +%% Version 1.12 (2007/01/11) +%% +%% Copyright (c) 2003-2007 Michael Shell +%% +%% Original starting code base and algorithms obtained from the output of +%% Patrick W. Daly's makebst package as well as from prior versions of +%% IEEE BibTeX styles: +%% +%% 1. Howard Trickey and Oren Patashnik's ieeetr.bst (1985/1988) +%% 2. Silvano Balemi and Richard H. Roy's IEEEbib.bst (1993) +%% +%% Added sorting code is from plain.bst. +%% +%% Support sites: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +%% and/or +%% http://www.ieee.org/ +%% +%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later +%% +%% This is a numerical citation style. +%% +%%************************************************************************* +%% Legal Notice: +%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +%% User assumes all risk. +%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +%% of any information contained here. +%% +%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. +%% +%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% Retain all contribution notices and credits. +%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** +%% +%% File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib, +%% IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst, +%% IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf +%%************************************************************************* +% +% +% Changelog: +% +% 1.10 (2002/09/27) Initial release +% +% 1.11 (2003/04/02) +% 1. Fixed bug with URLs containing underscores when using url.sty. Thanks +% to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this. +% +% 1.12 (2007/01/11) +% 1. Fixed bug with unwanted comma before "et al." when an entry contained +% more than two author names. Thanks to Pallav Gupta for reporting this. +% 2. Fixed bug with anomalous closing quote in tech reports that have a +% type, but without a number or address. Thanks to Mehrdad Mirreza for +% reporting this. +% 3. Use braces in \providecommand in begin.bib to better support +% latex2html. TeX style length assignments OK with recent versions +% of latex2html - 1.71 (2002/2/1) or later is strongly recommended. +% Use of the language field still causes trouble with latex2html. +% Thanks to Federico Beffa for reporting this. +% 4. Added IEEEtran.bst ID and version comment string to .bbl output. +% 5. Provide a \BIBdecl hook that allows the user to execute commands +% just prior to the first entry. +% 6. Use default urlstyle (is using url.sty) of "same" rather than rm to +% better work with a wider variety of bibliography styles. +% 7. Changed month abbreviations from Sept., July and June to Sep., Jul., +% and Jun., respectively, as IEEE now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann +% for reporting this. +% 8. Control entry types should not be considered when calculating longest +% label width. +% 9. Added alias www for electronic/online. +% 10. Added CTLname_url_prefix control entry type. + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% DEFAULTS FOR THE CONTROLS OF THE BST STYLE %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% These are the defaults for the user adjustable controls. The values used +% here can be overridden by the user via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type. + +% NOTE: The recommended LaTeX command to invoke a control entry type is: +% +%\makeatletter +%\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}} +%\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack +% \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{% +% \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}% +% \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}% +% \@esphack} +%\makeatother +% +% It is called at the start of the document, before the first \cite, like: +% \bstctlcite{IEEEexample:BSTcontrol} +% +% IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later does provide this command. + + + +% #0 turns off the display of the number for articles. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.use.number.for.article} { #1 } + + +% #0 turns off the display of the paper and type fields in @inproceedings. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.use.paper} { #1 } + + +% #0 turns off the forced use of "et al." +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.forced.et.al} { #0 } + +% The maximum number of names that can be present beyond which an "et al." +% usage is forced. Be sure that num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al (below) +% is not greater than this value! +% Note: There are many instances of references in IEEE journals which have +% a very large number of authors as well as instances in which "et al." is +% used profusely. +FUNCTION {default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al} { #10 } + +% The number of names that will be shown with a forced "et al.". +% Must be less than or equal to max.num.names.before.forced.et.al +FUNCTION {default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al} { #1 } + + +% #0 turns off the alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing} { #1 } + +% If alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs is enabled, this is +% the interword spacing stretch factor that will be used. For example, the +% default "4" here means that the interword spacing in entries with URLs can +% stretch to four times normal. Does not have to be an integer. Note that +% the value specified here can be overridden by the user in their LaTeX +% code via a command such as: +% "\providecommand\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor{1.5}" in addition to +% that via the IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type. +FUNCTION {default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor} { "4" } + + +% #0 turns off the "dashification" of repeated (i.e., identical to those +% of the previous entry) names. IEEE normally does this. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {default.is.dash.repeated.names} { #1 } + + +% The default name format control string. +FUNCTION {default.name.format.string}{ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" } + + +% The default LaTeX font command for the names. +FUNCTION {default.name.latex.cmd}{ "" } + + +% The default URL prefix. +FUNCTION {default.name.url.prefix}{ "[Online]. Available:" } + + +% Other controls that cannot be accessed via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type. + +% #0 turns off the terminal startup banner/completed message so as to +% operate more quietly. +% #1 enables +FUNCTION {is.print.banners.to.terminal} { #1 } + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% FILE VERSION AND BANNER %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION{bst.file.version} { "1.12" } +FUNCTION{bst.file.date} { "2007/01/11" } +FUNCTION{bst.file.website} { "http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/" } + +FUNCTION {banner.message} +{ is.print.banners.to.terminal + { "-- IEEEtranS.bst version" " " * bst.file.version * + " (" * bst.file.date * ") " * "by Michael Shell." * + top$ + "-- " bst.file.website * + top$ + "-- See the " quote$ * "IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf" * quote$ * " manual for usage information." * + top$ + "** Sorting version - not for normal IEEE work." + top$ + } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {completed.message} +{ is.print.banners.to.terminal + { "" + top$ + "Done." + top$ + } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% STRING CONSTANTS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION {bbl.and}{ "and" } +FUNCTION {bbl.etal}{ "et~al." } +FUNCTION {bbl.editors}{ "eds." } +FUNCTION {bbl.editor}{ "ed." } +FUNCTION {bbl.edition}{ "ed." } +FUNCTION {bbl.volume}{ "vol." } +FUNCTION {bbl.of}{ "of" } +FUNCTION {bbl.number}{ "no." } +FUNCTION {bbl.in}{ "in" } +FUNCTION {bbl.pages}{ "pp." } +FUNCTION {bbl.page}{ "p." } +FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}{ "ch." } +FUNCTION {bbl.paper}{ "paper" } +FUNCTION {bbl.part}{ "pt." } +FUNCTION {bbl.patent}{ "Patent" } +FUNCTION {bbl.patentUS}{ "U.S." } +FUNCTION {bbl.revision}{ "Rev." } +FUNCTION {bbl.series}{ "ser." } +FUNCTION {bbl.standard}{ "Std." } +FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}{ "Tech. Rep." } +FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}{ "Master's thesis" } +FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}{ "Ph.D. dissertation" } +FUNCTION {bbl.st}{ "st" } +FUNCTION {bbl.nd}{ "nd" } +FUNCTION {bbl.rd}{ "rd" } +FUNCTION {bbl.th}{ "th" } + + +% This is the LaTeX spacer that is used when a larger than normal space +% is called for (such as just before the address:publisher). +FUNCTION {large.space} { "\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax " } + +% The LaTeX code for dashes that are used to represent repeated names. +% Note: Some older IEEE journals used something like +% "\rule{0.275in}{0.5pt}\," which is fairly thick and runs right along +% the baseline. However, IEEE now uses a thinner, above baseline, +% six dash long sequence. +FUNCTION {repeated.name.dashes} { "------" } + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% PREDEFINED STRING MACROS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} +MACRO {may} {"May"} +MACRO {jun} {"Jun."} +MACRO {jul} {"Jul."} +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} +MACRO {sep} {"Sep."} +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% ENTRY FIELDS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +ENTRY + { address + assignee + author + booktitle + chapter + day + dayfiled + edition + editor + howpublished + institution + intype + journal + key + language + month + monthfiled + nationality + note + number + organization + pages + paper + publisher + school + series + revision + title + type + url + volume + year + yearfiled + CTLuse_article_number + CTLuse_paper + CTLuse_forced_etal + CTLmax_names_forced_etal + CTLnames_show_etal + CTLuse_alt_spacing + CTLalt_stretch_factor + CTLdash_repeated_names + CTLname_format_string + CTLname_latex_cmd + CTLname_url_prefix + } + {} + { label } + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% INTEGER VARIABLES %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +INTEGERS { prev.status.punct this.status.punct punct.std + punct.no punct.comma punct.period + prev.status.space this.status.space space.std + space.no space.normal space.large + prev.status.quote this.status.quote quote.std + quote.no quote.close + prev.status.nline this.status.nline nline.std + nline.no nline.newblock + status.cap cap.std + cap.no cap.yes} + +INTEGERS { longest.label.width multiresult nameptr namesleft number.label numnames } + +INTEGERS { is.use.number.for.article + is.use.paper + is.forced.et.al + max.num.names.before.forced.et.al + num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al + is.use.alt.interword.spacing + is.dash.repeated.names} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% STRING VARIABLES %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +STRINGS { bibinfo + longest.label + oldname + s + t + ALTinterwordstretchfactor + name.format.string + name.latex.cmd + name.url.prefix} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% LOW LEVEL FUNCTIONS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION {initialize.controls} +{ default.is.use.number.for.article 'is.use.number.for.article := + default.is.use.paper 'is.use.paper := + default.is.forced.et.al 'is.forced.et.al := + default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al := + default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al := + default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing := + default.is.dash.repeated.names 'is.dash.repeated.names := + default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor := + default.name.format.string 'name.format.string := + default.name.latex.cmd 'name.latex.cmd := + default.name.url.prefix 'name.url.prefix := +} + + +% This IEEEtran.bst features a very powerful and flexible mechanism for +% controlling the capitalization, punctuation, spacing, quotation, and +% newlines of the formatted entry fields. (Note: IEEEtran.bst does not need +% or use the newline/newblock feature, but it has been implemented for +% possible future use.) The output states of IEEEtran.bst consist of +% multiple independent attributes and, as such, can be thought of as being +% vectors, rather than the simple scalar values ("before.all", +% "mid.sentence", etc.) used in most other .bst files. +% +% The more flexible and complex design used here was motivated in part by +% IEEE's rather unusual bibliography style. For example, IEEE ends the +% previous field item with a period and large space prior to the publisher +% address; the @electronic entry types use periods as inter-item punctuation +% rather than the commas used by the other entry types; and URLs are never +% followed by periods even though they are the last item in the entry. +% Although it is possible to accommodate these features with the conventional +% output state system, the seemingly endless exceptions make for convoluted, +% unreliable and difficult to maintain code. +% +% IEEEtran.bst's output state system can be easily understood via a simple +% illustration of two most recently formatted entry fields (on the stack): +% +% CURRENT_ITEM +% "PREVIOUS_ITEM +% +% which, in this example, is to eventually appear in the bibliography as: +% +% "PREVIOUS_ITEM," CURRENT_ITEM +% +% It is the job of the output routine to take the previous item off of the +% stack (while leaving the current item at the top of the stack), apply its +% trailing punctuation (including closing quote marks) and spacing, and then +% to write the result to BibTeX's output buffer: +% +% "PREVIOUS_ITEM," +% +% Punctuation (and spacing) between items is often determined by both of the +% items rather than just the first one. The presence of quotation marks +% further complicates the situation because, in standard English, trailing +% punctuation marks are supposed to be contained within the quotes. +% +% IEEEtran.bst maintains two output state (aka "status") vectors which +% correspond to the previous and current (aka "this") items. Each vector +% consists of several independent attributes which track punctuation, +% spacing, quotation, and newlines. Capitalization status is handled by a +% separate scalar because the format routines, not the output routine, +% handle capitalization and, therefore, there is no need to maintain the +% capitalization attribute for both the "previous" and "this" items. +% +% When a format routine adds a new item, it copies the current output status +% vector to the previous output status vector and (usually) resets the +% current (this) output status vector to a "standard status" vector. Using a +% "standard status" vector in this way allows us to redefine what we mean by +% "standard status" at the start of each entry handler and reuse the same +% format routines under the various inter-item separation schemes. For +% example, the standard status vector for the @book entry type may use +% commas for item separators, while the @electronic type may use periods, +% yet both entry handlers exploit many of the exact same format routines. +% +% Because format routines have write access to the output status vector of +% the previous item, they can override the punctuation choices of the +% previous format routine! Therefore, it becomes trivial to implement rules +% such as "Always use a period and a large space before the publisher." By +% pushing the generation of the closing quote mark to the output routine, we +% avoid all the problems caused by having to close a quote before having all +% the information required to determine what the punctuation should be. +% +% The IEEEtran.bst output state system can easily be expanded if needed. +% For instance, it is easy to add a "space.tie" attribute value if the +% bibliography rules mandate that two items have to be joined with an +% unbreakable space. + +FUNCTION {initialize.status.constants} +{ #0 'punct.no := + #1 'punct.comma := + #2 'punct.period := + #0 'space.no := + #1 'space.normal := + #2 'space.large := + #0 'quote.no := + #1 'quote.close := + #0 'cap.no := + #1 'cap.yes := + #0 'nline.no := + #1 'nline.newblock := +} + +FUNCTION {std.status.using.comma} +{ punct.comma 'punct.std := + space.normal 'space.std := + quote.no 'quote.std := + nline.no 'nline.std := + cap.no 'cap.std := +} + +FUNCTION {std.status.using.period} +{ punct.period 'punct.std := + space.normal 'space.std := + quote.no 'quote.std := + nline.no 'nline.std := + cap.yes 'cap.std := +} + +FUNCTION {initialize.prev.this.status} +{ punct.no 'prev.status.punct := + space.no 'prev.status.space := + quote.no 'prev.status.quote := + nline.no 'prev.status.nline := + punct.no 'this.status.punct := + space.no 'this.status.space := + quote.no 'this.status.quote := + nline.no 'this.status.nline := + cap.yes 'status.cap := +} + +FUNCTION {this.status.std} +{ punct.std 'this.status.punct := + space.std 'this.status.space := + quote.std 'this.status.quote := + nline.std 'this.status.nline := +} + +FUNCTION {cap.status.std}{ cap.std 'status.cap := } + +FUNCTION {this.to.prev.status} +{ this.status.punct 'prev.status.punct := + this.status.space 'prev.status.space := + this.status.quote 'prev.status.quote := + this.status.nline 'prev.status.nline := +} + + +FUNCTION {not} +{ { #0 } + { #1 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {and} +{ { skip$ } + { pop$ #0 } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {or} +{ { pop$ #1 } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + +% convert the strings "yes" or "no" to #1 or #0 respectively +FUNCTION {yes.no.to.int} +{ "l" change.case$ duplicate$ + "yes" = + { pop$ #1 } + { duplicate$ "no" = + { pop$ #0 } + { "unknown boolean " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ * + " in " * cite$ * warning$ + #0 + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +% pushes true if the single char string on the stack is in the +% range of "0" to "9" +FUNCTION {is.num} +{ chr.to.int$ + duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not + swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and +} + +% multiplies the integer on the stack by a factor of 10 +FUNCTION {bump.int.mag} +{ #0 'multiresult := + { duplicate$ #0 > } + { #1 - + multiresult #10 + + 'multiresult := + } + while$ +pop$ +multiresult +} + +% converts a single character string on the stack to an integer +FUNCTION {char.to.integer} +{ duplicate$ + is.num + { chr.to.int$ "0" chr.to.int$ - } + {"noninteger character " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ * + " in integer field of " * cite$ * warning$ + #0 + } + if$ +} + +% converts a string on the stack to an integer +FUNCTION {string.to.integer} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ 'namesleft := + #1 'nameptr := + #0 'numnames := + { nameptr namesleft > not } + { duplicate$ nameptr #1 substring$ + char.to.integer numnames bump.int.mag + + 'numnames := + nameptr #1 + + 'nameptr := + } + while$ +pop$ +numnames +} + + + + +% The output routines write out the *next* to the top (previous) item on the +% stack, adding punctuation and such as needed. Since IEEEtran.bst maintains +% the output status for the top two items on the stack, these output +% routines have to consider the previous output status (which corresponds to +% the item that is being output). Full independent control of punctuation, +% closing quote marks, spacing, and newblock is provided. +% +% "output.nonnull" does not check for the presence of a previous empty +% item. +% +% "output" does check for the presence of a previous empty item and will +% remove an empty item rather than outputing it. +% +% "output.warn" is like "output", but will issue a warning if it detects +% an empty item. + +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} +{ swap$ + prev.status.punct punct.comma = + { "," * } + { skip$ } + if$ + prev.status.punct punct.period = + { add.period$ } + { skip$ } + if$ + prev.status.quote quote.close = + { "''" * } + { skip$ } + if$ + prev.status.space space.normal = + { " " * } + { skip$ } + if$ + prev.status.space space.large = + { large.space * } + { skip$ } + if$ + write$ + prev.status.nline nline.newblock = + { newline$ "\newblock " write$ } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + 'pop$ + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {output.warn} +{ 't := + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + 'output.nonnull + if$ +} + +% "fin.entry" is the output routine that handles the last item of the entry +% (which will be on the top of the stack when "fin.entry" is called). + +FUNCTION {fin.entry} +{ this.status.punct punct.no = + { skip$ } + { add.period$ } + if$ + this.status.quote quote.close = + { "''" * } + { skip$ } + if$ +write$ +newline$ +} + + +FUNCTION {is.last.char.not.punct} +{ duplicate$ + "}" * add.period$ + #-1 #1 substring$ "." = +} + +FUNCTION {is.multiple.pages} +{ 't := + #0 'multiresult := + { multiresult not + t empty$ not + and + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "-" = + swap$ duplicate$ "," = + swap$ "+" = + or or + { #1 'multiresult := } + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + multiresult +} + +FUNCTION {capitalize}{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ } + +FUNCTION {emphasize} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {do.name.latex.cmd} +{ name.latex.cmd + empty$ + { skip$ } + { name.latex.cmd "{" * swap$ * "}" * } + if$ +} + +% IEEEtran.bst uses its own \BIBforeignlanguage command which directly +% invokes the TeX hyphenation patterns without the need of the Babel +% package. Babel does a lot more than switch hyphenation patterns and +% its loading can cause unintended effects in many class files (such as +% IEEEtran.cls). +FUNCTION {select.language} +{ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ + { language empty$ 'skip$ + { "\BIBforeignlanguage{" language * "}{" * swap$ * "}" * } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix} +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < + { "~" } + { " " } + if$ + swap$ +} + +FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor} +{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ } + +FUNCTION {space.word}{ " " swap$ * " " * } + + +% Field Conditioners, Converters, Checkers and External Interfaces + +FUNCTION {empty.field.to.null.string} +{ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ "" } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {either.or.check} +{ empty$ + { pop$ } + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {empty.entry.warn} +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ url empty$ + and and and and and and + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } + 'skip$ + if$ +} + + +% The bibinfo system provides a way for the electronic parsing/acquisition +% of a bibliography's contents as is done by ReVTeX. For example, a field +% could be entered into the bibliography as: +% \bibinfo{volume}{2} +% Only the "2" would show up in the document, but the LaTeX \bibinfo command +% could do additional things with the information. IEEEtran.bst does provide +% a \bibinfo command via "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}". However, it is +% currently not used as the bogus bibinfo functions defined here output the +% entry values directly without the \bibinfo wrapper. The bibinfo functions +% themselves (and the calls to them) are retained for possible future use. +% +% bibinfo.check avoids acting on missing fields while bibinfo.warn will +% issue a warning message if a missing field is detected. Prior to calling +% the bibinfo functions, the user should push the field value and then its +% name string, in that order. + +FUNCTION {bibinfo.check} +{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$ + { pop$ pop$ "" } + { duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ pop$ } + { swap$ pop$ } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn} +{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$ + { swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ "" } + { duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } + { swap$ pop$ } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +% IEEE separates large numbers with more than 4 digits into groups of +% three. IEEE uses a small space to separate these number groups. +% Typical applications include patent and page numbers. + +% number of consecutive digits required to trigger the group separation. +FUNCTION {large.number.trigger}{ #5 } + +% For numbers longer than the trigger, this is the blocksize of the groups. +% The blocksize must be less than the trigger threshold, and 2 * blocksize +% must be greater than the trigger threshold (can't do more than one +% separation on the initial trigger). +FUNCTION {large.number.blocksize}{ #3 } + +% What is actually inserted between the number groups. +FUNCTION {large.number.separator}{ "\," } + +% So as to save on integer variables by reusing existing ones, numnames +% holds the current number of consecutive digits read and nameptr holds +% the number that will trigger an inserted space. +FUNCTION {large.number.separate} +{ 't := + "" + #0 'numnames := + large.number.trigger 'nameptr := + { t empty$ not } + { t #-1 #1 substring$ is.num + { numnames #1 + 'numnames := } + { #0 'numnames := + large.number.trigger 'nameptr := + } + if$ + t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ * + t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + numnames nameptr = + { duplicate$ #1 nameptr large.number.blocksize - substring$ swap$ + nameptr large.number.blocksize - #1 + global.max$ substring$ + large.number.separator swap$ * * + nameptr large.number.blocksize - 'numnames := + large.number.blocksize #1 + 'nameptr := + } + { skip$ } + if$ + } + while$ +} + +% Converts all single dashes "-" to double dashes "--". +FUNCTION {n.dashify} +{ large.number.separate + 't := + "" + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not + { "--" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } + { "-" * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + while$ + } + if$ + } + { t #1 #1 substring$ * + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + } + if$ + } + while$ +} + + +% This function detects entries with names that are identical to that of +% the previous entry and replaces the repeated names with dashes (if the +% "is.dash.repeated.names" user control is nonzero). +FUNCTION {name.or.dash} +{ 's := + oldname empty$ + { s 'oldname := s } + { s oldname = + { is.dash.repeated.names + { repeated.name.dashes } + { s 'oldname := s } + if$ + } + { s 'oldname := s } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% Converts the number string on the top of the stack to +% "numerical ordinal form" (e.g., "7" to "7th"). There is +% no artificial limit to the upper bound of the numbers as the +% least significant digit always determines the ordinal form. +FUNCTION {num.to.ordinal} +{ duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "1" = + { bbl.st * } + { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "2" = + { bbl.nd * } + { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "3" = + { bbl.rd * } + { bbl.th * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + +% If the string on the top of the stack begins with a number, +% (e.g., 11th) then replace the string with the leading number +% it contains. Otherwise retain the string as-is. s holds the +% extracted number, t holds the part of the string that remains +% to be scanned. +FUNCTION {extract.num} +{ duplicate$ 't := + "" 's := + { t empty$ not } + { t #1 #1 substring$ + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := + duplicate$ is.num + { s swap$ * 's := } + { pop$ "" 't := } + if$ + } + while$ + s empty$ + 'skip$ + { pop$ s } + if$ +} + +% Converts the word number string on the top of the stack to +% Arabic string form. Will be successful up to "tenth". +FUNCTION {word.to.num} +{ duplicate$ "l" change.case$ 's := + s "first" = + { pop$ "1" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "second" = + { pop$ "2" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "third" = + { pop$ "3" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "fourth" = + { pop$ "4" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "fifth" = + { pop$ "5" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "sixth" = + { pop$ "6" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "seventh" = + { pop$ "7" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "eighth" = + { pop$ "8" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "ninth" = + { pop$ "9" } + { skip$ } + if$ + s "tenth" = + { pop$ "10" } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + +% Converts the string on the top of the stack to numerical +% ordinal (e.g., "11th") form. +FUNCTION {convert.edition} +{ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num + { extract.num + num.to.ordinal + } + { word.to.num + duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num + { num.to.ordinal } + { "edition ordinal word " quote$ * edition * quote$ * + " may be too high (or improper) for conversion" * " in " * cite$ * warning$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% LATEX BIBLIOGRAPHY CODE %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION {start.entry} +{ newline$ + "\bibitem{" write$ + cite$ write$ + "}" write$ + newline$ + "" + initialize.prev.this.status +} + +% Here we write out all the LaTeX code that we will need. The most involved +% code sequences are those that control the alternate interword spacing and +% foreign language hyphenation patterns. The heavy use of \providecommand +% gives users a way to override the defaults. Special thanks to Javier Bezos, +% Johannes Braams, Robin Fairbairns, Heiko Oberdiek, Donald Arseneau and all +% the other gurus on comp.text.tex for their help and advice on the topic of +% \selectlanguage, Babel and BibTeX. +FUNCTION {begin.bib} +{ "% Generated by IEEEtranS.bst, version: " bst.file.version * " (" * bst.file.date * ")" * + write$ newline$ + preamble$ empty$ 'skip$ + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } + if$ + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\url}[1]{#1}" + write$ newline$ + "\csname url@samestyle\endcsname" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\newblock}{\relax}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=0pt\relax}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{" + ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" * + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font plus " + write$ newline$ + "\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor\fontdimen3\font minus \fontdimen4\font\relax}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBforeignlanguage}[2]{{%" + write$ newline$ + "\expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax" + write$ newline$ + "\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEtranS.bst: No hyphenation pattern has been}%" + write$ newline$ + "\typeout{** loaded for the language `#1'. Using the pattern for}%" + write$ newline$ + "\typeout{** the default language instead.}%" + write$ newline$ + "\else" + write$ newline$ + "\language=\csname l@#1\endcsname" + write$ newline$ + "\fi" + write$ newline$ + "#2}}" + write$ newline$ + "\providecommand{\BIBdecl}{\relax}" + write$ newline$ + "\BIBdecl" + write$ newline$ +} + +FUNCTION {end.bib} +{ newline$ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ } + +FUNCTION {if.url.alt.interword.spacing} +{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing + {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$} + { skip$ } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {if.url.std.interword.spacing} +{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing + {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$} + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% LONGEST LABEL PASS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} +{ "" 'longest.label := + #1 'number.label := + #0 'longest.label.width := +} + +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} +{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" = + { skip$ } + { number.label int.to.str$ 'label := + number.label #1 + 'number.label := + label width$ longest.label.width > + { label 'longest.label := + label width$ 'longest.label.width := + } + { skip$ } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% FORMAT HANDLERS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%% Lower Level Formats (used by higher level formats) + +FUNCTION {format.address.org.or.pub.date} +{ 't := + "" + year empty$ + { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ } + { skip$ } + if$ + address empty$ t empty$ and + year empty$ and month empty$ and + { skip$ } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + address "address" bibinfo.check * + t empty$ + { skip$ } + { punct.period 'prev.status.punct := + space.large 'prev.status.space := + address empty$ + { skip$ } + { ": " * } + if$ + t * + } + if$ + year empty$ month empty$ and + { skip$ } + { t empty$ address empty$ and + { skip$ } + { ", " * } + if$ + month empty$ + { year empty$ + { skip$ } + { year "year" bibinfo.check * } + if$ + } + { month "month" bibinfo.check * + year empty$ + { skip$ } + { " " * year "year" bibinfo.check * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.names} +{ 'bibinfo := + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { + this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + 's := + "" 't := + #1 'nameptr := + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { s nameptr + name.format.string + format.name$ + bibinfo bibinfo.check + 't := + nameptr #1 > + { nameptr num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al #1 + = + numnames max.num.names.before.forced.et.al > + is.forced.et.al and and + { "others" 't := + #1 'namesleft := + } + { skip$ } + if$ + namesleft #1 > + { ", " * t do.name.latex.cmd * } + { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = + { 't := } + { pop$ } + if$ + t "others" = + { " " * bbl.etal emphasize * } + { numnames #2 > + { "," * } + { skip$ } + if$ + bbl.and + space.word * t do.name.latex.cmd * + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { t do.name.latex.cmd } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ + cap.status.std + } if$ +} + + + + +%% Higher Level Formats + +%% addresses/locations + +FUNCTION {format.address} +{ address duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + + +%% author/editor names + +FUNCTION {format.authors}{ author "author" format.names } + +FUNCTION {format.editors} +{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { ", " * + get.bbl.editor + capitalize + * + } + if$ +} + + + +%% date + +FUNCTION {format.date} +{ + month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ } + if$ + * + } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + swap$ 'skip$ + { + swap$ + " " * swap$ + } + if$ + * + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.date.electronic} +{ month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ + { swap$ + { pop$ } + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ + pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ * + this.to.prev.status + punct.no 'this.status.punct := + space.normal 'this.status.space := + quote.no 'this.status.quote := + cap.yes 'status.cap := + } + if$ + } + { swap$ + { swap$ pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ * } + { "(" swap$ * ", " * swap$ * ")" * } + if$ + this.to.prev.status + punct.no 'this.status.punct := + space.normal 'this.status.space := + quote.no 'this.status.quote := + cap.yes 'status.cap := + } + if$ +} + + + +%% edition/title + +% Note: IEEE considers the edition to be closely associated with +% the title of a book. So, in IEEEtran.bst the edition is normally handled +% within the formatting of the title. The format.edition function is +% retained here for possible future use. +FUNCTION {format.edition} +{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + convert.edition + status.cap + { "t" } + { "l" } + if$ change.case$ + "edition" bibinfo.check + "~" * bbl.edition * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +% This is used to format the booktitle of a conference proceedings. +% Here we use the "intype" field to provide the user a way to +% override the word "in" (e.g., with things like "presented at") +% Use of intype stops the emphasis of the booktitle to indicate that +% we no longer mean the written conference proceedings, but the +% conference itself. +FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle} +{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + select.language + intype missing$ + { emphasize + bbl.in " " * + } + { intype " " * } + if$ + swap$ * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +% This is used to format the booktitle of collection. +% Here the "intype" field is not supported, but "edition" is. +FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle.edition} +{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + select.language + emphasize + edition empty$ 'skip$ + { ", " * + edition + convert.edition + "l" change.case$ + * "~" * bbl.edition * + } + if$ + bbl.in " " * swap$ * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.title} +{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + "t" change.case$ + } + if$ + "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { quote.close 'this.status.quote := + is.last.char.not.punct + { punct.std 'this.status.punct := } + { punct.no 'this.status.punct := } + if$ + select.language + "``" swap$ * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.article.title.electronic} +{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + "t" change.case$ + } + if$ + "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ + { skip$ } + { select.language } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.title.edition} +{ title "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ + { "empty title in " cite$ * warning$ } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + select.language + emphasize + edition empty$ 'skip$ + { ", " * + edition + convert.edition + status.cap + { "t" } + { "l" } + if$ + change.case$ + * "~" * bbl.edition * + } + if$ + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.book.title} +{ title "title" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + select.language + emphasize + } + if$ +} + + + +%% journal + +FUNCTION {format.journal} +{ journal duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + select.language + emphasize + } + if$ +} + + + +%% how published + +FUNCTION {format.howpublished} +{ howpublished duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + + +%% institutions/organization/publishers/school + +FUNCTION {format.institution} +{ institution duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.organization} +{ organization duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date} +{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.address.org.or.pub.date } + +FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date.nowarn} +{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date } + +FUNCTION {format.address.organization.date} +{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date } + +FUNCTION {format.school} +{ school duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + + +%% volume/number/series/chapter/pages + +FUNCTION {format.volume} +{ volume empty.field.to.null.string + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + bbl.volume + status.cap + { capitalize } + { skip$ } + if$ + swap$ tie.or.space.prefix + "volume" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number} +{ number empty.field.to.null.string + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + status.cap + { bbl.number capitalize } + { bbl.number } + if$ + swap$ tie.or.space.prefix + "number" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {format.number.if.use.for.article} +{ is.use.number.for.article + { format.number } + { "" } + if$ +} + +% IEEE does not seem to tie the series so closely with the volume +% and number as is done in other bibliography styles. Instead the +% series is treated somewhat like an extension of the title. +FUNCTION {format.series} +{ series empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + bbl.series " " * + series "series" bibinfo.check * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.chapter} +{ chapter empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type empty$ + { bbl.chapter } + { type "l" change.case$ + "type" bibinfo.check + } + if$ + chapter tie.or.space.prefix + "chapter" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + +% The intended use of format.paper is for paper numbers of inproceedings. +% The paper type can be overridden via the type field. +% We allow the type to be displayed even if the paper number is absent +% for things like "postdeadline paper" +FUNCTION {format.paper} +{ is.use.paper + { paper empty$ + { type empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type "type" bibinfo.check + cap.status.std + } + if$ + } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type empty$ + { bbl.paper } + { type "type" bibinfo.check } + if$ + " " * paper + "paper" bibinfo.check + * + cap.status.std + } + if$ + } + { "" } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {format.pages} +{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + duplicate$ is.multiple.pages + { + bbl.pages swap$ + n.dashify + } + { + bbl.page swap$ + } + if$ + tie.or.space.prefix + "pages" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + + +%% technical report number + +FUNCTION {format.tech.report.number} +{ number "number" bibinfo.check + this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.status.std + type duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ + bbl.techrep + } + { skip$ } + if$ + "type" bibinfo.check + swap$ duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ } + { tie.or.space.prefix * * } + if$ +} + + + +%% note + +FUNCTION {format.note} +{ note empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + punct.period 'this.status.punct := + note #1 #1 substring$ + duplicate$ "{" = + { skip$ } + { status.cap + { "u" } + { "l" } + if$ + change.case$ + } + if$ + note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check + cap.yes 'status.cap := + } + if$ +} + + + +%% patent + +FUNCTION {format.patent.date} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + year empty$ + { monthfiled duplicate$ empty$ + { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" } + { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check } + if$ + dayfiled duplicate$ empty$ + { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * } + { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check + monthfiled empty$ + { "dayfiled without a monthfiled in " cite$ * warning$ + * + } + { " " swap$ * * } + if$ + } + if$ + yearfiled empty$ + { "no year or yearfiled in " cite$ * warning$ } + { yearfiled "yearfiled" bibinfo.check + swap$ + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ } + { ", " * swap$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + } + { month duplicate$ empty$ + { "month" bibinfo.check pop$ "" } + { "month" bibinfo.check } + if$ + day duplicate$ empty$ + { "day" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * } + { "day" bibinfo.check + month empty$ + { "day without a month in " cite$ * warning$ + * + } + { " " swap$ * * } + if$ + } + if$ + year "year" bibinfo.check + swap$ + duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ } + { ", " * swap$ * } + if$ + } + if$ + cap.status.std +} + +FUNCTION {format.patent.nationality.type.number} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + nationality duplicate$ empty$ + { "nationality" bibinfo.warn pop$ "" } + { "nationality" bibinfo.check + duplicate$ "l" change.case$ "united states" = + { pop$ bbl.patentUS } + { skip$ } + if$ + " " * + } + if$ + type empty$ + { bbl.patent "type" bibinfo.check } + { type "type" bibinfo.check } + if$ + * + number duplicate$ empty$ + { "number" bibinfo.warn pop$ } + { "number" bibinfo.check + large.number.separate + swap$ " " * swap$ * + } + if$ + cap.status.std +} + + + +%% standard + +FUNCTION {format.organization.institution.standard.type.number} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + organization duplicate$ empty$ + { pop$ + institution duplicate$ empty$ + { "institution" bibinfo.warn } + { "institution" bibinfo.warn " " * } + if$ + } + { "organization" bibinfo.warn " " * } + if$ + type empty$ + { bbl.standard "type" bibinfo.check } + { type "type" bibinfo.check } + if$ + * + number duplicate$ empty$ + { "number" bibinfo.check pop$ } + { "number" bibinfo.check + large.number.separate + swap$ " " * swap$ * + } + if$ + cap.status.std +} + +FUNCTION {format.revision} +{ revision empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + bbl.revision + revision tie.or.space.prefix + "revision" bibinfo.check + * * + cap.status.std + } + if$ +} + + +%% thesis + +FUNCTION {format.master.thesis.type} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type empty$ + { + bbl.mthesis + } + { + type "type" bibinfo.check + } + if$ +cap.status.std +} + +FUNCTION {format.phd.thesis.type} +{ this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + type empty$ + { + bbl.phdthesis + } + { + type "type" bibinfo.check + } + if$ +cap.status.std +} + + + +%% URL + +FUNCTION {format.url} +{ url empty$ + { "" } + { this.to.prev.status + this.status.std + cap.yes 'status.cap := + name.url.prefix " " * + "\url{" * url * "}" * + punct.no 'this.status.punct := + punct.period 'prev.status.punct := + space.normal 'this.status.space := + space.normal 'prev.status.space := + quote.no 'this.status.quote := + } + if$ +} + + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% ENTRY HANDLERS %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +% Note: In many journals, IEEE (or the authors) tend not to show the number +% for articles, so the display of the number is controlled here by the +% switch "is.use.number.for.article" +FUNCTION {article} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.journal "journal" bibinfo.check "journal" output.warn + format.volume output + format.number.if.use.for.article output + format.pages output + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {book} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + name.or.dash + format.book.title.edition output + format.series output + author empty$ + { skip$ } + { format.editors output } + if$ + format.address.publisher.date output + format.volume output + format.number output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {booklet} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {electronic} +{ std.status.using.period + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.date.electronic output + format.article.title.electronic output + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + empty.entry.warn + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {inbook} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + author empty$ + { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn } + { format.authors output.nonnull } + if$ + name.or.dash + format.book.title.edition output + format.series output + format.address.publisher.date output + format.volume output + format.number output + format.chapter output + format.pages output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {incollection} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.in.booktitle.edition "booktitle" output.warn + format.series output + format.editors output + format.address.publisher.date.nowarn output + format.volume output + format.number output + format.chapter output + format.pages output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {inproceedings} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.in.booktitle "booktitle" output.warn + format.series output + format.editors output + format.volume output + format.number output + publisher empty$ + { format.address.organization.date output } + { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address.publisher.date output + } + if$ + format.paper output + format.pages output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {manual} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.book.title.edition "title" output.warn + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.master.thesis.type output.nonnull + format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {misc} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.article.title output + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.pages output + format.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + empty.entry.warn + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {patent} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.article.title output + format.patent.nationality.type.number output + format.patent.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + empty.entry.warn + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {periodical} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.editors output + name.or.dash + format.book.title "title" output.warn + format.series output + format.volume output + format.number output + format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {phdthesis} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.phd.thesis.type output.nonnull + format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {proceedings} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.editors output + name.or.dash + format.book.title "title" output.warn + format.series output + format.volume output + format.number output + publisher empty$ + { format.address.organization.date output } + { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output + format.address.publisher.date output + } + if$ + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {standard} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors output + name.or.dash + format.book.title "title" output.warn + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.organization.institution.standard.type.number output + format.revision output + format.date output + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {techreport} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output + format.institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output + format.address "address" bibinfo.check output + format.tech.report.number output.nonnull + format.date "year" output.warn + format.note output + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + +FUNCTION {unpublished} +{ std.status.using.comma + start.entry + if.url.alt.interword.spacing + format.authors "author" output.warn + name.or.dash + format.article.title "title" output.warn + format.date output + format.note "note" output.warn + format.url output + fin.entry + if.url.std.interword.spacing +} + + +% The special entry type which provides the user interface to the +% BST controls +FUNCTION {IEEEtranBSTCTL} +{ is.print.banners.to.terminal + { "** IEEEtran BST control entry " quote$ * cite$ * quote$ * " detected." * + top$ + } + { skip$ } + if$ + CTLuse_article_number + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLuse_article_number + yes.no.to.int + 'is.use.number.for.article := + } + if$ + CTLuse_paper + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLuse_paper + yes.no.to.int + 'is.use.paper := + } + if$ + CTLuse_forced_etal + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLuse_forced_etal + yes.no.to.int + 'is.forced.et.al := + } + if$ + CTLmax_names_forced_etal + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLmax_names_forced_etal + string.to.integer + 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al := + } + if$ + CTLnames_show_etal + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLnames_show_etal + string.to.integer + 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al := + } + if$ + CTLuse_alt_spacing + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLuse_alt_spacing + yes.no.to.int + 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing := + } + if$ + CTLalt_stretch_factor + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLalt_stretch_factor + 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor := + "\renewcommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{" + ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" * + write$ newline$ + } + if$ + CTLdash_repeated_names + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLdash_repeated_names + yes.no.to.int + 'is.dash.repeated.names := + } + if$ + CTLname_format_string + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLname_format_string + 'name.format.string := + } + if$ + CTLname_latex_cmd + empty$ + { skip$ } + { CTLname_latex_cmd + 'name.latex.cmd := + } + if$ + CTLname_url_prefix + missing$ + { skip$ } + { CTLname_url_prefix + 'name.url.prefix := + } + if$ + + + num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al max.num.names.before.forced.et.al > + { "CTLnames_show_etal cannot be greater than CTLmax_names_forced_etal in " cite$ * warning$ + max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al := + } + { skip$ } + if$ +} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% ENTRY ALIASES %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +FUNCTION {conference}{inproceedings} +FUNCTION {online}{electronic} +FUNCTION {internet}{electronic} +FUNCTION {webpage}{electronic} +FUNCTION {www}{electronic} +FUNCTION {default.type}{misc} + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% MAIN PROGRAM %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +READ + +EXECUTE {initialize.controls} +EXECUTE {initialize.status.constants} +EXECUTE {banner.message} + + + +% BEGIN sort code based on that of plain.bst + +FUNCTION {sortify} +{ purify$ + "l" change.case$ +} + +INTEGERS { len } + +FUNCTION {chop.word} +{ 's := + 'len := + s #1 len substring$ = + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } + { s } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} +{ 's := + #1 'nameptr := + "" + s num.names$ 'numnames := + numnames 'namesleft := + { namesleft #0 > } + { nameptr #1 > + { " " * } + { skip$ } + if$ + s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := + nameptr numnames = t "others" = and + { "et al" * } + { t sortify * } + if$ + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := + } + while$ +} + +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} +{ 't := + "A " #2 + "An " #3 + "The " #4 t chop.word + chop.word + chop.word + sortify + #1 global.max$ substring$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.sort} +{ author empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} +{ author empty$ + { editor empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} +{ editor empty$ + { organization empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { editor sort.format.names } + if$ +} + +FUNCTION {author.organization.institution.sort} +{ author empty$ + { organization empty$ + { institution empty$ + { key empty$ + { "to sort, need author, organization, institution or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 institution chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } + if$ + } + { author sort.format.names } + if$ +} + + +FUNCTION {presort} +{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" = + { key empty$ + { "_" } + { key sortify } + if$ + } + { type$ "book" = + type$ "inbook" = + or + { author.editor.sort } + { type$ "proceedings" = + type$ "periodical" = + or + { editor.organization.sort } + { type$ "manual" = + type$ "electronic" = + type$ "misc" = + or or + { author.organization.sort } + { type$ "standard" = + { author.organization.institution.sort } + { author.sort } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + } + if$ + " " + * + type$ "patent" = + { year empty$ + { yearfiled } + { year } + if$ + } + { year } + if$ + empty.field.to.null.string sortify + * + " " + * + title empty.field.to.null.string + sort.format.title + * + } + if$ + #1 entry.max$ substring$ + 'sort.key$ := +} + +ITERATE {presort} + +SORT + +% END sort code based on that of plain.bst + + + +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} + +EXECUTE {begin.bib} +ITERATE {call.type$} +EXECUTE {end.bib} + +EXECUTE{completed.message} + + +%% That's all folks, mds. diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f196c7f Binary files /dev/null and b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf differ diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3af20e Binary files /dev/null and b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf differ diff --git a/IEEEtran/README b/IEEEtran/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d3d61c --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/README @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ + +January 11, 2007 + + +IEEEtran.bst is the official BibTeX style for authors of the Institute of +Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Transactions journals and +conferences. + +It also may have applications for other academic work such as theses and +technical reports. The alphanumeric and natbib variants extend the +applicability of the IEEEtran bibstyle family to the natural sciences +and beyond. + +The IEEEtran bibstyle is a very comprehensive BibTeX style which provides +many features beyond the standard BibTeX styles, including full support +for references of online documents, patents, periodicals and standards. +See the provided user manual for detailed usage information. + +The latest version of the IEEEtran BibTeX style can be found at CTAN: + +http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/bibtex/ + +as well as within IEEE's site: + +http://www.ieee.org/ + +Note that the packages at IEEE's site do not contain the natbib and +alphanumeric variants (e.g., IEEEtranN.bst, etc.) as these are not used +for IEEE related work. These files can be obtained on CTAN. + +For helpful tips, answers to frequently asked questions and other support, +visit the IEEEtran home page at my website: + +http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ + + +Enjoy! + +Michael Shell +http://www.michaelshell.org/ + +******* +Version 1.12 (2007/01/11) changes: + + 1. Fixed bug with unwanted comma before "et al." when an entry contained + more than two author names. Thanks to Pallav Gupta for reporting this. + + 2. Fixed bug with anomalous closing quote in tech reports that have a + type, but without a number or address. Thanks to Mehrdad Mirreza for + reporting this. + + 3. Use braces in \providecommand in begin.bib to better support + latex2html. TeX style length assignments OK with recent versions + of latex2html - 1.71 (2002/2/1) or later is strongly recommended. + Use of the language field still causes trouble with latex2html. + Thanks to Federico Beffa for reporting this. + + 4. Added IEEEtran.bst ID and version comment string to .bbl output. + + 5. Provide a \BIBdecl hook that allows the user to execute commands + just prior to the first entry. + + 6. Use default urlstyle (is using url.sty) of "same" rather than rm to + better work with a wider variety of bibliography styles. + + 7. Changed month abbreviations from Sept., July and June to Sep., Jul., + and Jun., respectively, as IEEE now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann + for reporting this. + + 8. Control entry types should not be considered when calculating longest + label width. + + 9. Added alias www for electronic/online. + +10. Updated full and abbreviated journal name string definitions in + IEEEfull.bib and IEEEabrv.bib. + +11. New IEEEtranSA.bst, IEEEtranN.bst, and IEEEtranSN.bst variants for + alphanumeric citation tags and natbib compatibility. + + +********************************** Files ********************************** + +README - This file. + +IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf - The user manual. + +IEEEtran.bst - The standard IEEEtran BibTeX style file. For use + with IEEE work. + +IEEEtranS.bst - A version of IEEEtran.bst that sorts the entries. + Some IEEE conferences/publications may use/allow + sorted bibliographies. + +IEEEexample.bib - An example BibTeX database that contains the + references shown in the user manual. + +IEEEabrv.bib - String definitions for the abbreviated names of + IEEE journals. (For use with IEEE work.) + +IEEEfull.bib - String definitions for the full names of IEEE + journals. (Do not use for IEEE work.) + + +Carried on CTAN only, for non-IEEE related work: + +IEEEtranSA.bst - Like IEEEtranS.bst, but with alphanumeric citation + tags like alpha.bst. Not for normal IEEE use. + +EEEtranN.bst - Like IEEEtran.bst, but based on plainnat.bst and + is compatible with Patrick W. Daly's natbib + package. Not for normal IEEE use. + +IEEEtranSN.bst - Sorting version of IEEEtranN.bst. Not for normal + IEEE use + +*************************************************************************** +Legal Notice: +This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +User assumes all risk. +In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +of any information contained here. + +All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. + +This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +2003/12/01 or later. +Retain all contribution notices and credits. +** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** + +File list of work: IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf, IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, + IEEEtranSA.bst, IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, + IEEEexample.bib, IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib + +*************************************************************************** diff --git a/IEEEtran/bare_adv.tex b/IEEEtran/bare_adv.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0007bec --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/bare_adv.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1100 @@ + +%% bare_adv.tex +%% V1.3 +%% 2007/01/11 +%% by Michael Shell +%% See: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/ +%% for current contact information. +%% +%% This is a skeleton file demonstrating the advanced use of IEEEtran.cls +%% (requires IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 or later) with an IEEE Computer +%% Society journal paper. +%% +%% Support sites: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +%% and +%% http://www.ieee.org/ + +%%************************************************************************* +%% Legal Notice: +%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +%% User assumes all risk. +%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +%% of any information contained here. +%% +%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. +%% +%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% Retain all contribution notices and credits. +%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** +%% +%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex, +%% bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex +%%************************************************************************* + +% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system *** +% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform *** +% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do *** +% *** not appear when using other class files. *** +% The testflow support page is at: +% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/testflow/ + + + +% IEEEtran V1.7 and later provides for these CLASSINPUT macros to allow the +% user to reprogram some IEEEtran.cls defaults if needed. These settings +% override the internal defaults of IEEEtran.cls regardless of which class +% options are used. Do not use these unless you have good reason to do so as +% they can result in nonIEEE compliant documents. User beware. ;) +% +%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch}{1.0} % baselinestretch +%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}{1in} % inner side margin +%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}{1in} % outer side margin +%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin}{1in} % top text margin +%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin}{1in}% bottom text margin + + + +% Note that the a4paper option is mainly intended so that authors in +% countries using A4 can easily print to A4 and see how their papers will +% look in print - the typesetting of the document will not typically be +% affected with changes in paper size (but the bottom and side margins will). +% Use the testflow package mentioned above to verify correct handling of +% both paper sizes by the user's LaTeX system. +% +% Also note that the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", option +% should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be displayed in +% draft mode. +% +\documentclass[12pt,journal,compsoc]{IEEEtran} +% The Computer Society requires 12pt. +% If IEEEtran.cls has not been installed into the LaTeX system files, +% manually specify the path to it like: +% \documentclass[10pt,journal,compsoc]{../sty/IEEEtran} + + +% For Computer Society journals, IEEEtran defaults to the use of +% Palatino/Palladio as is done in IEEE Computer Society journals. +% To go back to Times Roman, you can use this code: +%\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm}\selectfont + + + + + +% Some very useful LaTeX packages include: +% (uncomment the ones you want to load) + + + +% *** MISC UTILITY PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{ifpdf} +% Heiko Oberdiek's ifpdf.sty is very useful if you need conditional +% compilation based on whether the output is pdf or dvi. +% usage: +% \ifpdf +% % pdf code +% \else +% % dvi code +% \fi +% The latest version of ifpdf.sty can be obtained from: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ +% Also, note that IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later provides a builtin +% \ifCLASSINFOpdf conditional that works the same way. +% When switching from latex to pdflatex and vice-versa, the compiler may +% have to be run twice to clear warning/error messages. + + + + + + +% *** CITATION PACKAGES *** +% +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc + % IEEE Computer Society needs nocompress option + % requires cite.sty v4.0 or later (November 2003) + % \usepackage[nocompress]{cite} +\else + % normal IEEE + % \usepackage{cite} +\fi +% cite.sty was written by Donald Arseneau +% V1.6 and later of IEEEtran pre-defines the format of the cite.sty package +% \cite{} output to follow that of IEEE. Loading the cite package will +% result in citation numbers being automatically sorted and properly +% "compressed/ranged". e.g., [1], [9], [2], [7], [5], [6] without using +% cite.sty will become [1], [2], [5]--[7], [9] using cite.sty. cite.sty's +% \cite will automatically add leading space, if needed. Use cite.sty's +% noadjust option (cite.sty V3.8 and later) if you want to turn this off. +% cite.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. Be sure and use +% version 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later if using hyperref.sty. cite.sty does +% not currently provide for hyperlinked citations. +% The latest version can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cite/ +% The documentation is contained in the cite.sty file itself. +% +% Note that some packages require special options to format as the Computer +% Society requires. In particular, Computer Society papers do not use +% compressed citation ranges as is done in typical IEEE papers +% (e.g., [1]-[4]). Instead, they list every citation separately in order +% (e.g., [1], [2], [3], [4]). To get the latter we need to load the cite +% package with the nocompress option which is supported by cite.sty v4.0 +% and later. Note also the use of a CLASSOPTION conditional provided by +% IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later. + + + + + +% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES *** +% +\ifCLASSINFOpdf + % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} + % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are + % \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}} + % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with + % every instance of \includegraphics + % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png} +\else + % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx + % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no + % driver is specified. + % \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} + % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are + % \graphicspath{{../eps/}} + % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with + % every instance of \includegraphics + % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps} +\fi +% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is +% required if you want graphics, photos, etc. graphicx.sty is already +% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/ +% Another good source of documentation is "Using Imported Graphics in +% LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which can be found as epslatex.ps or +% epslatex.pdf at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/ +% +% latex, and pdflatex in dvi mode, support graphics in encapsulated +% postscript (.eps) format. pdflatex in pdf mode supports graphics +% in .pdf, .jpeg, .png and .mps (metapost) formats. Users should ensure +% that all non-photo figures use a vector format (.eps, .pdf, .mps) and +% not a bitmapped formats (.jpeg, .png). IEEE frowns on bitmapped formats +% which can result in "jaggedy"/blurry rendering of lines and letters as +% well as large increases in file sizes. +% +% You can find documentation about the pdfTeX application at: +% http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex + + + +%\usepackage{ps4pdf} +% dvi->ps workflow is required to use such packages as psfrag.sty and +% pstricks.sty. However, Rolf Niepraschk's ps4pdf.sty provides a way to +% apply psfrag/pstricks effects to .eps figures and then get the resultant +% figures in .pdf form. Thus, providing an easier way for migrating from +% .eps to .pdf figures. After ps4pdf.sty loads, if: +% 1. producing .dvi output: the output file will consist ONLY of the +% figures (or other constructs encased within \PSforPDF commands) +% 2. producing .pdf output: pdflatex will look in the filename-pics.pdf +% file, where filename is the basename of the tex document, for the +% graphics (or other constructs encased within \PSforPDF commands). +% NOTE: If you ever change your figures, you must remember to remake +% the filename-pics.pdf file. +% +% This way you can do a: +% +% latex filename +% dvips -Ppdf -o filename-pics.ps filename.dvi +% ps2pdf filename-pics.ps filename-pics.pdf +% +% to produce a filename-pics.pdf graphics container that contains +% .pdf versions of the graphics with psfrag, pstricks, etc. features. +% Note that you will not typically be able to view the figures in +% filename-pics.ps because of an offset. However, you will be able to +% view them in filename-pics.pdf. Also, note that when ps4pdf is in effect +% with .dvi output, you may get harmless over/under full box warnings - +% ignore them. +% Then, run pdflatex: +% +% pdflatex filename +% +% to use pdflatex to make PDF output, automatically using the figures in +% filename-pics.pdf. Alternatively, you could use dvips -i option to +% obtain separate .pdf files for each figure: +% +% dvips -Ppdf -i -E -o fig filename +% +% then convert each figure to pdf via a command such as epstopdf and then +% use pdflatex with these pdf figures and then to dispense with ps4pdf. +% +% Remember to rerun through latex/dvips/ps2pdf if you ever change your +% figures so that filename-pics.pdf gets updated. +% ps4pdf requires David Kastrup's preview-latex and a recent LaTeX system +% (circa 2001 or later). The ps4pdf package and documentation can be +% obtained at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ps4pdf/ +% The preview-latex package and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/preview/ +% +% provide a bogus \PSforPDF, even when not loading pd4pdf. This way we can +% stop loading ps4pdf.sty if we choose to make separate .pdf versions of +% each of our figures. +\providecommand{\PSforPDF}[1]{#1} +% Note that in order for ps4pdf to work, all commands related to psfrag, +% pstricks, etc. must be called within the PSforPDF command. This applies +% even when *loading* via \usepackage psfrag.sty, etc. + + +%\PSforPDF{\usepackage{psfrag}} +% psfrag.sty was written by Craig Barratt, Michael C. Grant, and +% David Carlisle. It allows you to substitute LaTeX commands for text in +% imported EPS graphic files. In this way, LaTeX symbols can be placed into +% graphics that have been generated by other applications. You must use +% latex->dvips->ps2pdf workflow (not direct pdf output from pdflatex) if +% you wish to use this capability because it works via some PostScript +% tricks. Alternatively, the graphics could be processed as separate files +% via psfrag and dvips, then converted to PDF for inclusion in the main file +% which uses pdflatex. ps4pdf.sty (above) provides a way of doing this all +% at once within the main file. +% Docs are in "The PSfrag System" by Michael C. Grant and David Carlisle. +% There is also some information about using psfrag in "Using Imported +% Graphics in LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which documents the graphicx +% package (see above). The psfrag package and documentation can be obtained +% at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag/ +% +% Note that the current version of psfrag does not "turn itself off" when +% running under pdf output. This will result in a harmless warning +% about a non-PDF \special. However, to silence this, a bogus psfrag +% command can be provided instead of loading psfrag.sty when PDF output +% is being used. Thus, a more complex alternative conditional loading scheme +% can be employed instead of the straightforword way above: +% +%\ifCLASSINFOpdf +% if outputting PDF, do not use or load psfrag.sty as current versions +% output a non-PDF special that generates a harmless, but annoying warning. +% Instead, we provide a bogus \psfrag command that does nothing with +% its arguments. This is a tad tricky because \psfrag can have up to six +% arguments four of which are optional: \psfrag{}[][][][]{} +% Code based on that in psfrag.sty +%\makeatletter +%\def\psfrag{\@ifstar{\@BOGUSpsfraga}{\@BOGUSpsfraga}} +%\def\@BOGUSpsfraga{\begingroup +% \@makeother\"\@makeother\*\@makeother\!\@makeother\~% +% \@makeother\:\@makeother\\\@makeother\%\@makeother\#% +% \@makeother\ \@BOGUSpsfragb} +%\def\@BOGUSpsfragb#1{\endgroup +% \@ifnextchar [{\@BOGUSpsfragc}% +% {\@BOGUSpsfrag}} +%\def\@BOGUSpsfragc[#1]{\@ifnextchar [{\@BOGUSpsfragd}% +% {\@BOGUSpsfrag}} +%\def\@BOGUSpsfragd[#1]{\@ifnextchar [{\@BOGUSpsfrage}% +% {\@BOGUSpsfrag}} +%\def\@BOGUSpsfrage[#1]{\@ifnextchar [{\@BOGUSpsfragf}% +% {\@BOGUSpsfrag}} +%\def\@BOGUSpsfragf[#1]{\@BOGUSpsfrag} +%\def\@BOGUSpsfrag#1{\ignorespaces} +%\makeatother +%\else +% using dvi output, load psfrag, but funnel it through PSforPDF +% as required by ps4pdf.sty +%\PSforPDF{\usepackage{psfrag}} +%\fi + + + + + +% *** MATH PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath} +% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides +% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using +% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that +% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option, +% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within +% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a +% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant! +% +% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000 +% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use: +%\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500 +% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally +% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest +% version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/ + + + + + +% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES *** +%\usepackage{acronym} +% acronym.sty was written by Tobias Oetiker. This package provides tools for +% managing documents with large numbers of acronyms. (You don't *have* to +% use this package - unless you have a lot of acronyms, you may feel that +% such package management of them is bit of an overkill.) +% Do note that the acronym environment (which lists acronyms) will have a +% problem when used under IEEEtran.cls because acronym.sty relies on the +% description list environment - which IEEEtran.cls has customized for +% producing IEEE style lists. A workaround is to declared the longest +% label width via the IEEEtran.cls \IEEEiedlistdecl global control: +% +% \renewcommand{\IEEEiedlistdecl}{\IEEEsetlabelwidth{SONET}} +% \begin{acronym} +% +% \end{acronym} +% \renewcommand{\IEEEiedlistdecl}{\relax}% remember to reset \IEEEiedlistdecl +% +% instead of using the acronym environment's optional argument. +% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/acronym/ + + +%\usepackage{algorithmic} +% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito. +% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms. +% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure +% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm +% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or +% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated +% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide +% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of +% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/ +% There is also a support site at: +% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html +% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable) +% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/ + + + + +% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{array} +% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves +% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better +% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table +% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with +% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly +% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty) +% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The +% latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/ + + +%\usepackage{mdwmath} +%\usepackage{mdwtab} +% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools, +% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations +% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most +% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/ + + +% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to +% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high +% quality. + + +%\usepackage{eqparbox} +% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating +% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes". +% Available at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/ + + + + + +% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES *** +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +%\usepackage[tight,normalsize,sf,SF]{subfigure} +%\else +%\usepackage[tight,footnotesize]{subfigure} +%\fi +% subfigure.sty was written by Steven Douglas Cochran. This package makes it +% easy to put subfigures in your figures. e.g., "Figure 1a and 1b". For IEEE +% work, it is a good idea to load it with the tight package option to reduce +% the amount of white space around the subfigures. Computer Society papers +% use a larger font and \sffamily font for their captions, hence the +% additional options needed under compsoc mode. subfigure.sty is already +% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/ +% subfigure.sty has been superceeded by subfig.sty. + + +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% \usepackage[caption=false]{caption} +% \usepackage[font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig} +%\else +% \usepackage[caption=false]{caption} +% \usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig} +%\fi +% subfig.sty, also written by Steven Douglas Cochran, is the modern +% replacement for subfigure.sty. However, subfig.sty requires and +% automatically loads Axel Sommerfeldt's caption.sty which will override +% IEEEtran.cls handling of captions and this will result in nonIEEE style +% figure/table captions. To prevent this problem, be sure and preload +% caption.sty with its "caption=false" package option. This is will preserve +% IEEEtran.cls handing of captions. Version 1.3 (2005/06/28) and later +% (recommended due to many improvements over 1.2) of subfig.sty supports +% the caption=false option directly: +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% \usepackage[caption=false,font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig} +%\else +% \usepackage[caption=false,font=footnotesize]{subfig} +%\fi +% +% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/ +% The latest version and documentation of caption.sty can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ + + + + +% *** FLOAT PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{fixltx2e} +% fixltx2e, the successor to the earlier fix2col.sty, was written by +% Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle. This package corrects a few problems +% in the LaTeX2e kernel, the most notable of which is that in current +% LaTeX2e releases, the ordering of single and double column floats is not +% guaranteed to be preserved. Thus, an unpatched LaTeX2e can allow a +% single column figure to be placed prior to an earlier double column +% figure. The latest version and documentation can be found at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ + + +%\usepackage{stfloats} +% stfloats.sty was written by Sigitas Tolusis. This package gives LaTeX2e +% the ability to do double column floats at the bottom of the page as well +% as the top. (e.g., "\begin{figure*}[!b]" is not normally possible in +% LaTeX2e). It also provides a command: +%\fnbelowfloat +% to enable the placement of footnotes below bottom floats (the standard +% LaTeX2e kernel puts them above bottom floats). This is an invasive package +% which rewrites many portions of the LaTeX2e float routines. It may not work +% with other packages that modify the LaTeX2e float routines. The latest +% version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sttools/ +% Documentation is contained in the stfloats.sty comments as well as in the +% presfull.pdf file. Do not use the stfloats baselinefloat ability as IEEE +% does not allow \baselineskip to stretch. Authors submitting work to the +% IEEE should note that IEEE rarely uses double column equations and +% that authors should try to avoid such use. Do not be tempted to use the +% cuted.sty or midfloat.sty packages (also by Sigitas Tolusis) as IEEE does +% not format its papers in such ways. + + +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff +% \usepackage[nomarkers]{endfloat} +% \let\MYoriglatexcaption\caption +% \renewcommand{\caption}[2][\relax]{\MYoriglatexcaption[#2]{#2}} +%\fi +% endfloat.sty was written by James Darrell McCauley and Jeff Goldberg. +% This package may be useful when used in conjunction with IEEEtran.cls' +% captionsoff option. Some IEEE journals/societies require that submissions +% have lists of figures/tables at the end of the paper and that +% figures/tables without any captions are placed on a page by themselves at +% the end of the document. If needed, the draftcls IEEEtran class option or +% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch interface can be used to increase the line +% spacing as well. Be sure and use the nomarkers option of endfloat to +% prevent endfloat from "marking" where the figures would have been placed +% in the text. The two hack lines of code above are a slight modification of +% that suggested by in the endfloat docs (section 8.3.1) to ensure that +% the full captions always appear in the list of figures/tables - even if +% the user used the short optional argument of \caption[]{}. +% IEEE papers do not typically make use of \caption[]'s optional argument, +% so this should not be an issue. A similar trick can be used to disable +% captions of packages such as subfig.sty that lack options to turn off +% the subcaptions: +% For subfig.sty: +% \let\MYorigsubfloat\subfloat +% \renewcommand{\subfloat}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfloat[]{#2}} +% For subfigure.sty: +% \let\MYorigsubfigure\subfigure +% \renewcommand{\subfigure}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfigure[]{#2}} +% However, the above trick will not work if both optional arguments of +% the \subfloat/subfig command are used. Furthermore, there needs to be a +% description of each subfigure *somewhere* and endfloat does not add +% subfigure captions to its list of figures. Thus, the best approach is to +% avoid the use of subfigure captions (many IEEE journals avoid them anyway) +% and instead reference/explain all the subfigures within the main caption. +% The latest version of endfloat.sty and its documentation can obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/endfloat/ +% +% The IEEEtran \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff conditional can also be used +% later in the document, say, to conditionally put the References on a +% page by themselves. + + + + + +% *** PDF, URL AND HYPERLINK PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{url} +% url.sty was written by Donald Arseneau. It provides better support for +% handling and breaking URLs. url.sty is already installed on most LaTeX +% systems. The latest version can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ +% Read the url.sty source comments for usage information. Basically, +% \url{my_url_here}. + + +% NOTE: PDF thumbnail features are not required in IEEE papers +% and their use requires extra complexity and work. +%\ifCLASSINFOpdf +% \usepackage[pdftex]{thumbpdf} +%\else +% \usepackage[dvips]{thumbpdf} +%\fi +% thumbpdf.sty and its companion Perl utility were written by Heiko Oberdiek. +% It allows the user a way to produce PDF documents that contain fancy +% thumbnail images of each of the pages (which tools like acrobat reader can +% utilize). This is possible even when using dvi->ps->pdf workflow if the +% correct thumbpdf driver options are used. thumbpdf.sty incorporates the +% file containing the PDF thumbnail information (filename.tpm is used with +% dvips, filename.tpt is used with pdftex, where filename is the base name of +% your tex document) into the final ps or pdf output document. An external +% utility, the thumbpdf *Perl script* is needed to make these .tpm or .tpt +% thumbnail files from a .ps or .pdf version of the document (which obviously +% does not yet contain pdf thumbnails). Thus, one does a: +% +% thumbpdf filename.pdf +% +% to make a filename.tpt, and: +% +% thumbpdf --mode dvips filename.ps +% +% to make a filename.tpm which will then be loaded into the document by +% thumbpdf.sty the NEXT time the document is compiled (by pdflatex or +% latex->dvips->ps2pdf). Users must be careful to regenerate the .tpt and/or +% .tpm files if the main document changes and then to recompile the +% document to incorporate the revised thumbnails to ensure that thumbnails +% match the actual pages. It is easy to forget to do this! +% +% Unix systems come with a Perl interpreter. However, MS Windows users +% will usually have to install a Perl interpreter so that the thumbpdf +% script can be run. The Ghostscript PS/PDF interpreter is also required. +% See the thumbpdf docs for details. The latest version and documentation +% can be obtained at. +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/thumbpdf/ +% Be sure and use only version 3.8 (2005/07/06) or later of thumbpdf as +% earlier versions will not work properly with recent versions of pdfTeX +% (1.20a and later). + + +% NOTE: PDF hyperlink and bookmark features are not required in IEEE +% papers and their use requires extra complexity and work. +% *** IF USING HYPERREF BE SURE AND CHANGE THE EXAMPLE PDF *** +% *** TITLE/SUBJECT/AUTHOR/KEYWORDS INFO BELOW!! *** +\newcommand\MYhyperrefoptions{bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered=true, +pdfpagemode={UseOutlines},plainpages=false,pdfpagelabels=true, +colorlinks=true,linkcolor={black},citecolor={black},pagecolor={black}, +urlcolor={black}, +pdftitle={Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Computer Society Journals},%.dvi->.ps->.pdf workflow if the respective packages/scripts are +% loaded/invoked with the correct driver options (dvips, etc.). +% As most IEEE papers use URLs sparingly (mainly in the references), this +% may not be as big an issue as with other publications. +% +% That said, recently Vilar Camara Neto introduced his breakurl.sty +% package which permits hyperref to easily break URLs even in dvi +% mode. Note that breakurl, unlike most other packages, must be loaded +% AFTER hyperref. The latest version of breakurl and its documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/breakurl/ +% breakurl.sty is not for use under pdflatex pdf mode. Versions 1.10 +% (September 23, 2005) and later are recommened to avoid bugs in earlier +% releases. +% +% The advanced features offer by hyperref.sty are not required for IEEE +% submission, so users should weigh these features against the added +% complexity of use. Users who wish to use hyperref *must* ensure that +% their hyperref version is 6.72u or later *and* IEEEtran.cls is version +% 1.6b or later. +% The package options above demonstrate how to enable PDF bookmarks +% (a type of table of contents viewable in Acrobat Reader) as well as +% PDF document information (title, subject, author and keywords) that is +% viewable in Acrobat reader's Document_Properties menu. PDF document +% information is also used extensively to automate the cataloging of PDF +% documents. The above set of options ensures that hyperlinks will not be +% colored in the text and thus will not be visible in the printed page, +% but will be active on "mouse over". USING COLORS OR OTHER HIGHLIGHTING +% OF HYPERLINKS CAN RESULT IN DOCUMENT REJECTION BY THE IEEE, especially if +% these appear on the "printed" page. IF IN DOUBT, ASK THE RELEVANT +% SUBMISSION EDITOR. You may need to add the option hypertexnames=false if +% you used duplicate equation numbers, etc., but this should not be needed +% in normal IEEE work. +% The latest version of hyperref and its documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ + + + + + +% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. *** +% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex). *** +% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later. +% (Unless specifically asked to do so by the journal or conference you plan +% to submit to, of course. ) + + +% correct bad hyphenation here +\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor} + + +\begin{document} +% +% paper title +% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired +\title{Bare Advanced Demo of IEEEtran.cls\\ for Computer Society Journals} +% +% +% author names and IEEE memberships +% note positions of commas and nonbreaking spaces ( ~ ) LaTeX will not break +% a structure at a ~ so this keeps an author's name from being broken across +% two lines. +% use \thanks{} to gain access to the first footnote area +% a separate \thanks must be used for each paragraph as LaTeX2e's \thanks +% was not built to handle multiple paragraphs +% +% +%\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks is a special \thanks that produces the bulleted +% lists the Computer Society journals use for "first footnote" author +% affiliations. Use \IEEEcompsocthanksitem which works much like \item +% for each affiliation group. When not in compsoc mode, +% \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks becomes like \thanks and +% \IEEEcompsocthanksitem becomes a line break with idention. This +% facilitates dual compilation, although admittedly the differences in the +% desired content of \author between the different types of papers makes a +% one-size-fits-all approach a daunting prospect. For instance, compsoc +% journal papers have the author affiliations above the "Manuscript +% received ..." text while in non-compsoc journals this is reversed. Sigh. + +\author{Michael~Shell,~\IEEEmembership{Member,~IEEE,} + John~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Fellow,~OSA,} + and~Jane~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Life~Fellow,~IEEE}% <-this % stops a space +\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem M. Shell is with the Department +of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, +GA, 30332.\protect\\ +% note need leading \protect in front of \\ to get a newline within \thanks as +% \\ is fragile and will error, could use \hfil\break instead. +E-mail: see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html +\IEEEcompsocthanksitem J. Doe and J. Doe are with Anonymous University.}% <-this % stops a space +\thanks{Manuscript received April 19, 2005; revised January 11, 2007.}} + +% note the % following the last \IEEEmembership and also \thanks - +% these prevent an unwanted space from occurring between the last author name +% and the end of the author line. i.e., if you had this: +% +% \author{....lastname \thanks{...} \thanks{...} } +% ^------------^------------^----Do not want these spaces! +% +% a space would be appended to the last name and could cause every name on that +% line to be shifted left slightly. This is one of those "LaTeX things". For +% instance, "\textbf{A} \textbf{B}" will typeset as "A B" not "AB". To get +% "AB" then you have to do: "\textbf{A}\textbf{B}" +% \thanks is no different in this regard, so shield the last } of each \thanks +% that ends a line with a % and do not let a space in before the next \thanks. +% Spaces after \IEEEmembership other than the last one are OK (and needed) as +% you are supposed to have spaces between the names. For what it is worth, +% this is a minor point as most people would not even notice if the said evil +% space somehow managed to creep in. + + + +% The paper headers +\markboth{Journal of \LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~6, No.~1, January~2007}% +{Shell \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}}: Bare Advanced Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Journals} +% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages +% after the title page when using the twoside option. +% +% *** Note that you probably will NOT want to include the author's *** +% *** name in the headers of peer review papers. *** +% You can use \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview for conditional compilation here if +% you desire. + + + +% The publisher's ID mark at the bottom of the page is less important with +% Computer Society journal papers as those publications place the marks +% outside of the main text columns and, therefore, unlike regular IEEE +% journals, the available text space is not reduced by their presence. +% If you want to put a publisher's ID mark on the page you can do it like +% this: +%\IEEEpubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE} +% or like this to get the Computer Society new two part style. +%\IEEEpubid{\makebox[\columnwidth]{\hfill 0000--0000/00/\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE}% +%\hspace{\columnsep}\makebox[\columnwidth]{Published by the IEEE Computer Society\hfill}} +% Remember, if you use this you must call \IEEEpubidadjcol in the second +% column for its text to clear the IEEEpubid mark (Computer Society jorunal +% papers don't need this extra clearance.) + + + +% use for special paper notices +%\IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} + + + +% for Computer Society papers, we must declare the abstract and index terms +% PRIOR to the title within the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext IEEEtran +% command as these need to go into the title area created by \maketitle. +\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{% +\begin{abstract} +%\boldmath +The abstract goes here. +\end{abstract} +% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract. +% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However, +% if the journal you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract, +% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start +% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals frown on math +% in the abstract anyway. In particular, the Computer Society does +% not want either math or citations to appear in the abstract. + +% Note that keywords are not normally used for peerreview papers. +\begin{IEEEkeywords} +Computer Society, IEEEtran, journal, \LaTeX, paper, template. +\end{IEEEkeywords}} + + +% make the title area +\maketitle + + +% To allow for easy dual compilation without having to reenter the +% abstract/keywords data, the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext text will +% not be used in maketitle, but will appear (i.e., to be "transported") +% here as \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext when compsoc mode +% is not selected if conference mode is selected - because compsoc +% conference papers position the abstract like regular (non-compsoc) +% papers do! +\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext +% \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext has no effect when using +% compsoc under a non-conference mode. + + +% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover +% page as needed: +% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview +% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center} +% \fi +% +% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and +% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes. +\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle + + + +\section{Introduction} +% Computer Society journal papers do something a tad strange with the very +% first section heading (almost always called "Introduction"). They place it +% ABOVE the main text! IEEEtran.cls currently does not do this for you. +% However, You can achieve this effect by making LaTeX jump through some +% hoops via something like: +% +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% \noindent\raisebox{2\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]% +% {\parbox{\columnwidth}{\section{Introduction}\label{sec:introduction}% +% \global\everypar=\everypar}}% +% \vspace{-1\baselineskip}\vspace{-\parskip}\par +%\else +% \section{Introduction}\label{sec:introduction}\par +%\fi +% +% Admittedly, this is a hack and may well be fragile, but seems to do the +% trick for me. Note the need to keep any \label that may be used right +% after \section in the above as the hack puts \section within a raised box. + + + +% The very first letter is a 2 line initial drop letter followed +% by the rest of the first word in caps (small caps for compsoc). +% +% form to use if the first word consists of a single letter: +% \IEEEPARstart{A}{demo} file is .... +% +% form to use if you need the single drop letter followed by +% normal text (unknown if ever used by IEEE): +% \IEEEPARstart{A}{}demo file is .... +% +% Some journals put the first two words in caps: +% \IEEEPARstart{T}{his demo} file is .... +% +% Here we have the typical use of a "T" for an initial drop letter +% and "HIS" in caps to complete the first word. +\IEEEPARstart{T}{his} demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file'' +for IEEE Computer Society journal papers produced under \LaTeX\ using +IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 and later. +% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter +% (should never be an issue) +I wish you the best of success. + +\hfill mds + +\hfill January 11, 2007 + +\subsection{Subsection Heading Here} +Subsection text here. + +% needed in second column of first page if using \IEEEpubid +%\IEEEpubidadjcol + +\subsubsection{Subsubsection Heading Here} +Subsubsection text here. + + +% An example of a floating figure using the graphicx package. +% Note that \label must occur AFTER (or within) \caption. +% For figures, \caption should occur after the \includegraphics. +% Note that IEEEtran v1.7 and later has special internal code that +% is designed to preserve the operation of \label within \caption +% even when the captionsoff option is in effect. However, because +% of issues like this, it may be the safest practice to put all your +% \label just after \caption rather than within \caption{}. +% +% Reminder: the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", class +% option should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be +% displayed while in draft mode. +% +%\begin{figure}[!t] +%\centering +%\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{myfigure} +% where an .eps filename suffix will be assumed under latex, +% and a .pdf suffix will be assumed for pdflatex; or what has been declared +% via \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. +%\caption{Simulation Results} +%\label{fig_sim} +%\end{figure} + +% Note that IEEE typically puts floats only at the top, even when this +% results in a large percentage of a column being occupied by floats. +% However, the Computer Society has been known to put floats at the bottom. + + +% An example of a double column floating figure using two subfigures. +% (The subfig.sty package must be loaded for this to work.) +% The subfigure \label commands are set within each subfloat command, the +% \label for the overall figure must come after \caption. +% \hfil must be used as a separator to get equal spacing. +% The subfigure.sty package works much the same way, except \subfigure is +% used instead of \subfloat. +% +%\begin{figure*}[!t] +%\centerline{\subfloat[Case I]\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase1}% +%\label{fig_first_case}} +%\hfil +%\subfloat[Case II]{\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase2}% +%\label{fig_second_case}}} +%\caption{Simulation results} +%\label{fig_sim} +%\end{figure*} +% +% Note that often IEEE papers with subfigures do not employ subfigure +% captions (using the optional argument to \subfloat), but instead will +% reference/describe all of them (a), (b), etc., within the main caption. + + +% An example of a floating table. Note that, for IEEE style tables, the +% \caption command should come BEFORE the table. Table text will default to +% \footnotesize as IEEE normally uses this smaller font for tables. +% The \label must come after \caption as always. +% +%\begin{table}[!t] +%% increase table row spacing, adjust to taste +%\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3} +% if using array.sty, it might be a good idea to tweak the value of +% \extrarowheight as needed to properly center the text within the cells +%\caption{An Example of a Table} +%\label{table_example} +%\centering +%% Some packages, such as MDW tools, offer better commands for making tables +%% than the plain LaTeX2e tabular which is used here. +%\begin{tabular}{|c||c|} +%\hline +%One & Two\\ +%\hline +%Three & Four\\ +%\hline +%\end{tabular} +%\end{table} + + +% Note that IEEE does not put floats in the very first column - or typically +% anywhere on the first page for that matter. Also, in-text middle ("here") +% positioning is not used. Most IEEE journals use top floats exclusively. +% However, Computer Society journals sometimes do use bottom floats - bear +% this in mind when choosing appropriate optional arguments for the +% figure/table environments. +% Note that, LaTeX2e, unlike IEEE journals, places footnotes above bottom +% floats. This can be corrected via the \fnbelowfloat command of the +% stfloats package. + + + +\section{Conclusion} +The conclusion goes here. + + + + + +% if have a single appendix: +%\appendix[Proof of the Zonklar Equations] +% or +%\appendix % for no appendix heading +% do not use \section anymore after \appendix, only \section* +% is possibly needed + +% use appendices with more than one appendix +% then use \section to start each appendix +% you must declare a \section before using any +% \subsection or using \label (\appendices by itself +% starts a section numbered zero.) +% + + +\appendices +\section{Proof of the First Zonklar Equation} +Appendix one text goes here. + +% you can choose not to have a title for an appendix +% if you want by leaving the argument blank +\section{} +Appendix two text goes here. + + +% use section* for acknowledgement +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc + % The Computer Society usually uses the plural form + \section*{Acknowledgments} +\else + % regular IEEE prefers the singular form + \section*{Acknowledgment} +\fi + + +The authors would like to thank... + + +% Can use something like this to put references on a page +% by themselves when using endfloat and the captionsoff option. +\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff + \newpage +\fi + + + +% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference +% number - used to balance the columns on the last page +% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if +% the document is modified later +%\IEEEtriggeratref{8} +% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired: +%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}} + +% references section + +% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file +% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/ +% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at: +% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/ +%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran} +% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s) +%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper} +% +% manually copy in the resultant .bbl file +% set second argument of \begin to the number of references +% (used to reserve space for the reference number labels box) +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + +\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka} +H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to {\LaTeX}}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus + 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999. + +\end{thebibliography} + +% biography section +% +% If you have an EPS/PDF photo (graphicx package needed) extra braces are +% needed around the contents of the optional argument to biography to prevent +% the LaTeX parser from getting confused when it sees the complicated +% \includegraphics command within an optional argument. (You could create +% your own custom macro containing the \includegraphics command to make things +% simpler here.) +%\begin{biography}[{\includegraphics[width=1in,height=1.25in,clip,keepaspectratio]{mshell}}]{Michael Shell} +% or if you just want to reserve a space for a photo: + +\begin{IEEEbiography}{Michael Shell} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiography} + +% if you will not have a photo at all: +\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{John Doe} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiographynophoto} + +% insert where needed to balance the two columns on the last page with +% biographies +%\newpage + +\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{Jane Doe} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiographynophoto} + +% You can push biographies down or up by placing +% a \vfill before or after them. The appropriate +% use of \vfill depends on what kind of text is +% on the last page and whether or not the columns +% are being equalized. + +%\vfill + +% Can be used to pull up biographies so that the bottom of the last one +% is flush with the other column. +%\enlargethispage{-5in} + + + +% that's all folks +\end{document} + + diff --git a/IEEEtran/bare_conf.tex b/IEEEtran/bare_conf.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16a4c0c --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/bare_conf.tex @@ -0,0 +1,601 @@ + +%% bare_conf.tex +%% V1.3 +%% 2007/01/11 +%% by Michael Shell +%% See: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/ +%% for current contact information. +%% +%% This is a skeleton file demonstrating the use of IEEEtran.cls +%% (requires IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 or later) with an IEEE conference paper. +%% +%% Support sites: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +%% and +%% http://www.ieee.org/ + +%%************************************************************************* +%% Legal Notice: +%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +%% User assumes all risk. +%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +%% of any information contained here. +%% +%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. +%% +%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% Retain all contribution notices and credits. +%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** +%% +%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex, +%% bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex +%%************************************************************************* + +% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system *** +% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform *** +% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do *** +% *** not appear when using other class files. *** +% The testflow support page is at: +% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/testflow/ + + + +% Note that the a4paper option is mainly intended so that authors in +% countries using A4 can easily print to A4 and see how their papers will +% look in print - the typesetting of the document will not typically be +% affected with changes in paper size (but the bottom and side margins will). +% Use the testflow package mentioned above to verify correct handling of +% both paper sizes by the user's LaTeX system. +% +% Also note that the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", option +% should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be displayed in +% draft mode. +% +\documentclass[conference]{IEEEtran} +% Add the compsoc option for Computer Society conferences. +% +% If IEEEtran.cls has not been installed into the LaTeX system files, +% manually specify the path to it like: +% \documentclass[conference]{../sty/IEEEtran} + + + + + +% Some very useful LaTeX packages include: +% (uncomment the ones you want to load) + + +% *** MISC UTILITY PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{ifpdf} +% Heiko Oberdiek's ifpdf.sty is very useful if you need conditional +% compilation based on whether the output is pdf or dvi. +% usage: +% \ifpdf +% % pdf code +% \else +% % dvi code +% \fi +% The latest version of ifpdf.sty can be obtained from: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ +% Also, note that IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later provides a builtin +% \ifCLASSINFOpdf conditional that works the same way. +% When switching from latex to pdflatex and vice-versa, the compiler may +% have to be run twice to clear warning/error messages. + + + + + + +% *** CITATION PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{cite} +% cite.sty was written by Donald Arseneau +% V1.6 and later of IEEEtran pre-defines the format of the cite.sty package +% \cite{} output to follow that of IEEE. Loading the cite package will +% result in citation numbers being automatically sorted and properly +% "compressed/ranged". e.g., [1], [9], [2], [7], [5], [6] without using +% cite.sty will become [1], [2], [5]--[7], [9] using cite.sty. cite.sty's +% \cite will automatically add leading space, if needed. Use cite.sty's +% noadjust option (cite.sty V3.8 and later) if you want to turn this off. +% cite.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. Be sure and use +% version 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later if using hyperref.sty. cite.sty does +% not currently provide for hyperlinked citations. +% The latest version can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cite/ +% The documentation is contained in the cite.sty file itself. + + + + + + +% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES *** +% +\ifCLASSINFOpdf + % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} + % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are + % \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}} + % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with + % every instance of \includegraphics + % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png} +\else + % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx + % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no + % driver is specified. + % \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} + % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are + % \graphicspath{{../eps/}} + % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with + % every instance of \includegraphics + % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps} +\fi +% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is +% required if you want graphics, photos, etc. graphicx.sty is already +% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/ +% Another good source of documentation is "Using Imported Graphics in +% LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which can be found as epslatex.ps or +% epslatex.pdf at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/ +% +% latex, and pdflatex in dvi mode, support graphics in encapsulated +% postscript (.eps) format. pdflatex in pdf mode supports graphics +% in .pdf, .jpeg, .png and .mps (metapost) formats. Users should ensure +% that all non-photo figures use a vector format (.eps, .pdf, .mps) and +% not a bitmapped formats (.jpeg, .png). IEEE frowns on bitmapped formats +% which can result in "jaggedy"/blurry rendering of lines and letters as +% well as large increases in file sizes. +% +% You can find documentation about the pdfTeX application at: +% http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex + + + + + +% *** MATH PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath} +% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides +% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using +% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that +% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option, +% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within +% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a +% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant! +% +% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000 +% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use: +%\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500 +% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally +% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest +% version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/ + + + + + +% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{algorithmic} +% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito. +% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms. +% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure +% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm +% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or +% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated +% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide +% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of +% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/ +% There is also a support site at: +% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html +% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable) +% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/ + + + + +% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{array} +% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves +% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better +% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table +% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with +% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly +% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty) +% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The +% latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/ + + +%\usepackage{mdwmath} +%\usepackage{mdwtab} +% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools, +% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations +% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most +% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/ + + +% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to +% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high +% quality. + + +%\usepackage{eqparbox} +% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating +% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes". +% Available at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/ + + + + + +% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES *** +%\usepackage[tight,footnotesize]{subfigure} +% subfigure.sty was written by Steven Douglas Cochran. This package makes it +% easy to put subfigures in your figures. e.g., "Figure 1a and 1b". For IEEE +% work, it is a good idea to load it with the tight package option to reduce +% the amount of white space around the subfigures. subfigure.sty is already +% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/ +% subfigure.sty has been superceeded by subfig.sty. + + + +%\usepackage[caption=false]{caption} +%\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig} +% subfig.sty, also written by Steven Douglas Cochran, is the modern +% replacement for subfigure.sty. However, subfig.sty requires and +% automatically loads Axel Sommerfeldt's caption.sty which will override +% IEEEtran.cls handling of captions and this will result in nonIEEE style +% figure/table captions. To prevent this problem, be sure and preload +% caption.sty with its "caption=false" package option. This is will preserve +% IEEEtran.cls handing of captions. Version 1.3 (2005/06/28) and later +% (recommended due to many improvements over 1.2) of subfig.sty supports +% the caption=false option directly: +%\usepackage[caption=false,font=footnotesize]{subfig} +% +% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/ +% The latest version and documentation of caption.sty can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ + + + + +% *** FLOAT PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{fixltx2e} +% fixltx2e, the successor to the earlier fix2col.sty, was written by +% Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle. This package corrects a few problems +% in the LaTeX2e kernel, the most notable of which is that in current +% LaTeX2e releases, the ordering of single and double column floats is not +% guaranteed to be preserved. Thus, an unpatched LaTeX2e can allow a +% single column figure to be placed prior to an earlier double column +% figure. The latest version and documentation can be found at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ + + + +%\usepackage{stfloats} +% stfloats.sty was written by Sigitas Tolusis. This package gives LaTeX2e +% the ability to do double column floats at the bottom of the page as well +% as the top. (e.g., "\begin{figure*}[!b]" is not normally possible in +% LaTeX2e). It also provides a command: +%\fnbelowfloat +% to enable the placement of footnotes below bottom floats (the standard +% LaTeX2e kernel puts them above bottom floats). This is an invasive package +% which rewrites many portions of the LaTeX2e float routines. It may not work +% with other packages that modify the LaTeX2e float routines. The latest +% version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sttools/ +% Documentation is contained in the stfloats.sty comments as well as in the +% presfull.pdf file. Do not use the stfloats baselinefloat ability as IEEE +% does not allow \baselineskip to stretch. Authors submitting work to the +% IEEE should note that IEEE rarely uses double column equations and +% that authors should try to avoid such use. Do not be tempted to use the +% cuted.sty or midfloat.sty packages (also by Sigitas Tolusis) as IEEE does +% not format its papers in such ways. + + + + + +% *** PDF, URL AND HYPERLINK PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{url} +% url.sty was written by Donald Arseneau. It provides better support for +% handling and breaking URLs. url.sty is already installed on most LaTeX +% systems. The latest version can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ +% Read the url.sty source comments for usage information. Basically, +% \url{my_url_here}. + + + + + +% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. *** +% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex). *** +% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later. +% (Unless specifically asked to do so by the journal or conference you plan +% to submit to, of course. ) + + +% correct bad hyphenation here +\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor} + + +\begin{document} +% +% paper title +% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired +\title{Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Conferences} + + +% author names and affiliations +% use a multiple column layout for up to three different +% affiliations +\author{\IEEEauthorblockN{Michael Shell} +\IEEEauthorblockA{School of Electrical and\\Computer Engineering\\ +Georgia Institute of Technology\\ +Atlanta, Georgia 30332--0250\\ +Email: http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html} +\and +\IEEEauthorblockN{Homer Simpson} +\IEEEauthorblockA{Twentieth Century Fox\\ +Springfield, USA\\ +Email: homer@thesimpsons.com} +\and +\IEEEauthorblockN{James Kirk\\ and Montgomery Scott} +\IEEEauthorblockA{Starfleet Academy\\ +San Francisco, California 96678-2391\\ +Telephone: (800) 555--1212\\ +Fax: (888) 555--1212}} + +% conference papers do not typically use \thanks and this command +% is locked out in conference mode. If really needed, such as for +% the acknowledgment of grants, issue a \IEEEoverridecommandlockouts +% after \documentclass + +% for over three affiliations, or if they all won't fit within the width +% of the page, use this alternative format: +% +%\author{\IEEEauthorblockN{Michael Shell\IEEEauthorrefmark{1}, +%Homer Simpson\IEEEauthorrefmark{2}, +%James Kirk\IEEEauthorrefmark{3}, +%Montgomery Scott\IEEEauthorrefmark{3} and +%Eldon Tyrell\IEEEauthorrefmark{4}} +%\IEEEauthorblockA{\IEEEauthorrefmark{1}School of Electrical and Computer Engineering\\ +%Georgia Institute of Technology, +%Atlanta, Georgia 30332--0250\\ Email: see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html} +%\IEEEauthorblockA{\IEEEauthorrefmark{2}Twentieth Century Fox, Springfield, USA\\ +%Email: homer@thesimpsons.com} +%\IEEEauthorblockA{\IEEEauthorrefmark{3}Starfleet Academy, San Francisco, California 96678-2391\\ +%Telephone: (800) 555--1212, Fax: (888) 555--1212} +%\IEEEauthorblockA{\IEEEauthorrefmark{4}Tyrell Inc., 123 Replicant Street, Los Angeles, California 90210--4321}} + + + + +% use for special paper notices +%\IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} + + + + +% make the title area +\maketitle + + +\begin{abstract} +%\boldmath +The abstract goes here. +\end{abstract} +% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract. +% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However, +% if the conference you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract, +% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start +% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals/conferences frown on +% math in the abstract anyway. + +% no keywords + + + + +% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover +% page as needed: +% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview +% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center} +% \fi +% +% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and +% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes. +\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle + + + +\section{Introduction} +% no \IEEEPARstart +This demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file'' +for IEEE conference papers produced under \LaTeX\ using +IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 and later. +% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter +% (should never be an issue) +I wish you the best of success. + +\hfill mds + +\hfill January 11, 2007 + +\subsection{Subsection Heading Here} +Subsection text here. + + +\subsubsection{Subsubsection Heading Here} +Subsubsection text here. + + +% An example of a floating figure using the graphicx package. +% Note that \label must occur AFTER (or within) \caption. +% For figures, \caption should occur after the \includegraphics. +% Note that IEEEtran v1.7 and later has special internal code that +% is designed to preserve the operation of \label within \caption +% even when the captionsoff option is in effect. However, because +% of issues like this, it may be the safest practice to put all your +% \label just after \caption rather than within \caption{}. +% +% Reminder: the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", class +% option should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be +% displayed while in draft mode. +% +%\begin{figure}[!t] +%\centering +%\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{myfigure} +% where an .eps filename suffix will be assumed under latex, +% and a .pdf suffix will be assumed for pdflatex; or what has been declared +% via \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. +%\caption{Simulation Results} +%\label{fig_sim} +%\end{figure} + +% Note that IEEE typically puts floats only at the top, even when this +% results in a large percentage of a column being occupied by floats. + + +% An example of a double column floating figure using two subfigures. +% (The subfig.sty package must be loaded for this to work.) +% The subfigure \label commands are set within each subfloat command, the +% \label for the overall figure must come after \caption. +% \hfil must be used as a separator to get equal spacing. +% The subfigure.sty package works much the same way, except \subfigure is +% used instead of \subfloat. +% +%\begin{figure*}[!t] +%\centerline{\subfloat[Case I]\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase1}% +%\label{fig_first_case}} +%\hfil +%\subfloat[Case II]{\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase2}% +%\label{fig_second_case}}} +%\caption{Simulation results} +%\label{fig_sim} +%\end{figure*} +% +% Note that often IEEE papers with subfigures do not employ subfigure +% captions (using the optional argument to \subfloat), but instead will +% reference/describe all of them (a), (b), etc., within the main caption. + + +% An example of a floating table. Note that, for IEEE style tables, the +% \caption command should come BEFORE the table. Table text will default to +% \footnotesize as IEEE normally uses this smaller font for tables. +% The \label must come after \caption as always. +% +%\begin{table}[!t] +%% increase table row spacing, adjust to taste +%\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3} +% if using array.sty, it might be a good idea to tweak the value of +% \extrarowheight as needed to properly center the text within the cells +%\caption{An Example of a Table} +%\label{table_example} +%\centering +%% Some packages, such as MDW tools, offer better commands for making tables +%% than the plain LaTeX2e tabular which is used here. +%\begin{tabular}{|c||c|} +%\hline +%One & Two\\ +%\hline +%Three & Four\\ +%\hline +%\end{tabular} +%\end{table} + + +% Note that IEEE does not put floats in the very first column - or typically +% anywhere on the first page for that matter. Also, in-text middle ("here") +% positioning is not used. Most IEEE journals/conferences use top floats +% exclusively. Note that, LaTeX2e, unlike IEEE journals/conferences, places +% footnotes above bottom floats. This can be corrected via the \fnbelowfloat +% command of the stfloats package. + + + +\section{Conclusion} +The conclusion goes here. + + + + +% conference papers do not normally have an appendix + + +% use section* for acknowledgement +\section*{Acknowledgment} + + +The authors would like to thank... + + + + + +% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference +% number - used to balance the columns on the last page +% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if +% the document is modified later +%\IEEEtriggeratref{8} +% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired: +%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}} + +% references section + +% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file +% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/ +% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at: +% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/ +%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran} +% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s) +%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper} +% +% manually copy in the resultant .bbl file +% set second argument of \begin to the number of references +% (used to reserve space for the reference number labels box) +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + +\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka} +H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to \LaTeX}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus + 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999. + +\end{thebibliography} + + + + +% that's all folks +\end{document} + + diff --git a/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl.tex b/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f9f67c --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl.tex @@ -0,0 +1,745 @@ + +%% bare_jrnl.tex +%% V1.3 +%% 2007/01/11 +%% by Michael Shell +%% see http://www.michaelshell.org/ +%% for current contact information. +%% +%% This is a skeleton file demonstrating the use of IEEEtran.cls +%% (requires IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 or later) with an IEEE journal paper. +%% +%% Support sites: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +%% and +%% http://www.ieee.org/ + + + +% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system *** +% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform *** +% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do *** +% *** not appear when using other class files. *** +% The testflow support page is at: +% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/testflow/ + + +%%************************************************************************* +%% Legal Notice: +%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +%% User assumes all risk. +%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +%% of any information contained here. +%% +%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. +%% +%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% Retain all contribution notices and credits. +%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** +%% +%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex, +%% bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex +%%************************************************************************* + +% Note that the a4paper option is mainly intended so that authors in +% countries using A4 can easily print to A4 and see how their papers will +% look in print - the typesetting of the document will not typically be +% affected with changes in paper size (but the bottom and side margins will). +% Use the testflow package mentioned above to verify correct handling of +% both paper sizes by the user's LaTeX system. +% +% Also note that the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", option +% should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be displayed in +% draft mode. +% +\documentclass[journal]{IEEEtran} +% +% If IEEEtran.cls has not been installed into the LaTeX system files, +% manually specify the path to it like: +% \documentclass[journal]{../sty/IEEEtran} + + + + + +% Some very useful LaTeX packages include: +% (uncomment the ones you want to load) + + +% *** MISC UTILITY PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{ifpdf} +% Heiko Oberdiek's ifpdf.sty is very useful if you need conditional +% compilation based on whether the output is pdf or dvi. +% usage: +% \ifpdf +% % pdf code +% \else +% % dvi code +% \fi +% The latest version of ifpdf.sty can be obtained from: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ +% Also, note that IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later provides a builtin +% \ifCLASSINFOpdf conditional that works the same way. +% When switching from latex to pdflatex and vice-versa, the compiler may +% have to be run twice to clear warning/error messages. + + + + + + +% *** CITATION PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{cite} +% cite.sty was written by Donald Arseneau +% V1.6 and later of IEEEtran pre-defines the format of the cite.sty package +% \cite{} output to follow that of IEEE. Loading the cite package will +% result in citation numbers being automatically sorted and properly +% "compressed/ranged". e.g., [1], [9], [2], [7], [5], [6] without using +% cite.sty will become [1], [2], [5]--[7], [9] using cite.sty. cite.sty's +% \cite will automatically add leading space, if needed. Use cite.sty's +% noadjust option (cite.sty V3.8 and later) if you want to turn this off. +% cite.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. Be sure and use +% version 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later if using hyperref.sty. cite.sty does +% not currently provide for hyperlinked citations. +% The latest version can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cite/ +% The documentation is contained in the cite.sty file itself. + + + + + + +% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES *** +% +\ifCLASSINFOpdf + % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} + % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are + % \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}} + % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with + % every instance of \includegraphics + % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png} +\else + % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx + % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no + % driver is specified. + % \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} + % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are + % \graphicspath{{../eps/}} + % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with + % every instance of \includegraphics + % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps} +\fi +% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is +% required if you want graphics, photos, etc. graphicx.sty is already +% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/ +% Another good source of documentation is "Using Imported Graphics in +% LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which can be found as epslatex.ps or +% epslatex.pdf at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/ +% +% latex, and pdflatex in dvi mode, support graphics in encapsulated +% postscript (.eps) format. pdflatex in pdf mode supports graphics +% in .pdf, .jpeg, .png and .mps (metapost) formats. Users should ensure +% that all non-photo figures use a vector format (.eps, .pdf, .mps) and +% not a bitmapped formats (.jpeg, .png). IEEE frowns on bitmapped formats +% which can result in "jaggedy"/blurry rendering of lines and letters as +% well as large increases in file sizes. +% +% You can find documentation about the pdfTeX application at: +% http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex + + + + + +% *** MATH PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath} +% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides +% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using +% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that +% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option, +% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within +% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a +% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant! +% +% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000 +% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use: +%\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500 +% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally +% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest +% version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/ + + + + + +% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{algorithmic} +% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito. +% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms. +% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure +% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm +% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or +% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated +% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide +% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of +% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/ +% There is also a support site at: +% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html +% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable) +% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/ + + + + +% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{array} +% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves +% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better +% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table +% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with +% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly +% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty) +% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The +% latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/ + + +%\usepackage{mdwmath} +%\usepackage{mdwtab} +% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools, +% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations +% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most +% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/ + + +% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to +% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high +% quality. + + +%\usepackage{eqparbox} +% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating +% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes". +% Available at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/ + + + + + +% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES *** +%\usepackage[tight,footnotesize]{subfigure} +% subfigure.sty was written by Steven Douglas Cochran. This package makes it +% easy to put subfigures in your figures. e.g., "Figure 1a and 1b". For IEEE +% work, it is a good idea to load it with the tight package option to reduce +% the amount of white space around the subfigures. subfigure.sty is already +% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/ +% subfigure.sty has been superceeded by subfig.sty. + + + +%\usepackage[caption=false]{caption} +%\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig} +% subfig.sty, also written by Steven Douglas Cochran, is the modern +% replacement for subfigure.sty. However, subfig.sty requires and +% automatically loads Axel Sommerfeldt's caption.sty which will override +% IEEEtran.cls handling of captions and this will result in nonIEEE style +% figure/table captions. To prevent this problem, be sure and preload +% caption.sty with its "caption=false" package option. This is will preserve +% IEEEtran.cls handing of captions. Version 1.3 (2005/06/28) and later +% (recommended due to many improvements over 1.2) of subfig.sty supports +% the caption=false option directly: +%\usepackage[caption=false,font=footnotesize]{subfig} +% +% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/ +% The latest version and documentation of caption.sty can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ + + + + +% *** FLOAT PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{fixltx2e} +% fixltx2e, the successor to the earlier fix2col.sty, was written by +% Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle. This package corrects a few problems +% in the LaTeX2e kernel, the most notable of which is that in current +% LaTeX2e releases, the ordering of single and double column floats is not +% guaranteed to be preserved. Thus, an unpatched LaTeX2e can allow a +% single column figure to be placed prior to an earlier double column +% figure. The latest version and documentation can be found at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ + + + +%\usepackage{stfloats} +% stfloats.sty was written by Sigitas Tolusis. This package gives LaTeX2e +% the ability to do double column floats at the bottom of the page as well +% as the top. (e.g., "\begin{figure*}[!b]" is not normally possible in +% LaTeX2e). It also provides a command: +%\fnbelowfloat +% to enable the placement of footnotes below bottom floats (the standard +% LaTeX2e kernel puts them above bottom floats). This is an invasive package +% which rewrites many portions of the LaTeX2e float routines. It may not work +% with other packages that modify the LaTeX2e float routines. The latest +% version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sttools/ +% Documentation is contained in the stfloats.sty comments as well as in the +% presfull.pdf file. Do not use the stfloats baselinefloat ability as IEEE +% does not allow \baselineskip to stretch. Authors submitting work to the +% IEEE should note that IEEE rarely uses double column equations and +% that authors should try to avoid such use. Do not be tempted to use the +% cuted.sty or midfloat.sty packages (also by Sigitas Tolusis) as IEEE does +% not format its papers in such ways. + + +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff +% \usepackage[nomarkers]{endfloat} +% \let\MYoriglatexcaption\caption +% \renewcommand{\caption}[2][\relax]{\MYoriglatexcaption[#2]{#2}} +%\fi +% endfloat.sty was written by James Darrell McCauley and Jeff Goldberg. +% This package may be useful when used in conjunction with IEEEtran.cls' +% captionsoff option. Some IEEE journals/societies require that submissions +% have lists of figures/tables at the end of the paper and that +% figures/tables without any captions are placed on a page by themselves at +% the end of the document. If needed, the draftcls IEEEtran class option or +% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch interface can be used to increase the line +% spacing as well. Be sure and use the nomarkers option of endfloat to +% prevent endfloat from "marking" where the figures would have been placed +% in the text. The two hack lines of code above are a slight modification of +% that suggested by in the endfloat docs (section 8.3.1) to ensure that +% the full captions always appear in the list of figures/tables - even if +% the user used the short optional argument of \caption[]{}. +% IEEE papers do not typically make use of \caption[]'s optional argument, +% so this should not be an issue. A similar trick can be used to disable +% captions of packages such as subfig.sty that lack options to turn off +% the subcaptions: +% For subfig.sty: +% \let\MYorigsubfloat\subfloat +% \renewcommand{\subfloat}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfloat[]{#2}} +% For subfigure.sty: +% \let\MYorigsubfigure\subfigure +% \renewcommand{\subfigure}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfigure[]{#2}} +% However, the above trick will not work if both optional arguments of +% the \subfloat/subfig command are used. Furthermore, there needs to be a +% description of each subfigure *somewhere* and endfloat does not add +% subfigure captions to its list of figures. Thus, the best approach is to +% avoid the use of subfigure captions (many IEEE journals avoid them anyway) +% and instead reference/explain all the subfigures within the main caption. +% The latest version of endfloat.sty and its documentation can obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/endfloat/ +% +% The IEEEtran \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff conditional can also be used +% later in the document, say, to conditionally put the References on a +% page by themselves. + + + + + +% *** PDF, URL AND HYPERLINK PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{url} +% url.sty was written by Donald Arseneau. It provides better support for +% handling and breaking URLs. url.sty is already installed on most LaTeX +% systems. The latest version can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ +% Read the url.sty source comments for usage information. Basically, +% \url{my_url_here}. + + + + + +% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. *** +% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex). *** +% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later. +% (Unless specifically asked to do so by the journal or conference you plan +% to submit to, of course. ) + + +% correct bad hyphenation here +\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor} + + +\begin{document} +% +% paper title +% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired +\title{Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Journals} +% +% +% author names and IEEE memberships +% note positions of commas and nonbreaking spaces ( ~ ) LaTeX will not break +% a structure at a ~ so this keeps an author's name from being broken across +% two lines. +% use \thanks{} to gain access to the first footnote area +% a separate \thanks must be used for each paragraph as LaTeX2e's \thanks +% was not built to handle multiple paragraphs +% + +\author{Michael~Shell,~\IEEEmembership{Member,~IEEE,} + John~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Fellow,~OSA,} + and~Jane~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Life~Fellow,~IEEE}% <-this % stops a space +\thanks{M. Shell is with the Department +of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, +GA, 30332 USA e-mail: (see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html).}% <-this % stops a space +\thanks{J. Doe and J. Doe are with Anonymous University.}% <-this % stops a space +\thanks{Manuscript received April 19, 2005; revised January 11, 2007.}} + +% note the % following the last \IEEEmembership and also \thanks - +% these prevent an unwanted space from occurring between the last author name +% and the end of the author line. i.e., if you had this: +% +% \author{....lastname \thanks{...} \thanks{...} } +% ^------------^------------^----Do not want these spaces! +% +% a space would be appended to the last name and could cause every name on that +% line to be shifted left slightly. This is one of those "LaTeX things". For +% instance, "\textbf{A} \textbf{B}" will typeset as "A B" not "AB". To get +% "AB" then you have to do: "\textbf{A}\textbf{B}" +% \thanks is no different in this regard, so shield the last } of each \thanks +% that ends a line with a % and do not let a space in before the next \thanks. +% Spaces after \IEEEmembership other than the last one are OK (and needed) as +% you are supposed to have spaces between the names. For what it is worth, +% this is a minor point as most people would not even notice if the said evil +% space somehow managed to creep in. + + + +% The paper headers +\markboth{Journal of \LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~6, No.~1, January~2007}% +{Shell \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}}: Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Journals} +% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages +% after the title page when using the twoside option. +% +% *** Note that you probably will NOT want to include the author's *** +% *** name in the headers of peer review papers. *** +% You can use \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview for conditional compilation here if +% you desire. + + + + +% If you want to put a publisher's ID mark on the page you can do it like +% this: +%\IEEEpubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE} +% Remember, if you use this you must call \IEEEpubidadjcol in the second +% column for its text to clear the IEEEpubid mark. + + + +% use for special paper notices +%\IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} + + + + +% make the title area +\maketitle + + +\begin{abstract} +%\boldmath +The abstract goes here. +\end{abstract} +% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract. +% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However, +% if the journal you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract, +% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start +% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals frown on math +% in the abstract anyway. + +% Note that keywords are not normally used for peerreview papers. +\begin{IEEEkeywords} +IEEEtran, journal, \LaTeX, paper, template. +\end{IEEEkeywords} + + + + + + +% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover +% page as needed: +% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview +% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center} +% \fi +% +% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and +% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes. +\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle + + + +\section{Introduction} +% The very first letter is a 2 line initial drop letter followed +% by the rest of the first word in caps. +% +% form to use if the first word consists of a single letter: +% \IEEEPARstart{A}{demo} file is .... +% +% form to use if you need the single drop letter followed by +% normal text (unknown if ever used by IEEE): +% \IEEEPARstart{A}{}demo file is .... +% +% Some journals put the first two words in caps: +% \IEEEPARstart{T}{his demo} file is .... +% +% Here we have the typical use of a "T" for an initial drop letter +% and "HIS" in caps to complete the first word. +\IEEEPARstart{T}{his} demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file'' +for IEEE journal papers produced under \LaTeX\ using +IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 and later. +% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter +% (should never be an issue) +I wish you the best of success. + +\hfill mds + +\hfill January 11, 2007 + +\subsection{Subsection Heading Here} +Subsection text here. + +% needed in second column of first page if using \IEEEpubid +%\IEEEpubidadjcol + +\subsubsection{Subsubsection Heading Here} +Subsubsection text here. + + +% An example of a floating figure using the graphicx package. +% Note that \label must occur AFTER (or within) \caption. +% For figures, \caption should occur after the \includegraphics. +% Note that IEEEtran v1.7 and later has special internal code that +% is designed to preserve the operation of \label within \caption +% even when the captionsoff option is in effect. However, because +% of issues like this, it may be the safest practice to put all your +% \label just after \caption rather than within \caption{}. +% +% Reminder: the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", class +% option should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be +% displayed while in draft mode. +% +%\begin{figure}[!t] +%\centering +%\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{myfigure} +% where an .eps filename suffix will be assumed under latex, +% and a .pdf suffix will be assumed for pdflatex; or what has been declared +% via \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. +%\caption{Simulation Results} +%\label{fig_sim} +%\end{figure} + +% Note that IEEE typically puts floats only at the top, even when this +% results in a large percentage of a column being occupied by floats. + + +% An example of a double column floating figure using two subfigures. +% (The subfig.sty package must be loaded for this to work.) +% The subfigure \label commands are set within each subfloat command, the +% \label for the overall figure must come after \caption. +% \hfil must be used as a separator to get equal spacing. +% The subfigure.sty package works much the same way, except \subfigure is +% used instead of \subfloat. +% +%\begin{figure*}[!t] +%\centerline{\subfloat[Case I]\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase1}% +%\label{fig_first_case}} +%\hfil +%\subfloat[Case II]{\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase2}% +%\label{fig_second_case}}} +%\caption{Simulation results} +%\label{fig_sim} +%\end{figure*} +% +% Note that often IEEE papers with subfigures do not employ subfigure +% captions (using the optional argument to \subfloat), but instead will +% reference/describe all of them (a), (b), etc., within the main caption. + + +% An example of a floating table. Note that, for IEEE style tables, the +% \caption command should come BEFORE the table. Table text will default to +% \footnotesize as IEEE normally uses this smaller font for tables. +% The \label must come after \caption as always. +% +%\begin{table}[!t] +%% increase table row spacing, adjust to taste +%\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3} +% if using array.sty, it might be a good idea to tweak the value of +% \extrarowheight as needed to properly center the text within the cells +%\caption{An Example of a Table} +%\label{table_example} +%\centering +%% Some packages, such as MDW tools, offer better commands for making tables +%% than the plain LaTeX2e tabular which is used here. +%\begin{tabular}{|c||c|} +%\hline +%One & Two\\ +%\hline +%Three & Four\\ +%\hline +%\end{tabular} +%\end{table} + + +% Note that IEEE does not put floats in the very first column - or typically +% anywhere on the first page for that matter. Also, in-text middle ("here") +% positioning is not used. Most IEEE journals use top floats exclusively. +% Note that, LaTeX2e, unlike IEEE journals, places footnotes above bottom +% floats. This can be corrected via the \fnbelowfloat command of the +% stfloats package. + + + +\section{Conclusion} +The conclusion goes here. + + + + + +% if have a single appendix: +%\appendix[Proof of the Zonklar Equations] +% or +%\appendix % for no appendix heading +% do not use \section anymore after \appendix, only \section* +% is possibly needed + +% use appendices with more than one appendix +% then use \section to start each appendix +% you must declare a \section before using any +% \subsection or using \label (\appendices by itself +% starts a section numbered zero.) +% + + +\appendices +\section{Proof of the First Zonklar Equation} +Appendix one text goes here. + +% you can choose not to have a title for an appendix +% if you want by leaving the argument blank +\section{} +Appendix two text goes here. + + +% use section* for acknowledgement +\section*{Acknowledgment} + + +The authors would like to thank... + + +% Can use something like this to put references on a page +% by themselves when using endfloat and the captionsoff option. +\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff + \newpage +\fi + + + +% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference +% number - used to balance the columns on the last page +% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if +% the document is modified later +%\IEEEtriggeratref{8} +% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired: +%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}} + +% references section + +% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file +% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/ +% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at: +% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/ +%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran} +% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s) +%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper} +% +% manually copy in the resultant .bbl file +% set second argument of \begin to the number of references +% (used to reserve space for the reference number labels box) +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + +\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka} +H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to \LaTeX}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus + 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999. + +\end{thebibliography} + +% biography section +% +% If you have an EPS/PDF photo (graphicx package needed) extra braces are +% needed around the contents of the optional argument to biography to prevent +% the LaTeX parser from getting confused when it sees the complicated +% \includegraphics command within an optional argument. (You could create +% your own custom macro containing the \includegraphics command to make things +% simpler here.) +%\begin{biography}[{\includegraphics[width=1in,height=1.25in,clip,keepaspectratio]{mshell}}]{Michael Shell} +% or if you just want to reserve a space for a photo: + +\begin{IEEEbiography}{Michael Shell} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiography} + +% if you will not have a photo at all: +\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{John Doe} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiographynophoto} + +% insert where needed to balance the two columns on the last page with +% biographies +%\newpage + +\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{Jane Doe} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiographynophoto} + +% You can push biographies down or up by placing +% a \vfill before or after them. The appropriate +% use of \vfill depends on what kind of text is +% on the last page and whether or not the columns +% are being equalized. + +%\vfill + +% Can be used to pull up biographies so that the bottom of the last one +% is flush with the other column. +%\enlargethispage{-5in} + + + +% that's all folks +\end{document} + + diff --git a/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex b/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c733757 --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex @@ -0,0 +1,844 @@ + +%% bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex +%% V1.3 +%% 2007/01/11 +%% by Michael Shell +%% See: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/ +%% for current contact information. +%% +%% This is a skeleton file demonstrating the use of IEEEtran.cls +%% (requires IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 or later) with an IEEE Computer +%% Society journal paper. +%% +%% Support sites: +%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ +%% and +%% http://www.ieee.org/ + +%%************************************************************************* +%% Legal Notice: +%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or +%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! +%% User assumes all risk. +%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for +%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, +%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse +%% of any information contained here. +%% +%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not +%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. +%% +%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) +%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, +%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included +%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released +%% 2003/12/01 or later. +%% Retain all contribution notices and credits. +%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** +%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** +%% +%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex, +%% bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex +%%************************************************************************* + +% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system *** +% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform *** +% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do *** +% *** not appear when using other class files. *** +% The testflow support page is at: +% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/testflow/ + + + + +% Note that the a4paper option is mainly intended so that authors in +% countries using A4 can easily print to A4 and see how their papers will +% look in print - the typesetting of the document will not typically be +% affected with changes in paper size (but the bottom and side margins will). +% Use the testflow package mentioned above to verify correct handling of +% both paper sizes by the user's LaTeX system. +% +% Also note that the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", option +% should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be displayed in +% draft mode. +% +% The Computer Society usually requires 12pt for submissions. +% +\documentclass[12pt,journal,compsoc]{IEEEtran} +% +% If IEEEtran.cls has not been installed into the LaTeX system files, +% manually specify the path to it like: +% \documentclass[12pt,journal,compsoc]{../sty/IEEEtran} + + + + + +% Some very useful LaTeX packages include: +% (uncomment the ones you want to load) + + +% *** MISC UTILITY PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{ifpdf} +% Heiko Oberdiek's ifpdf.sty is very useful if you need conditional +% compilation based on whether the output is pdf or dvi. +% usage: +% \ifpdf +% % pdf code +% \else +% % dvi code +% \fi +% The latest version of ifpdf.sty can be obtained from: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ +% Also, note that IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later provides a builtin +% \ifCLASSINFOpdf conditional that works the same way. +% When switching from latex to pdflatex and vice-versa, the compiler may +% have to be run twice to clear warning/error messages. + + + + + + +% *** CITATION PACKAGES *** +% +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc + % IEEE Computer Society needs nocompress option + % requires cite.sty v4.0 or later (November 2003) + % \usepackage[nocompress]{cite} +\else + % normal IEEE + % \usepackage{cite} +\fi +% cite.sty was written by Donald Arseneau +% V1.6 and later of IEEEtran pre-defines the format of the cite.sty package +% \cite{} output to follow that of IEEE. Loading the cite package will +% result in citation numbers being automatically sorted and properly +% "compressed/ranged". e.g., [1], [9], [2], [7], [5], [6] without using +% cite.sty will become [1], [2], [5]--[7], [9] using cite.sty. cite.sty's +% \cite will automatically add leading space, if needed. Use cite.sty's +% noadjust option (cite.sty V3.8 and later) if you want to turn this off. +% cite.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. Be sure and use +% version 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later if using hyperref.sty. cite.sty does +% not currently provide for hyperlinked citations. +% The latest version can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cite/ +% The documentation is contained in the cite.sty file itself. +% +% Note that some packages require special options to format as the Computer +% Society requires. In particular, Computer Society papers do not use +% compressed citation ranges as is done in typical IEEE papers +% (e.g., [1]-[4]). Instead, they list every citation separately in order +% (e.g., [1], [2], [3], [4]). To get the latter we need to load the cite +% package with the nocompress option which is supported by cite.sty v4.0 +% and later. Note also the use of a CLASSOPTION conditional provided by +% IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later. + + + + + +% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES *** +% +\ifCLASSINFOpdf + % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} + % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are + % \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}} + % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with + % every instance of \includegraphics + % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png} +\else + % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx + % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no + % driver is specified. + % \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} + % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are + % \graphicspath{{../eps/}} + % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with + % every instance of \includegraphics + % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps} +\fi +% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is +% required if you want graphics, photos, etc. graphicx.sty is already +% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/ +% Another good source of documentation is "Using Imported Graphics in +% LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which can be found as epslatex.ps or +% epslatex.pdf at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/ +% +% latex, and pdflatex in dvi mode, support graphics in encapsulated +% postscript (.eps) format. pdflatex in pdf mode supports graphics +% in .pdf, .jpeg, .png and .mps (metapost) formats. Users should ensure +% that all non-photo figures use a vector format (.eps, .pdf, .mps) and +% not a bitmapped formats (.jpeg, .png). IEEE frowns on bitmapped formats +% which can result in "jaggedy"/blurry rendering of lines and letters as +% well as large increases in file sizes. +% +% You can find documentation about the pdfTeX application at: +% http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex + + + + + +% *** MATH PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath} +% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides +% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using +% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that +% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option, +% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within +% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a +% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant! +% +% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000 +% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use: +%\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500 +% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally +% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest +% version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/ + + + + + +% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{algorithmic} +% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito. +% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms. +% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure +% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm +% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or +% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated +% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide +% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of +% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/ +% There is also a support site at: +% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html +% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable) +% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/ + + + + +% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{array} +% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves +% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better +% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table +% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with +% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly +% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty) +% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The +% latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/ + + +%\usepackage{mdwmath} +%\usepackage{mdwtab} +% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools, +% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations +% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most +% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/ + + +% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to +% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high +% quality. + + +%\usepackage{eqparbox} +% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating +% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes". +% Available at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/ + + + + + +% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES *** +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +%\usepackage[tight,normalsize,sf,SF]{subfigure} +%\else +%\usepackage[tight,footnotesize]{subfigure} +%\fi +% subfigure.sty was written by Steven Douglas Cochran. This package makes it +% easy to put subfigures in your figures. e.g., "Figure 1a and 1b". For IEEE +% work, it is a good idea to load it with the tight package option to reduce +% the amount of white space around the subfigures. Computer Society papers +% use a larger font and \sffamily font for their captions, hence the +% additional options needed under compsoc mode. subfigure.sty is already +% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can +% be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/ +% subfigure.sty has been superceeded by subfig.sty. + + +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% \usepackage[caption=false]{caption} +% \usepackage[font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig} +%\else +% \usepackage[caption=false]{caption} +% \usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig} +%\fi +% subfig.sty, also written by Steven Douglas Cochran, is the modern +% replacement for subfigure.sty. However, subfig.sty requires and +% automatically loads Axel Sommerfeldt's caption.sty which will override +% IEEEtran.cls handling of captions and this will result in nonIEEE style +% figure/table captions. To prevent this problem, be sure and preload +% caption.sty with its "caption=false" package option. This is will preserve +% IEEEtran.cls handing of captions. Version 1.3 (2005/06/28) and later +% (recommended due to many improvements over 1.2) of subfig.sty supports +% the caption=false option directly: +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% \usepackage[caption=false,font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig} +%\else +% \usepackage[caption=false,font=footnotesize]{subfig} +%\fi +% +% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/ +% The latest version and documentation of caption.sty can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/ + + + + +% *** FLOAT PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{fixltx2e} +% fixltx2e, the successor to the earlier fix2col.sty, was written by +% Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle. This package corrects a few problems +% in the LaTeX2e kernel, the most notable of which is that in current +% LaTeX2e releases, the ordering of single and double column floats is not +% guaranteed to be preserved. Thus, an unpatched LaTeX2e can allow a +% single column figure to be placed prior to an earlier double column +% figure. The latest version and documentation can be found at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ + + + +%\usepackage{stfloats} +% stfloats.sty was written by Sigitas Tolusis. This package gives LaTeX2e +% the ability to do double column floats at the bottom of the page as well +% as the top. (e.g., "\begin{figure*}[!b]" is not normally possible in +% LaTeX2e). It also provides a command: +%\fnbelowfloat +% to enable the placement of footnotes below bottom floats (the standard +% LaTeX2e kernel puts them above bottom floats). This is an invasive package +% which rewrites many portions of the LaTeX2e float routines. It may not work +% with other packages that modify the LaTeX2e float routines. The latest +% version and documentation can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sttools/ +% Documentation is contained in the stfloats.sty comments as well as in the +% presfull.pdf file. Do not use the stfloats baselinefloat ability as IEEE +% does not allow \baselineskip to stretch. Authors submitting work to the +% IEEE should note that IEEE rarely uses double column equations and +% that authors should try to avoid such use. Do not be tempted to use the +% cuted.sty or midfloat.sty packages (also by Sigitas Tolusis) as IEEE does +% not format its papers in such ways. + + + + +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff +% \usepackage[nomarkers]{endfloat} +% \let\MYoriglatexcaption\caption +% \renewcommand{\caption}[2][\relax]{\MYoriglatexcaption[#2]{#2}} +%\fi +% endfloat.sty was written by James Darrell McCauley and Jeff Goldberg. +% This package may be useful when used in conjunction with IEEEtran.cls' +% captionsoff option. Some IEEE journals/societies require that submissions +% have lists of figures/tables at the end of the paper and that +% figures/tables without any captions are placed on a page by themselves at +% the end of the document. If needed, the draftcls IEEEtran class option or +% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch interface can be used to increase the line +% spacing as well. Be sure and use the nomarkers option of endfloat to +% prevent endfloat from "marking" where the figures would have been placed +% in the text. The two hack lines of code above are a slight modification of +% that suggested by in the endfloat docs (section 8.3.1) to ensure that +% the full captions always appear in the list of figures/tables - even if +% the user used the short optional argument of \caption[]{}. +% IEEE papers do not typically make use of \caption[]'s optional argument, +% so this should not be an issue. A similar trick can be used to disable +% captions of packages such as subfig.sty that lack options to turn off +% the subcaptions: +% For subfig.sty: +% \let\MYorigsubfloat\subfloat +% \renewcommand{\subfloat}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfloat[]{#2}} +% For subfigure.sty: +% \let\MYorigsubfigure\subfigure +% \renewcommand{\subfigure}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfigure[]{#2}} +% However, the above trick will not work if both optional arguments of +% the \subfloat/subfig command are used. Furthermore, there needs to be a +% description of each subfigure *somewhere* and endfloat does not add +% subfigure captions to its list of figures. Thus, the best approach is to +% avoid the use of subfigure captions (many IEEE journals avoid them anyway) +% and instead reference/explain all the subfigures within the main caption. +% The latest version of endfloat.sty and its documentation can obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/endfloat/ +% +% The IEEEtran \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff conditional can also be used +% later in the document, say, to conditionally put the References on a +% page by themselves. + + + + +% *** PDF, URL AND HYPERLINK PACKAGES *** +% +%\usepackage{url} +% url.sty was written by Donald Arseneau. It provides better support for +% handling and breaking URLs. url.sty is already installed on most LaTeX +% systems. The latest version can be obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/ +% Read the url.sty source comments for usage information. Basically, +% \url{my_url_here}. + + + + + +% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. *** +% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex). *** +% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later. +% (Unless specifically asked to do so by the journal or conference you plan +% to submit to, of course. ) + + +% correct bad hyphenation here +\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor} + + +\begin{document} +% +% paper title +% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired +\title{Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls\\ for Computer Society Journals} +% +% +% author names and IEEE memberships +% note positions of commas and nonbreaking spaces ( ~ ) LaTeX will not break +% a structure at a ~ so this keeps an author's name from being broken across +% two lines. +% use \thanks{} to gain access to the first footnote area +% a separate \thanks must be used for each paragraph as LaTeX2e's \thanks +% was not built to handle multiple paragraphs +% +% +%\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks is a special \thanks that produces the bulleted +% lists the Computer Society journals use for "first footnote" author +% affiliations. Use \IEEEcompsocthanksitem which works much like \item +% for each affiliation group. When not in compsoc mode, +% \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks becomes like \thanks and +% \IEEEcompsocthanksitem becomes a line break with idention. This +% facilitates dual compilation, although admittedly the differences in the +% desired content of \author between the different types of papers makes a +% one-size-fits-all approach a daunting prospect. For instance, compsoc +% journal papers have the author affiliations above the "Manuscript +% received ..." text while in non-compsoc journals this is reversed. Sigh. + +\author{Michael~Shell,~\IEEEmembership{Member,~IEEE,} + John~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Fellow,~OSA,} + and~Jane~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Life~Fellow,~IEEE}% <-this % stops a space +\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem M. Shell is with the Department +of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, +GA, 30332.\protect\\ +% note need leading \protect in front of \\ to get a newline within \thanks as +% \\ is fragile and will error, could use \hfil\break instead. +E-mail: see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html +\IEEEcompsocthanksitem J. Doe and J. Doe are with Anonymous University.}% <-this % stops a space +\thanks{Manuscript received April 19, 2005; revised January 11, 2007.}} + +% note the % following the last \IEEEmembership and also \thanks - +% these prevent an unwanted space from occurring between the last author name +% and the end of the author line. i.e., if you had this: +% +% \author{....lastname \thanks{...} \thanks{...} } +% ^------------^------------^----Do not want these spaces! +% +% a space would be appended to the last name and could cause every name on that +% line to be shifted left slightly. This is one of those "LaTeX things". For +% instance, "\textbf{A} \textbf{B}" will typeset as "A B" not "AB". To get +% "AB" then you have to do: "\textbf{A}\textbf{B}" +% \thanks is no different in this regard, so shield the last } of each \thanks +% that ends a line with a % and do not let a space in before the next \thanks. +% Spaces after \IEEEmembership other than the last one are OK (and needed) as +% you are supposed to have spaces between the names. For what it is worth, +% this is a minor point as most people would not even notice if the said evil +% space somehow managed to creep in. + + + +% The paper headers +\markboth{Journal of \LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~6, No.~1, January~2007}% +{Shell \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}}: Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Computer Society Journals} +% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages +% after the title page when using the twoside option. +% +% *** Note that you probably will NOT want to include the author's *** +% *** name in the headers of peer review papers. *** +% You can use \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview for conditional compilation here if +% you desire. + + + +% The publisher's ID mark at the bottom of the page is less important with +% Computer Society journal papers as those publications place the marks +% outside of the main text columns and, therefore, unlike regular IEEE +% journals, the available text space is not reduced by their presence. +% If you want to put a publisher's ID mark on the page you can do it like +% this: +%\IEEEpubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE} +% or like this to get the Computer Society new two part style. +%\IEEEpubid{\makebox[\columnwidth]{\hfill 0000--0000/00/\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE}% +%\hspace{\columnsep}\makebox[\columnwidth]{Published by the IEEE Computer Society\hfill}} +% Remember, if you use this you must call \IEEEpubidadjcol in the second +% column for its text to clear the IEEEpubid mark (Computer Society jorunal +% papers don't need this extra clearance.) + + + +% use for special paper notices +%\IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} + + + +% for Computer Society papers, we must declare the abstract and index terms +% PRIOR to the title within the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext IEEEtran +% command as these need to go into the title area created by \maketitle. +\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{% +\begin{abstract} +%\boldmath +The abstract goes here. +\end{abstract} +% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract. +% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However, +% if the journal you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract, +% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start +% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals frown on math +% in the abstract anyway. In particular, the Computer Society does +% not want either math or citations to appear in the abstract. + +% Note that keywords are not normally used for peerreview papers. +\begin{IEEEkeywords} +Computer Society, IEEEtran, journal, \LaTeX, paper, template. +\end{IEEEkeywords}} + + +% make the title area +\maketitle + + +% To allow for easy dual compilation without having to reenter the +% abstract/keywords data, the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext text will +% not be used in maketitle, but will appear (i.e., to be "transported") +% here as \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext when compsoc mode +% is not selected if conference mode is selected - because compsoc +% conference papers position the abstract like regular (non-compsoc) +% papers do! +\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext +% \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext has no effect when using +% compsoc under a non-conference mode. + + +% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover +% page as needed: +% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview +% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center} +% \fi +% +% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and +% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes. +\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle + + + +\section{Introduction} +% Computer Society journal papers do something a tad strange with the very +% first section heading (almost always called "Introduction"). They place it +% ABOVE the main text! IEEEtran.cls currently does not do this for you. +% However, You can achieve this effect by making LaTeX jump through some +% hoops via something like: +% +%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc +% \noindent\raisebox{2\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]% +% {\parbox{\columnwidth}{\section{Introduction}\label{sec:introduction}% +% \global\everypar=\everypar}}% +% \vspace{-1\baselineskip}\vspace{-\parskip}\par +%\else +% \section{Introduction}\label{sec:introduction}\par +%\fi +% +% Admittedly, this is a hack and may well be fragile, but seems to do the +% trick for me. Note the need to keep any \label that may be used right +% after \section in the above as the hack puts \section within a raised box. + + + +% The very first letter is a 2 line initial drop letter followed +% by the rest of the first word in caps (small caps for compsoc). +% +% form to use if the first word consists of a single letter: +% \IEEEPARstart{A}{demo} file is .... +% +% form to use if you need the single drop letter followed by +% normal text (unknown if ever used by IEEE): +% \IEEEPARstart{A}{}demo file is .... +% +% Some journals put the first two words in caps: +% \IEEEPARstart{T}{his demo} file is .... +% +% Here we have the typical use of a "T" for an initial drop letter +% and "HIS" in caps to complete the first word. +\IEEEPARstart{T}{his} demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file'' +for IEEE Computer Society journal papers produced under \LaTeX\ using +IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 and later. +% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter +% (should never be an issue) +I wish you the best of success. + +\hfill mds + +\hfill January 11, 2007 + +\subsection{Subsection Heading Here} +Subsection text here. + +% needed in second column of first page if using \IEEEpubid +%\IEEEpubidadjcol + +\subsubsection{Subsubsection Heading Here} +Subsubsection text here. + + +% An example of a floating figure using the graphicx package. +% Note that \label must occur AFTER (or within) \caption. +% For figures, \caption should occur after the \includegraphics. +% Note that IEEEtran v1.7 and later has special internal code that +% is designed to preserve the operation of \label within \caption +% even when the captionsoff option is in effect. However, because +% of issues like this, it may be the safest practice to put all your +% \label just after \caption rather than within \caption{}. +% +% Reminder: the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", class +% option should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be +% displayed while in draft mode. +% +%\begin{figure}[!t] +%\centering +%\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{myfigure} +% where an .eps filename suffix will be assumed under latex, +% and a .pdf suffix will be assumed for pdflatex; or what has been declared +% via \DeclareGraphicsExtensions. +%\caption{Simulation Results} +%\label{fig_sim} +%\end{figure} + +% Note that IEEE typically puts floats only at the top, even when this +% results in a large percentage of a column being occupied by floats. +% However, the Computer Society has been known to put floats at the bottom. + + +% An example of a double column floating figure using two subfigures. +% (The subfig.sty package must be loaded for this to work.) +% The subfigure \label commands are set within each subfloat command, the +% \label for the overall figure must come after \caption. +% \hfil must be used as a separator to get equal spacing. +% The subfigure.sty package works much the same way, except \subfigure is +% used instead of \subfloat. +% +%\begin{figure*}[!t] +%\centerline{\subfloat[Case I]\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase1}% +%\label{fig_first_case}} +%\hfil +%\subfloat[Case II]{\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase2}% +%\label{fig_second_case}}} +%\caption{Simulation results} +%\label{fig_sim} +%\end{figure*} +% +% Note that often IEEE papers with subfigures do not employ subfigure +% captions (using the optional argument to \subfloat), but instead will +% reference/describe all of them (a), (b), etc., within the main caption. + + +% An example of a floating table. Note that, for IEEE style tables, the +% \caption command should come BEFORE the table. Table text will default to +% \footnotesize as IEEE normally uses this smaller font for tables. +% The \label must come after \caption as always. +% +%\begin{table}[!t] +%% increase table row spacing, adjust to taste +%\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3} +% if using array.sty, it might be a good idea to tweak the value of +% \extrarowheight as needed to properly center the text within the cells +%\caption{An Example of a Table} +%\label{table_example} +%\centering +%% Some packages, such as MDW tools, offer better commands for making tables +%% than the plain LaTeX2e tabular which is used here. +%\begin{tabular}{|c||c|} +%\hline +%One & Two\\ +%\hline +%Three & Four\\ +%\hline +%\end{tabular} +%\end{table} + + +% Note that IEEE does not put floats in the very first column - or typically +% anywhere on the first page for that matter. Also, in-text middle ("here") +% positioning is not used. Most IEEE journals use top floats exclusively. +% However, Computer Society journals sometimes do use bottom floats - bear +% this in mind when choosing appropriate optional arguments for the +% figure/table environments. +% Note that, LaTeX2e, unlike IEEE journals, places footnotes above bottom +% floats. This can be corrected via the \fnbelowfloat command of the +% stfloats package. + + + +\section{Conclusion} +The conclusion goes here. + + + + + +% if have a single appendix: +%\appendix[Proof of the Zonklar Equations] +% or +%\appendix % for no appendix heading +% do not use \section anymore after \appendix, only \section* +% is possibly needed + +% use appendices with more than one appendix +% then use \section to start each appendix +% you must declare a \section before using any +% \subsection or using \label (\appendices by itself +% starts a section numbered zero.) +% + + +\appendices +\section{Proof of the First Zonklar Equation} +Appendix one text goes here. + +% you can choose not to have a title for an appendix +% if you want by leaving the argument blank +\section{} +Appendix two text goes here. + + +% use section* for acknowledgement +\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc + % The Computer Society usually uses the plural form + \section*{Acknowledgments} +\else + % regular IEEE prefers the singular form + \section*{Acknowledgment} +\fi + + +The authors would like to thank... + + +% Can use something like this to put references on a page +% by themselves when using endfloat and the captionsoff option. +\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff + \newpage +\fi + + + +% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference +% number - used to balance the columns on the last page +% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if +% the document is modified later +%\IEEEtriggeratref{8} +% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired: +%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}} + +% references section + +% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file +% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at: +% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/ +% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at: +% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/ +%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran} +% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s) +%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper} +% +% manually copy in the resultant .bbl file +% set second argument of \begin to the number of references +% (used to reserve space for the reference number labels box) +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + +\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka} +H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to \LaTeX}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus + 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999. + +\end{thebibliography} + +% biography section +% +% If you have an EPS/PDF photo (graphicx package needed) extra braces are +% needed around the contents of the optional argument to biography to prevent +% the LaTeX parser from getting confused when it sees the complicated +% \includegraphics command within an optional argument. (You could create +% your own custom macro containing the \includegraphics command to make things +% simpler here.) +%\begin{biography}[{\includegraphics[width=1in,height=1.25in,clip,keepaspectratio]{mshell}}]{Michael Shell} +% or if you just want to reserve a space for a photo: + +\begin{IEEEbiography}{Michael Shell} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiography} + +% if you will not have a photo at all: +\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{John Doe} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiographynophoto} + +% insert where needed to balance the two columns on the last page with +% biographies +%\newpage + +\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{Jane Doe} +Biography text here. +\end{IEEEbiographynophoto} + +% You can push biographies down or up by placing +% a \vfill before or after them. The appropriate +% use of \vfill depends on what kind of text is +% on the last page and whether or not the columns +% are being equalized. + +%\vfill + +% Can be used to pull up biographies so that the bottom of the last one +% is flush with the other column. +%\enlargethispage{-5in} + + + +% that's all folks +\end{document} + + diff --git a/IEEEtran/changelog.txt b/IEEEtran/changelog.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80e3b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/IEEEtran/changelog.txt @@ -0,0 +1,762 @@ + + + Changelog history of the IEEEtran LaTeX class. + + + v1.8 -- 2012/11/21 + by Harald Hanche-Olsen and Anders Christensen (IEEE Computational Intelligence Society) + +******* +11/2012 v1.8 changes: + +1335c1335 +< \itemindent 0em% +--- +> \itemindent 0.3em% +1386c1386 +< \itemindent 0em% +--- +> \itemindent .3em% +1436c1436 +< \itemindent 0em% +--- +> \itemindent .3em% +1524c1524 +< \def\unnumberedfootnote{\gdef\@thefnmark{}\@footnotetext} +--- +> \def\unnumberedfootnote{\gdef\@thefnmark{\quad}\@footnotetext} +1526c1526 +< \skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins +--- +> \skip\@mpfootins 0.3\baselineskip +1531a1532 +> %\long\def\@makefnmark{\scriptsize\normalfont\@thefnmark} +1541c1542 +< \def\footnoterule{\vskip-2pt \hrule height 0.4pt depth \z@ \vskip1.6pt\relax} +--- +> \def\footnoterule{\vskip-2pt \hrule height 0.6pt depth \z@ \vskip1.6pt\relax} +1652c1653 +< \def\figurename{Figure} +--- +> \def\figurename{Fig.} +1740c1741 +< \setlength\abovecaptionskip{0.25\baselineskip} +--- +> \setlength\abovecaptionskip{0.65\baselineskip} +1799c1800 +< \footnotesize{\centering\normalfont\footnotesize#1.\quad\scshape #2\par}% +--- +> \footnotesize{\centering\normalfont\footnotesize#1.\qquad\scshape #2\par}% +1812c1813 +< \ifCLASSOPTIONconference \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +--- +> \ifCLASSOPTIONconference \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +1856c1857 +< \def\table{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\footnotesize\@setminipage}% +--- +> \def\table{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\scriptsize\@setminipage}% +1861c1862 +< \@namedef{table*}{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\footnotesize\@setminipage}\@dblfloat{table}} +--- +> \@namedef{table*}{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\scriptsize\@setminipage}\@dblfloat{table}} +3747c3748 +< \def\endIEEEkeywords{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\vspace{1.34ex}\else\vspace{1.67ex}\fi +--- +> \def\endIEEEkeywords{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\vspace{1.34ex}\else\vspace{0.5ex}\fi +3826,3827c3827,3829 +< +< \def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax} +--- +> \def\@seccntformat#1{\hb@xt@ 1.4em{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hss\relax}} +> \def\@seccntformatinl#1{\hb@xt@ 1.1em{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hss\relax}} +> \def\@seccntformatch#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax} +3843c3845,3853 +< \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}% +--- +> \ifnum #2=1 +> \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformatch{#1}\relax}% +> \else +> \ifnum #2>2 +> \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformatinl{#1}\relax}% +> \else +> \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}% +> \fi +> \fi + + + + + + +***************************************** + +2007/03/05 + by Michael Shell (MDS) + http://www.michaelshell.org/ + +******* + 3/2007 V1.7a (MDS) changes: + + 1) Corrected problem of unwanted two column peer review title page format. + Thanks to Virgilio Rodriguez for reporting this bug. + + 2) "depreciated" -> "deprecated". Thanks to Virgilio Rodriguez for + suggesting this change. + +******* + 1/2007 V1.7 (MDS) changes: + + 1) New class option compsoc to support the IEEE Computer Society format. + + 2) New class option captionsoff disables the display of figure/table + captions. endfloat.sty is now mentioned in the docs. Thanks to Geoff + Walker for suggesting these changes. + + 3) Fixed compatibility issues with subfig.sty and caption.sty. Thanks to + Steven Douglas Cochran and Axel Sommerfeldt for suggesting this change. + + 4) New \CLASSINPUT, \CLASSOPTION and \CLASSINFO interface allows for more + user control and conditional compilation. + + 5) \ifcenterfigcaptions (\centerfigcaptionstrue, \centerfigcaptionsfalse), + \CMPARstart and \overrideIEEEmargins have been removed and no are + longer supported. The effect of \overrideIEEEmargins can be mimicked + via the more general \CLASSINPUT interface: + % US letter paper: + \newcommand{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}{0.775in} + \newcommand{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}{0.585in} + % A4 paper: + \newcommand{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}{17mm} + \newcommand{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}{11.647mm} + + 6) Several commands and environments have been deprecated in favor of + replacements with IEEE prefixes to better avoid potential future name + clashes with other packages. Legacy code retained to allow the use of + the obsolete forms (for now), but with a warning message to the console + during compilation: + \IEEEauthorblockA, \IEEEauthorblockN, \IEEEauthorrefmark, + \IEEEbiography, \IEEEbiographynophoto, \IEEEkeywords, \IEEEPARstart, + \IEEEproof, \IEEEpubid, \IEEEpubidadjcol, \IEEEQED, \IEEEQEDclosed, + \IEEEQEDopen, \IEEEspecialpapernotice. IEEEtran.cls now redefines + \proof in way to avoid problems with the amsthm.sty package. + For IED lists: + \IEEEiedlabeljustifyc, \IEEEiedlabeljustifyl, \IEEEiedlabeljustifyr, + \IEEEnocalcleftmargin, \IEEElabelindent, \IEEEsetlabelwidth, + \IEEEusemathlabelsep + + 7) These commands/lengths now require the IEEE prefix and do not have + legacy support: \IEEEnormaljot. + For IED lists: \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin, \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor, + \IEEEiedlistdecl, \IEEElabelindentfactor + + 8) \normalsizebaselineskip skip replaced by + \CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip (nonrubber dimen) length. + Also, new \CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip (nonrubber dimen) + provided. + + 9) Now defaults to using Alpha numbering rather than Roman for appendices + numbering. This is because Alpha numbering is more common and avoids + problems with theorem numbering. \ifuseRomanappendices + (\useRomanappendicestrue, \useRomanappendicesfalse) is no longer + supported. Instead, use the new class option romanappendices if Roman + appendices numbering is desired. Thanks to Leonid Mirkin for reporting + the problem with theorems in appendices and suggesting changes. + +10) Improved paper size setting code for pdflatex. + +11) Better handling of theorem numbering when using the section counter + within the appendix(cies). Thanks to Leonid Mirkin for suggesting + this change. + +12) Fixed bug that caused equations at the end of theorems to be too + close to the line below them. + +13) Provided hook to conference mode console notice and changed notice to + better support conferences that use A4 paper. Thanks to Volker Kuhlmann + for suggesting this change. + +14) \IEEEauthorrefmark made robust to allow it to be used in \thanks + without a leading \protect + +15) Improved \textunderscore to provide a much better fake _ when used with + OT1 encoding. Under OT1, detect use of pcr or cmtt \ttfamily and use + available true _ glyph for those two typewriter fonts. + +16) Revised internal \@sect command to be more robust for users who employ + modified section heading formats. Thanks to Zarko F. Cucej for + suggesting this change. + +17) Improved \thesubsubsection definition to prevent breaks at the hyphen. + Thanks to Moritz Borgmann for suggesting this change. Thanks to + Dan Luecking and Heiko Oberdiek for explaining some of the various + alternatives and techniques to fix it. + +18) No longer provide \NAT@parse hack to get cite.sty to play (somewhat) + with hyperref.sty as this is already included in cite.sty version + 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later. + +19) At the beginning of document, set the default style of url.sty to be + the same as the current text font - as is done in IEEE journals. + +20) Corrected excessive line spacing in journal table captions. Thanks to + Moritz Borgmann for suggesting this change. + +21) Corrected \thesubsubsection to use the "I-A1" format IEEE uses rather + than "I-A.1" as was done before. Ditto for \theparagraph. Thanks to + Moritz Borgmann for suggesting this change. + +22) Enclose papersize specials within \AtBeginDvi in case someone wants + to make a format with IEEEtran. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann for + suggesting this change. + +23) Eliminated the small space after abstract and keywords dash as IEEE + now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann for suggesting this change. + +24) IEEEkeywords is no longer locked out in conference mode + +25) Increase defaults of \binoppenalty and \relpenalty to discourage + breaks within equations. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann for suggesting + this change. + +26) Support optional argument for IEEEproof. Thanks to Ingo Steinwart for + suggesting this change. Also, start a new \par with \IEEEproof. + +27) Add support for an optional argument to \bstctlcite. + +28) Changed \topfraction and \dbltopfraction from 1.0 to 0.9. Thanks to + Donald Arseneau for suggesting this change. + + +******* + 09/2005 V1.6c (MDS) changes: + + 1) Changed endfigure/endfloat definitions so as not to cause problems with + preview-LaTeX and other packages. Thanks to Stephan Heuel and David + Kastrup for reporting this problem. + + + +******* + 11/2002 V1.6b (MDS) changes: + + 1) Fixed problem with figure captions when using hyperref. Thanks to + Leandro Barajas and Michael Bassetti for reporting this bug. + + 2) Provide a fake nabib command \NAT@parse so that hyperref will not + interfere with the operation of cite.sty. However, as a result citation + numbers will not be hyperlinked. Also, natbib will not be able to work + with IEEEtran. However, this is perhaps the best solution until + cite.sty and hyperref.sty are able to co-exist with each other. + It easy enough to override the fake command via: + \makeatletter + \let\NAT@parse\undefined + \makeatother + + 3) Revised font selection method so as not to have problems when used + with setspace.sty. Thanks to Zhang Yan for reporting this bug. + + 4) Added \special to feed papersize to dvips. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann + for suggesting this feature. + + 5) In addition to the IEEE IED lists, the original IED style list + environments (as is done in article.cls) are now provided as + LaTeXitemize, LaTeXenumerate, and LaTeXdescription. Also, users can + now redefine \makelabel within IEEE IED list controls. There may be + some use for this in specialized applications. Thanks to Eli Barzilay + for suggesting this feature. + + 6) \table* now defaults to \footnotesize text like \table. + + 7) The draft modes now no longer force a pagebreak after the title. + Thanks to Christian Peel for suggesting this change. + + 8) New draftclsnofoot mode is like draftcls, but does not display the + date and the word "DRAFT" at the foot of the page. Thanks to + Christian Peel for suggesting this feature. + + 9) New peerreview and peerreviewca modes with \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle + command allows for a "cover" titlepage for anonymous peer review. + Except for the cover titlepage, peerreview is much like journal mode. + peerreviewca is like peerreview, but allows the author names to be + entered and formatted as under conference mode so that author + affiliations and contact information can be easily seen on the cover + page. Thanks to Eric Benedict for suggesting this feature. + + + +******* + 7/2002 V1.6 (MDS) changes: + + 1) Added conference mode via conference option. Defaults to the + traditional journal mode. e.g., \documentclass[conference]{IEEEtran} + + 2) Added support for A4 paper via new a4paper option. Pdflatex's paper + size lengths are now automatically set to the proper paper size being + used. + + 3) Revised margins again. Page text is now horizontally centered. + Conference mode increases the top and bottom margins with the bottom + margin being slightly larger. For A4 paper, the top margin and text + typesetting will not change from those of US letter paper, but the side + margins will be smaller and the bottom margin will be larger than that + of US letter. All per IEEE specs. + + 4) Fixed footnote line spacing anomaly in draft mode. + Thanks to Alberto Rodriguez for reporting this bug. + + Also, slightly revised footnote and \thanks note spacing. + Set \interfootnotelinepenalty=10000 to prevent LaTeX + from breaking footnotes across multiple pages or columns. + + 5) Fixed bug that caused overwritten photo areas and sometimes anomalous + spacing when a new paragraph was started within a biography. Also, + the presence of \par's, new lines or spaces at the beginning of + abstract, keywords, biography, or biographynophoto will no longer + affect the first word spacing. + Thanks to Eric Durant for reporting this bug. + + The biography environment now does a better job in preventing + a biography photo area from being broken across pages or columns. + + 6) Fixed whitespace between \cite entries bug. i.e., + both \cite{einstein24, knuth84} and \cite{einstein24,knuth84} + are now valid. \cite is now a robust command as it should be. + IEEEtran now no longer defines the old non-standard \shortcite or + \citename. + + The base IEEEtran.cls does not sort citation numbers or produce ranges + for three or more consecutive numbers. However, V1.6 of IEEEtran.cls + now pre-defines the following format control macros to facilitate easy + use with Donald Arseneau's cite.sty package (tested with cite.sty V3.9): + + \def\citepunct{], [} + \def\citedash{]--[} + + cite.sty is standard on most LaTeX sytems and can be obtained from + www.ctan.org. Thanks to Donald Arseneau for creating cite.sty, + providing the required format arguments to produce the IEEE style + and designing a cite interface capable of handling the IEEE citation + style. + + Note: Historically, IEEE has wanted authors to "hardcode" symbolics. + (i.e., replace all \cite{} with fixed [x]). However, it now seems that + most electronic manuscript submissions to IEEE are in .pdf format, and + as such, do not require the LaTeX document reference numbers to be hard + coded. If an author is required to submit actual LaTeX files, I do + recommend that the bibliography file (.bbl) be copied into the .tex + document and the \bibliographystyle{} and \bibliography{} commands be + commented out so that the .tex file does not depend on (potentially + lengthy and/or confidential) external bibliography database files + + 7) Adjusted some spacing parameters. The spacing above and below equations + has been revised (to a typical IEEE value). \jot now has a decent value. + The title text is now exactly 24pt. (On a related note, \fontsubfuzz has + been increased to 0.9pt to prevent annoying font substitution warnings + when using the Computer Modern fonts that use the 24.88pt size.) + In V1.6, \small is now 8.5pt in 9pt docs because \footnotesize is 8pt. + For 9pt docs, you should probably go ahead and use \footnotesize when + you need text a little smaller than \normalsize. + The interword spacing has been adjusted to be extremely close to that + which IEEE uses. You can use a new class option, nofonttune, if you need + to disable the adjusting of the interword spacing. This adjustment and + an increase to \hyphenpenalty have greatly reduced the amount of + hyphenation in a typical paper. + The baselineskip for the normalsize fonts has been tweaked to reduce + underfull vboxes on journal paper columns with only paragraphs. + Conference mode does the same thing but by also tweaking the \textheight + slightly off 9.25in (IEEE spec) to ensure an integer number of lines per + page. Draft (also draftcls) mode has also been revised to reduce + underfull vbox warnings. However, draft mode can still produce underfull + vboxes (a direct result of the increase in line spacing and margins) if: + A non-normalsize font occupies an entire column (abstract and index + terms take up a whole column by themselves); or the beginning of a + section occurs near the end of a column and cannot be squeezed into the + bottom, etc. This is normal as draft mode's liberal spacings cannot + guarantee perfect formatting. + + 8) New biographynophoto environment for biographies without photos. + Usage: + + \begin{biographynophoto}{author name} + biography text here + \end{biographynophoto} + + 9) Fixed bug that produced multiple table of contents entries for papers + with more than one biography. Also, biography now works better with + hyperref. + +10) New \sublargesize font size command provides for 11pt text in a 10pt + document. (Needed for things like author names.) For documents not + using 10pt normal size text, \sublargesize is currently identical + to \large. + +11) New \IEEEmembership command to provide correct font to indicate IEEE + membership for journal papers. + +12) Fixed author name line overflow problem when in journal mode. This + problem had been introduced in V1.5 in my rush to get \and to work for + conferences. \and is unneeded (and invalid) in journal mode. For + conference mode, \and will work as expected and features an optional + spacing argument. i.e., \and[\hspace{5ex}] + \and will default (recommended) to using \hfill which will result in + equal spacing between author blocks. + +13) New \authorblockN, \authorblockA and \authorrefmark commands to + facilitate easy formatting of author names, affiliations and cross + reference symbols, respectively, when in conference mode. These + three commands are to be used only for conference papers. + In conference mode, \author text is placed within a modified tabular + environment (somewhat like article.cls). So, within \author in + conference mode, you should not try to enclose multiple \\ within an + environment or command (other than the argument braces of + \authorblockX{}). For example: + + \author{\authorblockN{{John Doe \\ Jane Doe}}} % WRONG! + + will generate an error. + + Note that font size/attribute changes will now persists across \\ + within \author. (But, not across author blocks nor across \and.) + However, with the new commands, there should be no need to alter any + font attributes within \author. All text sizing and spacing within + \author{} and the author block commands is per IEEE specs for both + conference and journal modes. (In conference mode, the author names + are only very slightly larger than the affiliations which are in normal + size.) For specialized applications you can alter the justification of + author lines by placing \hfill at the beginning or at the end of a line. + The interline spacing within \author is determined by the font + attributes that are in effect at the end of each line within author. + +14) Because the titles and author name blocks use different font + sizes/styles from the main text, it was possible that two column papers + with titles that span both columns (standard journal and conference + papers, but not technotes) with certain numbers of lines for the title + and authors' name/affiliations can cause underfull vbox problems + (paragraphs with large spacings between them) in the second column of + the main text on the title page - if there were no new sections, + equations or figures in this column (they would provide some needed + rubber spacing). The use of things like special paper notices and + publisher ID marks also affected this issue. The problem could not + happen in the first column because the first column has a rubber length + around the heading of the first section. Furthermore, problems seldom + occurred on pages after the first as the margins had been chosen not to + cause it with the popular font sizes. Rubber lengths after the author + names would not fix this problem. + Auto-calculating a "good" spacing after the title is a tad difficult + to do in LaTeX. However, I am pleased to report that V1.6 has this new + capability - "dynamically determined title spacing". IEEEtran will now + measure the height of all the title and author text in \maketitle + and then calculate a rigid (non-rubber) spacer to follow that meets + IEEE specs and also produces a \textheight on the title page that + ensures an integer number of normalsized lines on the rest of the page. + Single column papers, and two column papers with the title entirely in + column one (technotes) do not need dynamic rigid spacing and therefore + use standard rubber spacers. + + Note: This problem can still crop up if you use floats that span both + columns (i.e., figure*). It has been a decade+ long limitation with + LaTeX that the stretchable portion of \dbltextfloatsep is ignored. + If you get a problem with underful vbox warnings and paragraphs that + "are pulled apart" on page with a float that spans both columns, tweak + the space between the figure and the main text a little: + + \vskip 5pt + \end{figure*} + + If you can't find a value that fixes both columns, you are going to + have to put a rubber spacer somewhere in one or both of the columns. +15) Because of change #14 above, those of you using \pubid will, as of V1.6, + have to place it *before* \maketitle in order for it have the intended + affect. The dynamic spacer algorithm must see if you are using \pubid + when \maketitle is called. \pubidadjcol works as before except that it + now has additional logic to prevent it from doing anything if \pubid + was never called. + +16) In some unusual, non-standard circumstances, an author may desire to + alter the spacing after the title area or put some unusual text above + the main text. For instance, to stop a bad break when a new section + occurs right at the start of the second page. This is difficult to do + when the title spans both columns of two column text since LaTeX treats + such title text as a type of float. A new command, + \IEEEaftertitletext{}, gives access to the end of that produced by + \maketitle. The types of things that can go into \IEEEaftertitletext + are the same as those into \twocolumn[] - no \par, but \\ are OK. There + is no restriction on the range of spacings that can be used. e.g., + \IEEEaftertitletext{\vspace{-100pt}} will push the main text well into + the title and \IEEEaftertitletext{\vspace{100pt}} will push it far down + the page. You will have complete control. If used, place + \IEEEaftertitletext{} before \maketitle like \title and \author. + IEEEtran's dynamic title spacing intentionally does not take into + consideration the contents of \IEEEaftertitletext{} when determining + the spacer after the title area (otherwise it would try to second + guess you), so the user will have manually adjust the height of the + contents in \IEEEaftertitletext{} if the problem discussed in #14 above + should develop. A safe bet is to keep the height of contents of + \IEEEaftertitletext{} to integer multiples of \baselineskip, e.g., + \IEEEaftertitletext{\vspace{-1\baselineskip}} + + Because it can result in an IEEE nonstandard format, the use of + \IEEEaftertitletext{} is discouraged. Possible uses include (1) the use + of IEEEtran for non-IEEE work with different title spacing requirements, + or (2) as an emergency manual override if a problem should develop in + IEEEtran's automatic spacing algorithm. + +17) completely rewritten \PARstart to: + a. no longer have problems when the user begins an environment + within the paragraph that uses \PARstart. + b. auto-detect and use the current font family + c. revise handling of the space at the end of the first word so that + interword glue will now work as normal. + d. produce correctly aligned edges for the (two) indented lines. + + Because the current font family is now auto-detected, there is no + longer any need for \CMPARstart - it is now the same as \PARstart. + +18) There is now a new "open box" Q.E.D. symbol (\QEDopen) as well as the + original default (\QED) closed one (\QEDclosed). Some journals use + the open form. To make \proof use the open form, just do: + \renewcommand{\QED}{\QEDopen} + +19) Additional \typeout{} notices added to warn the user when unusual + settings/commands are detected or as reminders to avoid common errors + when in conference mode. + +20) IEEEtran now provides \abovecaptionskip and \belowcaptionskip skip + registers because article class provides them and some packages + may error if they are missing. However, IEEEtran only uses + \abovecaptionskip for actual caption spacing. + +21) Fixed bug that prevented users from redefining the section headings + to use arabic digits. Thanks to Richardt H. Wilkinson for reporting + this bug. + +22) Code cleaned up to be more efficient with the use of TeX registers; + removed some old LaTeX 2.09 code; revised option processing to + LaTeX2e standard; eliminated unwanted "phantom" spaces in some + environments. + +23) Added new \IEEEeqnarray, \IEEEeqnarraybox, \IEEEeqnarrayboxm and + \IEEEeqnarrayboxt environments to provide superior alternatives to the + standard LaTeX \eqnarray, \array and \tabular. Additional new support + commands include \IEEEeqnarraydecl, \IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl, + \IEEEeqnarraymathstyle, \IEEEeqnarraytextstyle, \yesnumber. + \IEEEnonumber, \IEEEyesnumber, \IEEEyessubnumber, \IEEEeqnarraynumspace, + \IEEEeqnarraymulticol, \IEEEeqnarrayomit, \IEEEeqnarraydefcol, + \IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep, \IEEEeqnarrayseprow, \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut, + \IEEEeqnarrayrulerow, \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut, + \IEEEeqnarraystrutmode, \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize, + \IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd, \IEEEvisiblestrutstrue, + \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse and \IEEEstrut. + These are documented in the user's guide. + +24) V1.6 changed back to using () around theorem names (which are also now + in italics) as this is what IEEE is using now. Thanks to Christian Peel + for reporting this. Also, when section numbers are used as the first + part of theorem numbers, display them in arabic, not Roman. + +25) New \IEEEtriggeratref{X} command allows a page break to be triggered + just before the given reference number "X". This is most useful when + balancing the columns on the last page and a \newpage between references + is desired. \IEEEtriggercmd{X} allows a different command to be executed + at trigger. + + + +******* + 7/2001 V1.5 (MDS) changes: + + + 1) Fixed \and within \author bug: (! Misplaced \crcr. \endtabular ->\crcr) + Thanks to Rainer Dorsch for discovering and reporting that \and + did not work. + + 2) Fixed the biography environment so that if a biography's text is shorter + than the area allocated for the photo, a collision with the next + biography does not occur. You can now put real graphics (using the + graphicx package) into the biography photo box with a new optional + argument of the biography command! For example: + + \begin{biography}[{\includegraphics[width=1in,height=1.25in,clip, + keepaspectratio]{./tux.eps}}]{Linux Penguin} + + will use the specified graphic as the author's photo. The photo area is + exactly 1in wide by 1.25in high - as is done in IEEE Transactions. Try + to keep the same 4:5 aspect ratio if scanning/cropping your photos. + Note the need for the extra set of enclosing braces around the + \includegraphics. Without it, The LaTeX parser may get confused when it + sees the \includegraphics's brackets within the biography's optional + argument. Due to the length of the \includegraphics command, you may + wish to define your own shorthand form of it. I have not done so with + IEEEtran to prevent dependence on the graphicx package. If you do not + use the optional argument, or leave it empty, a standard frame box + with the words "Place Photo Here" will be used. If you want the space + to remain completely empty, you can do: + + \begin{biography}[\mbox{}]{The Invisible Man} + + The interface to biography's optional argument is into a + 1in X 1.25in minipage in which the argument text is centered both + horizontally and vertically: + + \begin{minipage}[b][1.25in][c]{1in}% + \centering + #1% + \end{minipage} + + Within the biography environment, \unitlength is set to 1in. + With this in mind, you can even design your own custom frameboxes. + For instance: + + \begin{biography}[\framebox(1,1.25){\parbox[][\height + ][c]{0.9in}{\centering PLACE\\ PHOTO\\ + HERE}}]{Author Name} + + will yield the same type of result as the default photo box. + + Thanks to Herbert Voss for discovering the collision bug, suggesting + the ability to handle graphics and providing some prototype code. + + + +******* + 3/2001 V1.4 (MDS) changes: + + + 1) New "draftcls" and "final" options have been added. + Thanks to Dragan Cvetkovic for suggesting an option like draftcls. + + 2) Documentation changes to reflect the fact that this IEEEtran.cls + is no longer beta test. + + 3) Slightly revised caption sizes. Figure and table captions are now + in \footnotesize, not \small as before. + + 4) Allow user to control figure caption justification. IEEEtran.cls + normally defaults to left justified as is done in Transactions. + However, for conferences, you may wish to issue the command: + \centerfigcaptionstrue + in the preamble. Short (less than one line long) figure captions + will then be centered. Multi-line figure captions will always be + properly left justified. V1.6: This is already done for you when + using the conference mode. + + + +******* + 1/2001 V1.3 + Michael Shell (MDS) made extensive changes and additions: + + + BUGS FIXED (and many others too numerous to mention!): + 1) Fixed improper alignment with itemized, enumerated and + description lists. Added new controls to these three + environments so that it is easy to get the alignment IEEE + uses. Furthermore, the itemize, enumerate and description lists + no longer force a new paragraph to begin at the end the list + (\par). (Sometimes lists are used within paragraphs.) + + 2) JVH's fixes now allow things like $\mathbf{N}(0,P(0))$ + to work properly without needing the extra braces: + ${\mathbf{N}}(0,P(0))$. There is no longer any dependence + on the "rawfonts" and "oldlfont" packages. Thanks Juergen! + + 3) Fixed underfull hbox errors and incorrect reference number + alignment when the number of references in the bibliography + exceeded 9 entries (which is almost every paper!). + + 4) Removed dependence on the LaTeX sizexx.clo files. + Now, 9pt documents should work correctly even on systems that + lack a size9.clo file. This is most often used in conjunction + with the option "technote" for "correspondence" papers like those + in IEEE Transactions on Information Theory. For virtually all + other papers, 10pt is used and so it is the default. + Some improper font sizes have been corrected. \footnotesize is + now 8pt in 9pt docs, so footnotes in technotes should be the + correct size now. + + 5) Added \interlinepenalty within the bibliography section to discourage + LaTeX from breaking within a reference. IEEE almost never breaks within + a reference and when they do it is usually in technotes + (correspondence papers). You may get an underfull vbox warning in the + bibliography indicating that the spacing just before the "REFERENCES" + section is larger than normal, but the final result will be more like + what IEEE will publish. See the comments in the BIBLIOGRAPHY section + around line 2034 below if you want to change this behavior. + + 6) No longer "blows up" when you use \paragraph and have a table + of contents. + + 7) Theorem environment changed, (but for V1.6, back to the old way, sigh). + + 8) Figure captions adjusted: IEEE left (not center) justifies + figure captions (for journals) and does not indent figure caption text. + + 9) Adjusted some spacings in the table of contents(TOC))/list-of-figures/ + list-of-tables so that section/table numbers will not so easily + collide with the titles. Section VIII was usually the worst offender. + Still doesn't right justify the section numbers, but neither does + article.cls (This must be why LaTeX likes the x.y.z section numbering + scheme unlike I, II, III, etc. of IEEE. ) + It may be "normal" as it is (left justified). sigh. + +10) Now uses "index terms" now as a heading instead of "keywords". + Furthermore, the "index terms" and "abstract" headings are in bold + italic. This is how IEEE does things. + +11) \thebibliography and \biography now put entries into + the table of contents for you. + +******* + + + + + + + ******* + 9/2000 (JVH) changes: (now designated as V1.2) + + made some corrections to get closer to LaTeX2e + 20000906 Juergen v.Hagen + vonhagen@ihefiji.etec.uni-karlsruhe.de + + Permission to redistribute granted as of December 2000. + ******* + + + + + + ******* + + 1996 (JWD) LaTeX2e version: (now designated as V1.1) + + In the most recent TeXhax digest, there was a request for a copy of + IEEEtrans.sty modified to work with LaTeX2e. I have a version I + modified to make it IEEEtrans.cls, which I have sent to the person + making the request and am now sending to you to consider posting to + the archives. + -- + Jon Dixon + dixonj@colorado.edu + http://spot.colorado.edu/~dixonj/ + +******* + + + + + +******* + + 30-August-1993 original LaTeX 2.09 version (IEEEtran.sty), + (now designated as V1.0): + + by Gerry Murray and Silvano Balemi + Automatic Control Lab, ETH Zurich, Switzerland + balemi@aut.ee.ethz.ch + +******* + + +